U  F 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

18-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL 


MODEL  OF  1915 


WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 

;-NRLF 

I 

7M    D75 

(EIGHTEEN  PLATES) 


JANUARY  27, 1916 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


GIFT  OF 


No.  1781 


I/.  S  ,    0  Vdi  v-i  *  ^  C  «-      o(  e  j>t. 

HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL 


MODEL  OF  19 15 


WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 


(EIGHTEEN  PLATES) 


JANUARY  27,  1916 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


- 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 
OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 

Washington,  January  27,  1916. 

This  manual  ie  published  for  the  information  and  government  of  the  Regular 
Army  and  Organized  Militia  of  the  United  States. 
By  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War: 

WILLIAM  CROZIER, 
Brigadier  General,  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

(3) 


370921 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

List  of  plates 9 

List  of  equipment 10 

Howitzers,  models  of  1908  and  1908Mi: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 11 

Description 11 

Breech  mechanism: 

Description 12-16 

Action  of 16-17 

Firing  device 17-18- 

To  dismantle  the  firing  mechanism 18-19- 

To  dismantle  the  breech  mechanism 191 

Care  of  the  howitzer 19' 

Ammunition: 

Cartridge  case 20 

Primer 20-21 

Powder  charge 22 

Projectiles — 

Common  steel  shell 22-23- 

Common  shrapnel 23- 

Fuzes: 

Combination 23-24 

F.  A.  combination 24-27 

Hand  fuze  setter: 

Description 27-28 

Operation  of 28-29' 

Disassembling  and  assembling 29-30 

Adjustment  of 30 

Nomenclature 301 

Range  tables 31-32 

Marking  on  ammunition  boxes 33 

Drill  cartridge 33-34 

Misfires  and  hangfires 34 

Allowance  of  ammunition 34 

Blank  ammunition: 

Cartridge  case 34 

Primer 34-35 

Charge 35 

Preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition 35 

Precautions  to  be  observed 35-36- 

Care  of  the  cartridge  cases 36 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit 37 

Targets 37 

Carriage: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 37-38; 

Nomenclature 38-45 

Description 45-7O 

(5) 


Page. 

Weights,  dimensions, 'etc 70-71 

Nomenclature 71-73 

Description 74-77 

•Caisson: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc * 77 

Nomenclature 77-80 

Description 80-83 

Forge  limber: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 83 

Nomenclature 84-86 

Description 87-88 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 88 

Nomenclature 88-90 

Description 90-93 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 94-95 

Nomenclature 95-98 

Description 99 

Store  limber: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 93 

Description 93-94 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 94 

Description 94 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi: 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 94-95 

Nomenclature 95-98 

Description 99 

Cyclometer: 

Description 99-100 

Nomenclature 100 

Padlocks  and  bolt  snaps ,. 100 

Artillery  harness: 

Nomenclature 100-101 

•Steel  collars: 

Directions  for  fitting 102 

Tables  of  dimensions 102-103 

Collar-lifting  device 104 

Adjustment  of  harness 104-105 

Care  and  preservation  of  leather: 

Reason  for  oiling 105-106 

Care  of  russet  leather 106 

Care  of  black  leather 106-107 

Sights: 

Front  sight 107-108 

Rear  sight 107-108 

Use  of  the  rear  sight 115 

Care  of  the  front  and  rear  sights 115-116 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904: 

Description 109-111 

Use  of 115-116 

Care  of..                                                                                                        .  117-118 


Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915:  Page. 

D  escription 112 

Use  of 115-116 

Care  of 117-118 

Range  quadrant: 

Description .* 112-115 

Use  of 116 

Care  of 118 

Adjustment  of  sights  and  quadrant: 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 119 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 119 

Front  and  rear  sights 119 

Range  quadrant 119-120 

Verification  of  parallelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore 120-121 

Additional  tests 122 

Spare  sights  and  quadrant 122 

Adjusting  instruments 122 

General  information: 

Painting  artillery  materiel 123 

Oils  for  artillery  materiel 124-125 

Repairs  for  field  artillery  materiel  issued  to  the  United  States  Army  and 

Organized  Militia 125 

Instructions  for  riveting. 125-126 

Suggestions  for  care  and  maintenance  of  materiel 126-130 

Supplies  in  general 130 

Method  of  loading  a  battery  for  transportation 130-132 

Total  equipment  of  one  battery,  together  with  expendable  supplies 133-148 

Index..  .  149-155 


LIST  OF  PLATES. 


Plate.  Faces  page. 

I.  3.8-inch  howitzers,  models  of  1908  and  1908Mi 11 

II.  Breech  mechanism,  assembled 12 

III.  Projectiles .' 22 

IV.  31-second  combination  fuze,  model  of  1907M 24 

V.  Hand  fuze  setter,  model  of  1913 28 

VI.  Carriage,  plan  view 46 

VII.  Carriage,  right  side  view 47 

VIII.  Carriage,  left  side  view 46 

IX.  Carriage,  assembled  sections 47 

X.  Limber,  side  and  rear  views 74 

XI.  Caisson,  side  and  rear  views 80 

XII.  Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  side  and  rear  views 99 

XIII.  Artillery  harness 1 100 

XIV.  Spare  parts  for  steel  collars l  102 

XV.  Collar-lifting  device :  104 

XVI.  Sight  assembled 107 

XVII.  Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 l  109 

XVIII.  Range  quadrant 112 

i  In  1659. 

(9) 


LIST  OF  EQUIPMENT  PERTAINING  TO  ONE    3.8-INCH   HOWITZER 
BATTERY  ON  WAR  FOOTING. 


Num- 
ber. 

Equipment. 

Property  classlficar 
tlon. 

Class. 

Section. 

4 
4 
16 
12 
1 
1 
1 
1 
37 
19 

3  8-inch  howitzers  model  of  1908  or  1908Mi  ....          ... 

IV 
IV 

}    <v 

3 

9 
8 

3  8-inch  howitzer  carriages  model  of  1915.  .  .....  ...  .. 

3  8-inch  howitzer  limbers,  model  of  1915.  

3  8-inch  howitzer  caissons,  model  of  1915.  

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902  or  1902Mi  

Store  limber,  model  of  1902  

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902  or  1902Mi  

Sets  of  artillery  harness  (lead) 

Sets  of  artillery  harness  (wheel)       ....               .       .  . 

(10) 


r 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL, 
MODEL  OF  1915. 


THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZERS,  MODELS  OF  1908  AND  1908  Ml. 

[Plate  I.] 
WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS,   ETC. 


Mod.  1908.      1908  Mi. 


Weight pounds. .  423 

Caliber inches. .  3.  8 

Total  length do 48.  0 

Length  of  bore do 44.  2 

Length  of  rifled  portion  of  bore do 35.  75 

Rifling: 

Number  of  grooves 34 

Depth  of  grooves. .- inches. .  0.  03 

Width  of  grooves do ;  0.  2111 

Width  of  lands do 0.14 

Twist,  right-hand,  uniform  one  turn  in  20  cals. 

Weight  of  projectile,  filled  and  fuzed pounds.  30 

Weight  of  powder  charge ounces .  16 

Weight  of  cartridge  case pounds.  3.  2 

Capacity  of  cartridge  case cubic  inches.  70 

Muzzle  velocity feet  per  second.  900 

Maximum  pressure  per  square  inch pounds .  18,  000 

Range  at  45°  elevation yards. .  6,  338 


432 

3.8 

50.0 

46.2 

37.23 

34 

0.03 

0.  2111 

0.14 

30 

16 

3.2 

70 

900 

18,000 

6,338 


DESCRIPTION. 


The  howitzer  is  built  up  of  nickel  steel,  and  consists  of  two  parts — 
the  body  and  the  breech  hoop.  The  breech  hoop  envelops  the  breech 
end  of  the  body  and  projects  beyond  it  to  form  the  breech  recess  or 
seat  for  the  breech  mechanism.  The  breech  hoop  is  joined  to  the 
breech  end  of  the  body  by  means  of  screw  threads  employing  six 
and  one-half  turns  to  set  it  in  place,  and  in  addition  to  being  threaded 
on  it  is  put  on  with  a  shrinkage.  The  breech  hoop  has  a  lug  at  its 
extreme  end  which  projects  upward  and  forms  a  point  of  attachment 
for  the  recoil  devices.  Along  the  body  in  the  upper  right  and  left 
hand  quadrants  are  two  clips  which  serve  as  guide  rails.  The  sur- 
faces of  these  guide  rails  are  parallel  to  the  bore  of  the  body,  and 
fitting  into  the  recoil  guides  of  the  carriage,  direct  the  howitzer  dur- 
ing recoil  and  counter-recoil.  By  means  of  these  guide  rails  the 
weight  of  the  howitzer  is  transmitted  to  the  carriage.  The  Model  of 
1908  Mi  has  a  modified  type  of  traveling  lock  lug.  There  is  also  a 
difference  in  the  length  and  weight  of  the  two  models. 

(11) 


12 

BREECH  MECHANISM. 
[Plate  II.] 

The  breechblock  is  of  the  interrupted-screw  type,  and  is  provided 
with  four  threaded  and  four  slotted  sectors.  The  front  end  of  the 
axial  recess  in  the  block  for  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier  is  closed  by  a 
bushing.  Three  vent  holes  leading  from  a  cavity  in  the  bushing 
rearwardly  through  the  breechblock  permit  the  escape  of  gas  in  case 
of  primer  rupture.  On  a  semicircular  boss  on  the  rear  face  of  the 
breechblock  are  cut  gear  teeth,  in  which  the  gear  teeth  of  the  operat- 
ing lever  bevel  gear  mesh.  The  lower  end  of  the  circular  boss  on 
which  the  gear  teeth  are  cut  serve  as  a  stop  to  limit  the  rotation  of 
the  block  in  the  unlocked  position.  This  lower  end  of  the  circular 
boss  comes  in  contact  with  a  hardened  steel  stop  riveted  to  the 
inner  face  of  the  block  carrier.  A  radial  lug  or  tooth  projects  from 
the  inner  surface  of  the  circular  boss  on  the  breechblock  and  engages 
an  L-shaped  groove  cut  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  so  that  when 
the  mechanism  is  unlocked  no  relative  movement  between  the 
breechblock  and  carrier  can  take  place.  In  order  to  maintain  this 
relation  between  the  breechblock  and  block  carrier,  a  block  latch, 
pivoted  on  the  inner  face  of  the  carrier  in  the  upper  left-hand  quad- 
rant, engages  a  notch  or  shoulder  cut  in  the  rear  face  of  the  block 
adjacent  to  the  circular  hub  on  which  the  gear  teeth  are  cut.  This 
latch  is  so  pivoted  that  as  the  mechanism  is  swung  free  from  the 
howitzer  it  moves  forward  sufficiently  to  engage  the  notch  in  the 
block,  and  also  to  cause  the  forward  plane  of  the  latch  to  project 
forward  of  the  front  face  of  the  block  carrier;  consequently  when  the 
mechanism  is  swung  to  the  closed  position  the  front  face  of  the  latch 
comes  in  contact  with  the  rear  face  of  the  breech  of  the  howitzer, 
thus  forcing  the  latch  out  of  the  notch  in  the  breechblock  back  into 
a  recess  in  the  carrier,  and  on  continuing  the  motion  of  closing  the 
mechanism  the  breechblock  is  free  to  rotate  on  the  hub  of  the  carrier 
and  engage  its  threads  with  those  in  the  howitzer.  When  the  breech- 
block is  in  the  locked  position  a  lug  on  the  firing-lock  case  engages 
the  front  face  of  the  tooth  or  lug  on  the  breechblock,  locking  the 
breechblock  to  the  carrier.  The  breechblock  is  mounted  eccentri- 
cally in  the  breech  of  the  howitzer,  with  reference  to  the  axis  of  the 
bore,  and  is  concentrically  mounted  on  a  hub  on  the  block  carrier, 
in  which  the  firing-lock  case  is  fitted.  The  firing  lock  is  eccentrically 
fitted  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  in  such  a  position  that  the  axis 
of  the  firing  pin  is  always  in  line  with  the  bore  of  the  howitzer.  The 
bushing  in  the  front  end  of  the  breechblock,  through  which  the  firing 
pin  passes,  when  in  the  fired  position,  is  fitted  eccentrically  with 
reference  to  the  breechblock,  and  is  provided  with  a  cavity  of  such 
dimensions  that  the  breechblock  is  permitted  to  revolve  about  the 


13 

firing  pin,  which  is  fixed  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier  and  does  not 
rotate.  The  point  of  the  firing  pin,  when  at  rest,  is  always  within 
the  enlarged  cavity  in  the  bushing,  and  when  the  block  is  revolved 
to  the  unlocked  position  the  hole  in  the  bushing  through  which  the 
point  of  the  firing  pin  passes  is  moved  to  one  side,  due  to  the  eccentric 
arrangement  of  the  breechblock,  thus  masking  the  point  of  the  pin 
and  preventing  any  possible  contact  between  the  firing  pin  and  the 
primer  in  the  cartridge  case  when  the  block  is  unlocked.  The  block 
will  be  practically  locked  before  any  contact  between  the  firing  pin 
and  primer  can  take  place.  The  firing  pin  is  provided  with  a  shoulder 
a  short  distance  in  rear  of  its  forward  end,  which  comes  in  contact 
with  the  rear  face  of  the  bushing  if  an  attempt  is  made  to  fire  the 
howitzer  when  the  breech  is  unlocked.  This  is  to  prevent  any  pos- 
sible blow  coming  on  the  point  of  the  firing  pin  and  injuring  it. 


FIRING   MECHANISM. 


The  firing  mechanism  belongs  to  that  type  known  as  the  continu- 
ous-pull mechanism;  that  is,  no  cocking  of  the  firing  pin  is  required 
other  than  a  pull  on  the  lanyard  or  a  downward  pressure  on  the 
firing  handle.  This  arrangement  permits  of  repeating  the  blow 
from  the  firing  pin  in  case  of  a  misfire  as  often  as  desired,  without 
opening  the  mechanism. 

FIRING   PIN. 

The  firing  pin  is  mounted  in  the  firing-lock  case  and  near  its  front 
end  is  provided  with  a  collar  which  serves  to  guide  the  pin  and  acts 
as  a  shoulder  for  the  front  end  of  firing  spring.  This  shoulder  also 
serves  as  a  means  for  locking  the  firing  pin  to  the  sear  until  the  fir- 
ing spring  has  been  compressed  by  the  action  of  the  firing  mecha- 
nism and  the  sear  released.  The  rear  end  of  the  firing  pin  is  rec- 
tangular in  cross  section  and  is  provided  with  a  double  lug  against 
which  the  trigger  fork  engages  at  a  point  between  its  upper  end  and  its 
axis.  The  engagement  serves  as  a  means  of  withdrawing  the  firing 
pin  to  its  retracted  or  normal  position,  after  the  pin  has  been  released 
and  forced  forward.  Opposite  the  double  lug  for  the  trigger  fork 
the  firing  pin  is  provided  with  another  and  smaller  lug,  which  fits  into 
a  slot  in  the  firing-spring  sleeve  and  serves  to  hold  the  sleeve  in  its 
proper  position. 

FIRING   SPRING. 

The  firing  spring  is  threaded  over  the  firing  pin  from  the  rear  end 
of  the  pin,  and  over  this  is  assembled  the  firing-spring  sleeve  in  such  a 
manner  that  when  it  is  seated  in  its  proper  position  the  firing  spring 
is  put  under  an  initial  compression  by  being  compressed  between 
the  collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  and  a  shoulder  or  seat 
formed  on  the  inside  of  the  sleeve  at  its  rear  end. 
14199—17 2 


14 

SEAR. 

The  sear,  which  is  in  the  form  of  a  leaf  spring,  is  seated  in  a  slot 
in  the  firing-lock  case  and  is  provided  with  a  thickened  forward  end, 
into  which  is  cut  a  notch  to  engage  with  a  hardened  portion  of  the 
periphery  of  the  shoulder  on  the  firing  pin.  Just  to  the  rear  of  this 
notch  in  the  sear  an  inclined  surface  is  provided,  upon  which  the 
forward  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve  acts  in  its  forward  motion. 
After  the  sleeve  has  traveled  the  required  distance  forward  to  pro- 
duce the  proper  compression  in  the  firing  spring,  the  sear  is  forced 
outward,  thus  releasing  the  engagement  between  the  sear  and  the 
shoulder  on  the  firing  pin.  On  the  rear  end  of  the  sear  a  cylindrical 
projection  is  formed,  which  fits  into  a  hole  drilled  into  the  firing- 
lock  case.  This  serves  to  hold  the  sear  in  place. 


TRIGGER   FORK. 


The  trigger  fork  is  seated  in  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-lock  case, 
is  constrained  from  displacement  laterally  by  the  walls  of  the  case, 
and  is  mounted  on  the  upper  squared  end  of  the  trigger  shaft.  The 
forked  end  engages  the  firing  pin  and  sleeve,  and  it  is  seated  so  that 
the  flat  sides  of  the  firing  pin  pass  between  the  ends  of  the  fork,  and 
the  rear  face  of  the  fork  bears  against  the  front  face  of  the  double 
lug  on  the  firing  pin  at  a  point  located  between  the  end  of  the  trigger 
fork  and  its  axis.  This  point  of  contact  between  the  firing  pin  and 
trigger  fork  is  important,  as  it  helps  to  maintain  the  proper  opera- 
tion of  the  firing  pin  in  its  return  action  after  firing.  The  extreme 
ends  of  the  trigger  fork  are  made  in  the  form  of  cylinders,  and  these 
ends  bear  against  a  flat  surface  on  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-spring 
sleeve  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  sleeve.  The  fork  does  not 
touch  the  sleeve  at  any  other  point.  This  is  important  and  is  the 
main  element  which  causes  the  firing  pin  to  return  to  its  normal  posi- 
tion after  firing.  The  firing  spring  is  under  a  fixed  initial  compres- 
sion when  at  rest  and  exerts  an  equal  pressure  between  the  collar 
on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  and  its  seat  in  the  rear  end  of  the 
firing-spring  sleeve.  The  pressure  on  the  firing-pin  collar  is  trans- 
mitted to  the  trigger  fork  at  the  bearing  between  the  latter  and  the 
double  lug  on  the  firing  pin,  while  the  pressure  on  the  spring  seat  in 
the  sleeve  is  transmitted  to  the  trigger  fork  at  its  extreme  ends. 
These  two  forces  are  constantly  equal  and  opposite  in  direction,  but 
have  different  lever  arms  with  respect  to  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the 
fork.  The  fork  is  therefore  acted  upon  by  a  varying  couple,  the 
moment  of  which  is  sufficient,  when  the  trigger  shaft  is  released,  to 
rotate  the  trigger  fork  to  the  rear,  carrying  with  it  the  firing  pin 
through  the  medium  of  the  double  lug  on  its  rear  end.  This  motion 
continues  until  the  firing-pin  collar  engages  the  sear,  at  which  time 
the  spring,  sleeve,  trigger  fork,  and  firing  pin  are  in  their  normal 
positions  and  the  firing  mechanism  again  ready  for  action. 


15 

TRIGGER   SHAFT. 

The  trigger  shaft  is  assembled  in  a  projection  which  forms  a  part 
of  the  firing-lock  case,  and  is  held  in  place  by  a  wire  detent.  It  has 
at  its  lower  end  a  squared  portion  on  which  the  trigger  fork  is 
mounted.  At  its  upper  end  are  two  projections,  the  longer  of  which 
is  provided  with  a  hole  for  the  attachment  of  a  lanyard,  by  which 
the  howitzer  should  be  fired  until  the  spade  at  the  end  of  the  trail 
is  sufficiently  embedded  in  the  ground  to  hold  the  carriage  in  place. 
The  other  projection  on  the  trigger  shaft  is  acted  upon  by  the  firing 
pallet,  which  is  mounted  in  the  firing-handle  bracket.  The  firing 
pallet  is  connected  by  the  firing  link  to  the  firing  shaft,  on  which  is 
mounted  the  firing  handle.  This  combination  of  parts  serves  as  a 
means  for  firing  the  howitzer  from  a  seat  on  the  carriage. 

FIRING-LOCK   CASE. 

The  firing-lock  case  contains  the  entire  firing  mechanism  and  can, 
if  necessary,  be  replaced,  complete,  in  an  instant  without  opening 
the  breech.  It  contains  the  firing  pin,  firing  spring,  firing-spring 
sleeve,  sear,  trigger  fork,  and  trigger  shaft  and  detent.  It  is  pro- 
vided with  four  lugs,  by  which  it  is  locked  in  place  in  the  hub  of  the 
block  carrier,  and  one  lug  which  is  forward  of  the  other  four,  which 
engages  behind  a  lug  on  the  breechlock.  This  lug,  together  with  {/he 
other  four  which  lock  the  casing  to  the  carrier,  serves  to  lock  the  block 
and  carrier  together.  The  firing-lock  casing  is  held  from  rotary  dis- 
placement by  a  spring  catch  or  locking  bolt.  This  locking  bolt  is 
fitted  in  a  projection  of  the  casing  and  its  inner  end  enters  a  recess 
or  seat  in  the  rear  face  of  the  block  carrier. 

OPERATING   LEVER. 

The  handle  and  body  of  the  lever  is  recessed  to  receive  the  lever 
latch.  The  inner  end  of  the  lever  is  provided  with  beveled  gear 
teeth,  which  mesh  with  corresponding  teeth  on  the  breechblock  and 
serve  as  a  means  for  opening  and  closing  the  mechanism.  The  lever 
is  seated  between  two  lugs  on  the  block  carrier  and  is  held  in  place 
by  a  pivot. 

BLOCK   CARRIER. 

The  block  carrier  is  hinged  on  its  right  side  to  the  howitzer  by 
means  of  the  hinge  pin.  It  is  provided  "with  a  central,  inwardly- 
projecting  hub,  upon  which  the  breechblock  is  concentrically 
mounted.  The  hub  is  bored  out  eccentrically  to  receive  the  firing- 
lock  case,  which  is  held  in  place  from  axial  displacement  by  four  lugs- 
formed  on  the  inside  of  the  bore.  In  the  forward  end  of  the  central 
hub  a  slot  is  cut,  which  extends  to  the  rear  and  terminates  in  an  L 
This  receives  the  lug  on  the  breechblock  and  holds  the  block  from 


16 

displacement  when  the  mechanism  is  open.  Two  lugs  are  formed 
on  the  rear  face  of  the  carrier  just  above  its  center.  They  form  a 
seat  for  the  operating  lever.  On  the  inner  face  in  the  upper  left- 
hand  quadrant  a  seat  and  pivot  for  the  block  latch  is  provided.  In 
the  lower  right-hand  quadrant  on  the  inner  face  a  hardened-steel 
block  stop  is  riveted.  This  prevents  the  rotation  of  the  block  in  the 
open  position.  In  the  lower  circumference  are  drilled  three  vent- 
holes  for  the  escape  of  gas  in  case  of  a  blowback.  A  catch  for  the 
operating-lever  latch  is  suitably  located  and  screwed  to  the  rear  face 
of  the  carrier.  It  is  held  in  place  by  a  small  pin  driven  in  from  the 
circumference  of  the  carrier.  On  the  right  side  of  the  carrier  a 
projecting  pallet  is  attached,  which  serves  to  operate  the  extractor. 

BLOCK    LATCH. 

The  latch  serves  to  prevent  rotation  of  the  block  to  its  closed 
position  until  it  is  forced  backward  by  coming  in  contact  with  the 
breech  of  the  howitzer.  A  recess  in  the  latch  contains  a  spring  which 
presses  against  the  inner  face  of  the  carrier,  forcing  the  latch  forward 
into  its  locking  recess  in  the  block  when  the  breech  is  open.  When 
the  block  is  locked  the  latch  rests  against  the  rear  face  of  the  howitzer. 

EXTRACTOR. 

The  extractor  is  located  in  the  extractor  seat.  It  is  operated  by 
the  right  face  of  the  carrier,  the  pallet  on  the  latter  serving  to  give  it 
a  quick  throw  at  the  end  of  the  swing  of  the  carrier  in  opening  the 
mechanism.  The  extractor  rolls  on  its  forward  or  convex  face  and 
is  prevented  from  being  displaced  by  its  trunnions,  which  slide  in 
grooves  formed  in  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  extractor  seat.  A  lip 
on  the  extractor  engages  the  rim  of  the  cartridge  case  and  serves  as  a 
means  of  ejecting  it. 

OPERATING-LEVER   LATCH. 

The  latch  is  fitted  in  a  seat  in  the  opening  lever  and  serves  to 
lock  the  handle  from  rotation,  which  in  turn  prevents  rotation  of 
the  block.  The  latch  is  held  in  place  by  a  steel  pivot,  which  is  so 
fitted  that  it  is  held  in  place  by  the  lever  latch  and  the  action  of  its 
spring. 

HINGE    PIN. 

This  is  a  hardened-steel  pin  ground  to  fit  and  is  held  from  dis- 
placement by  a  spring  catch  fitted  to  its  upper  end. 

ACTION   OF  THE   BREECH  MECHANISM. 

To  open  the  breech  grasp  the  operating-lever  handle;  at  the  same 
time  compress  the  lever-latch  handle.  This  releases  the  latch  from 
the  catch  on  the  block  carrier.  Rotate  the  operating  lever  to  the 


17 

rear.  During  the  first  part  of  this  movement  (81°-49')  the  block  is 
rotated  and  its  threads  disengaged  from  those  of  the  howitzer,  at 
which  time  the  stop  on  the  block  comes  in  contact  with  the  stop  on 
the  block  carrier,  and  the  block  latch  will  drop  into  its  notch  in  the 
block  at  the  moment  of  swinging  the  carrier  from  the  howitzer. 
The  block  is  now  locked  against  further  rotation  in  either  direction. 
During  a  further  rotation  of  the  operating  lever  of  about  100°  the 
block  and  carrier  swing  about  the  hinge  pin  clear  of  the  breech  recess, 
the  pallet  on  the  carrier  forces  the  outer  end  of  the  extractor  lever 
forward,  unseating  the  cartridge  case  before  the  end  of  the  100° 
movement  and  finally  ejecting  the  case  from  the  howitzer.  When 
another  round  is  inserted  the  rim  of  the  cartridge  case  comes  in 
contact  with  the  extractor  and  forces  it  partly  home.  In  closing  the 
mechanism  the  movements  are  simply  the  reverse  of  opening;  as  the 
block  carrier  comes  in  contact  with  the  breech  face  of  the  howitzer 
the  block  latch  is  forced  rearward,  unlocking  the  block  from  the  car- 
rier. Further  rotation  of  the  operating  lever  rotates  the  breechblock, 
causing  its  threads  to  engage  those  of  the  howitzer.  This  engage- 
ment of  threads  moves  the  block  forward,  due  to  the  pitch  of  the 
threads,  and  firmly  seats  the  cartridge  in  the  howitzer.  At  the  final 
motion  of  the  operating  lever  its  latch  engages  the  catch  on  the 
rear  face  of  the  block  carrier,  locking  the  block  in  the  closed  position. 
The  howitzer  is  now  ready  to  fire. 


FIRING   DEVICE. 


The  firing  device  consists  of  a  firing-handle  bracket  (bolted  to 
the  cradle  of  the  carriage),  firing  handle,  firing-handle  spring,  firing- 
handle  plunger,  firing-handle  hub,  handle-return  spring,  shaft-return 
spring,  firing  shaft,  firing  link,  firing  pallet,  shaft-trip  collar,  trip 
latch,  trip-latch  spring,  trip-latch  pin,  trip-collar  pin,  trip-latch 
plunger,  and  adjusting  screw.  The  bracket  has  a  cylindrical  portion, 
the  cylinder  having  a  central  diaphragm  or  partition.  In  the  rear  por- 
tion of  this  cylinder  is  fitted  the  shaft-return  spring,  which  acts  on  the 
firing  shaft  to  return  it  to  its  normal  position  after  the  sear  has  been 
tripped  and  the  howitzer  fired.  The  firing  shaft  returns  to  its  normal 
position,  no  matter  whether  the  operator  releases  the  firing  handle  or 
not.  In  the  forward  portion  of  the  cylinder  the  handle-return  spring 
is  fitted.  This  spring  is  employed  to  hold  the  firing  handle  in  a  posi- 
tion convenient  for  firing  the  howitzer. 

The  firing  handle  is  mounted  loosely  on  the  forward  end  of  the 
firing  shaft  and  is  connected  therewith  by  means  of  a  trip  collar  and 
latch.  The  trip  collar  is  provided  with  a  squared  opening  which  fits 
over  a  correspondingly  squared  end  on  the  forward  end  of  the  firing 
shaft, 


18 

The  hub  of  the  firing  handle  is  provided  with  a  trip  latch  so 
arranged  that  the  latch  is  in  engagement  with  a  notch  in  the  periph- 
ery of  the  trip  collar.  By  this  means  the  firing  handle  is  temporarily 
made  fast  to  the  firing  shaft.  By  a  sufficient  downward  movement  of 
the  firing  handle  the  lower  end  of  the  trip-latch  plunger  is  caused 
to  come  in  contact  with  the  adjusting  screw,  which  is  suitably  located 
in  the  firing-handle  bracket.  This  engagement  between  the  lower 
end  of  the  trip-latch  plunger  and  the  adjusting  screw  forces  the 
plunger  upward,  thus  releasing  the  trip  latch  and  allowing  the  firing 
shaft  to  return  to  its  original  or  normal  position.  The  firing  handle  is 
arranged  so  that  it  can  be  folded  back  and  out  of  the  way  for  travel- 
ing purposes.  The  handle  is  hollow  and  is  provided  with  a  plunger, 
coil  spring,  and  an  adjusting  or  compression  plug,  which  is  screwed  in 
or  out  by  means  of  a  screw  driver  until  the  desired  compression  on 
the  spring  is  obtained.  One  end  of  the  plunger  bears  against  a  flat 
surface  on  the  firing-handle  hub,  and  the  friction  produced  by  the 
compression  of  the  spring  tends  to  hold  the  firing  handle  in  either 
the  folded  or  open  position. 

On  the  rear  of  the  firing  shaft  is  formed  a  lug  which  is  connected 
to  a  lug  on  the  firing  pallet  by  the  firing  link.  Pressing  down  on  the 
firing  handle  results  as  follows:  The  firing  shaft  is  rotated,  the 
shaft-return  and  handle-return  springs  are  put  under  additional  stress, 
the  firing  link  transmits  this  rotation  to  the  firing  pallet,  the  trigger 
shaft  rotates,  which  in  turn  rotates  the  trigger  fork,  compressing 
the  firing  spring  through  the  medium  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve 
until  the  front  end  of  the  latter  trips  the  sear  and  releases  the  firing 
pin. 

TO    DISMANTLE   THE    FIRING   MECHANISM. 

Take  hold  of  the  milled  headed  locking  bolt  situated  at  the  lower 
•end  of  the  firing-lock  case,  pull  it  to  the  rear;  at  the  same  time 
revolve  the  firing-lock  case  downward  about  45°  and  pull  it  gently 
to  the  rear.  This  will  remove  the  case  with  the  firing  mechanism 
complete  from  the  howitzer.  Press  the  trigger-shaft  detent  until  it 
disengages  from  the  notch  in  the  firing-lock  case.  This  will  allow  the 
trigger  shaft,  with  its  detent,  to  be  withdrawn.  Then  gently  press 
on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin,  forcing  it  back  into  the  casing.  This 
will  allow  the  trigger  fork  to  fall  out.  Then,  with  one  finger  placed 
on  the  front  end  of  the  sear,  force  it  outward ;  at  the  same  time  grasp 
the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin.  Give  it  a  sharp  pull.  This  will 
remove  the  firing  pin  with  its  spring  and  sleeve  from  the  casing.  Then 
place  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  against  a  block  of  wood,  bear 
down  on  the  firing-spring  sleeve  until  the  spring  is  compressed 
sufficiently  to  disengage  the  slot  in  the  rear  end  of  the  sleeve  from  the 
small  lug  on  the  rear  end  of  the  firing  pin,  slightly  turn  the  sleeve, 
and  then  the  sleeve  can  be  separated  from  the  spring  and  pin.  By  an 


19 

unscrewing  motion  the  spring  can  be  removed  from  the  pin.  The  sear 
can  be  removed  by  gently  pressing  it  in  toward  the  center  of  the 
casing. 

To  assemble,  reverse  these  operations,  taking  care  that  before 
driving  too  hard  on  the  end  of  the  trigger  shaft  that  the  square  hole 
in  the  trigger  fork  is  in  position  to  receive  the  tapered  end  of  the 
trigger  shaft.  No  tools  are  required  for  assembling  or  dismantling 
this  mechanism. 

TO   DISMANTLE   THE    BREECH   MECHANISM. 

Grasp  the  operating  lever  and  open  the  mechanism;  when  the 
mechanism  is  open  force  the  block  latch  out  of  its  seat  in  the  block  by 
pressing  it  into  its  seat  in  the  carrier.  Take  hold  of  the  block  and 
revolve  it  to  the  left  until  it  stops;  then  pull  it  to  the  rear,  taking  care 
not  to  drop  it.  The  block  latch  can  now  be  readily  removed.  After 
the  firing-lock  case  has  been  removed  the  operating  lever  can  be  re- 
moved by  forcing  its  pivot  down  from  above  by  a  gentle  pressure  with 
the  palm  of  the  hand.  The  lever  latch  can  be  removed  by  pressing  in 
on  the  latch  at  a  point  near  its  lower  end  opposite  its  pivot.  The 
hole  in  the  latch  is  cut  eccentric  with  reference  to  the  pivot,  and 
a  shoulder  on  the  pivot  prevents  its  displacement  until  the  latch 
is  forced  in  enough  to  bring  the  hole  concentric  with  the  pivot.  When 
this  occurs  the  pivot  can  be  readily  pulled  out  and  the  latch  removed. 
To  remove  the  block  carrier  first  remove  the  hinge-pin  catch,  force 
the  hinge  pin  down  by  hand  until  it  can  be  caught  by  the  head,  and 
remove  it,  swinging  the  carrier  back  and  forth  if  the  pin  sticks. 
The  extractor  can  now  be  removed  from  the  howitzer. 

Reverse  these  operations  for  assembling  the  mechanism.  No  tools 
other  than  the  hands  are  required  for  dismantling  this  breech  mech- 
anism. 

CARE  OF  THE  HOWITZER. 

After  firing,  the  bore  of  the  howitzer  should  be  cleaned  to  remove 
the  residue  of  smokeless  powder,  and  then  oiled.  In  cleaning,  wash 
the  bore  with  a  solution  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  of  sal 
soda  in  1  gallon  of  boiling  water.  After  washing  with  the  soda 
solution  wipe  perfectly  dry,  and  then  oil  the  bore  with  a  thin  coating 
of  the  light  slushing  oil  furnished  for  the  purpose.  A  slush  brush 
for  use  in  oiling  the  bore  is  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

The  breech  mechanism  should  be  kept  clean  and  well  oiled.  It 
should  be  dismounted  from  time  to  time  for  examination  and  oiled 
when  assembled.  .The  spare  parts  carried  in  the  trail  box  or  in  the 
battery  wagon  should  be  well  coated  with  vaseline  or  heavy  oil  and 
each  piece  then  wrapped  in  paper  to  prevent  the  oil  from  being  rubbed 
off. 


20 
AMMUNITION. 

Separate  loading  ammunition  with  brass  case  is  used  in  the  3.8- 
inch  howitzer  and  is  made  up  with  either  common  shrapnel  or  com- 
mon steel  shell.  The  ammunition  varies  in  length  with  the  type  of 
projectile  used.  The  ammunition  chests  of  the  battery  are  of  suffi- 
cient size  to  take  any  of  the  ammunition  furnished  so  that  the  num- 
ber of  each  kind  to  be  carried  is  a  matter  of  regulation  by  proper 
authority. 

All  ammunition  is  issued  filled  and  fuzed.  The  weight  of  the  pro- 
jectile is  30  pounds,  and  the  total  weight  of  one  complete  cartridge 
is  about  34  J  pounds.  The  components  of  this  ammunition  are  the 
pruned  cartridge  case,  diaphragm,  propelling  charge,  and  the  fuzed 
projectile. 

A  cast-iron  shell  has  been  designed  having  the  same  center  of  gravity 
and  exterior  dimensions  as  the  common  steel  shell. 

A  design  for  a  high-explosive  shrapnel  is  being  developed  with  a 
view  to  its  adoption  to  supersede  the  common  shrapnel. 

THE  CARTRIDGE  CASE. 
[Plate  III.] 

The  cartridge  case  is  a  solid  drawn  brass  case  7.34  inches  long, 
having  a  capacity  of  63.37  cubic  inches  under  diaphragm  and  weighs, 
with  primer,  3.125  pounds.  The  head  of  the  case  has  a  projecting 
flange  or  rim  under  which  the  lip  of  the  extractor  engages.  The 
center  of  the  head  of  the  cartridge  case  is  bored  out  to  form  a  seat 
into  which  the  primer  is  forced.  These  primer  seats  are  first  man- 
dreled  to  near  the  finished  dimensions  with  a  tapered  steel  drift  to 
toughen  the  metal  of  the  cartridge  case  contiguous  to  the  primer 
seat  and  then  reamed  to  finished  size.  This  toughening  is  necessary 
to  prevent  expansion  of  the  primer  seat  under  the  chamber  pressure 
and  consequent  loose  fit  of  the  primer  in  subsequent  firings.  The 
primers  are  inserted  in  the  case  by  means  of  the  large  primer  insert- 
ing press  to  avoid  injury  to  the  primer  seat  or  to  the  operator.  Special 
decapping  tools  are  also  issued  for  use  in  removing  exploded  primers 
from  cartridge  cases. 

The  base  is  stamped  with  name  of  gun,  initials  of  place,  and  year  of 
manufacture,  and  ammunition  lot  number. 

THE   PRIMER. 

[Plate  III.] 

To  insure  the  ignition  of  smokeless-powder  charges  in  cartridge 
cases  it  is  necessary  that  the  primers  either  contain  in  themselves,  in 
addition  to  the  percussion  composition,  an  auxiliary  charge  of  black 
powder  or  that  an  auxiliary  charge  of  such  powder  be  placed  at  the 
rear  of  the  cartridge  case  to  communicate  the  flame  from  the  percus- 
sion primer  and  thoroughly  ignite  the  smokeless  powder.  The  per- 


21 

cussion  primer,  known  as  the  "110-grain  percussion  primer/'  con- 
tains an  igniting  charge  of  95  grains  of  black  powder  in  addition  to- 
the  essential  elements  of  a  percussion  primer  or  cap. 

The  110-grain  percussion  primer  is  shown  in  Plate  III  and  con- 
sists of  a  brass  case  resembling  in  shape  a  small-arms  cartridge  case. 
The  head  or  rear  end  of  the  primer  case  is  counterbored,  forming  a 
cup-shaped  recess,  in  which  is  seated  the  cap  or  percussion  primer 
proper.  The  latter  consists  of  the  cup,  the  anvil,  and  the  percus- 
sion composition  assembled  as  shown  on  Plate  III.  The  percussion 
composition  is  known  as  the  "H-42"  mixture,  and  contains  the 
following  ingredients: 

Per  cent. 

Chlorate  of  potash 47. 20 

Antimony  sulphide 30.83 

Flowers  of  sulphur 21.  97 

The  percussion-cap  recess  is  connected  with  the  interior  of  the 
primer  case  by  a  small  axial  vent.  The  body  of  the  case  contains 
95  grains  of  black  powder,  constituting  the  rear  priming  or  igniting 
charge  for  the  smokeless  powder  propelling  charge.  This  black 
powder  is  inserted  under  a  pressure  of  2,400  pounds  per  square  inch, 
and  is  pressed  into  the  primer  body  around  a  central  wire,  which  is 
then  withdrawn,  leaving  a  longitudinal  hole  the  full  length  of  the 
primer.  Eight  radial  holes  are  drilled  through  the  primer  and  the 
compressed  powder,  affording  16  vents  for  the  free  exit  of  the  black 
powder  flames.  After  filling  the  primer,  the  front  end  of  the  primer 
case  is  closed  by  two  cardboard  wads  and  waterproofed  with  shellac. 
The  radial  perforations  in  the  body  of  the  primer  case  are  covered 
by  a  tinfoil  wrapper,  shellacked  on  to  retain  in  the  case  any  loose 
black  powder  as  well  as  to  exclude  all  moisture. 

In  action,  the  blow  of  the  firing  pin  explodes  the  percussion  cap, 
which  ignites  the  black  powder,  the  flames  from  the  latter  shoot  out 
through  the  vents  in  the  primer  case  and  ignite  the  smokeless-powder 
charge. 

A  shorter  primer,  known  as  the  "  saluting  primer,  percussion,"  i& 
issued  for  use  in  blank  cartridges.  The  percussion  elements  and 
dimensions  of  the  seat  in  the  cartridge  case  for  both  types  of  primers 
are  identical.  The  primer  charge  of  the  saluting  primer  consists  of 
20  grains  of  loose  rifle  powder,  held  in  place  by  a  paper  wad  shel- 
lacked in  the  mouth  of  the  primer  case. 

The  20-grain  saluting  primers  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed  tin 
boxes,  25  in  a  box.  The  boxes  should  not  be  opened  nor  the  cases 
primed  until  shortly  before  they  are  required  for  use. 

The  large  primer  inserting  press  is  provided  for  inserting  both 
types  of  primers.  This  press  should  be  used  and  the  primers  never 
hammered  into  their  seats  in  the  cartridge  case.  Special  decapping 
tools  are  also  issued  for  removing  old  primer  cases  from  cartridge 
cases  without  injury  to  the  latter. 


22 


THE    POWDER   CHARGE. 


The  powder  is  a  nitrocellulose  powder  composed  of  multiperfo- 
rated  (seven  perforations)  cylindrical  grains  packed  in  three  raw  silk 
bags  to  provide  for  the  three  zones  of  fire.  The  bags  are  distinguished 
in  the  following  manner:  The  bag  placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  car- 
tridge case  is  known  as  the  "inner  charge  bag"  and  is  stamped  "  1." 
The  bag  in  the  middle  is  known  as  the  "middle  charge  bag"  and  is 
stamped  "2."  The  bag  at  the  top  directly  under  the  diaphragm  is 
known  as  the  "outer  charge  bag"  and  is  stamped  "3."  The  total 
charge  varies  in  different  lots  of  powder,  but  is  approximately  16 
ounces.  The  charge  bags  are  held  in  place  by  means  of  glazed  jute 
or  flax  twine  passed  through  special  screw  eyes  in  the  head  of  the 
case.  The  heads  of  these  screw  eyes  consist  of  two  helical  coils  in 
place  of  the  usual  ring.  In  making  up  the  cartridge  the  twine  for  the 
middle  charge  bag,  which  is  colored  with  rosaniline,  is  first  passed 
under  the  heads  of  the  screw  eyes  and  the  ends  laid  over  the  edge  of 
the  cartridge  case.  Two  pieces  of  twine  are  passed  through  the 
fabric  of  the  inner  charge  bag  on  the  front  end  and  tied.  The  ends 
are  then  passed  through  the  hole  for  the  primer,  passed  under  the 
screw  eyes,  and  brought  up  outside  of  the  bag;  one  end  of  each  string 
is  then  tied  across  the  top  of  the  bag  and  the  free  ends  laid  over  the 
edge  of  the  case.  The  middle  charge  bag  is  then  placed  in  position 
and  secured  by  the  colored  string,  which  is  threaded  through  the 
holes  in  the  ends  of  the  handle  and  tied  over  the  top  of  the  bag.  The 
remaining  strings  are  used  to  secure  the  outer  charge  bag  in  a  similar 
manner,  after  which  the  diaphragm  is  inserted  and  secured  in  place 
by  the  soldering  strip. 

Shrapnel  should  not  be  fired  for  canister  effect  with  inner  zone 
charge  and  0  fuze  setting,  as  the  personnel  of  the  firing  detachment 
would  thereby  be  endangered,  due  to  a  possible  rearward  movement 
of  the  shrapnel  case,  the  case  velocity  arising  from  the  bursting 
charge  being  sometimes  greater  than  the  muzzle  velocity.  For  this 
reason  and  also  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  greatest  and  most 
effective  ball  velocity,  the  full  charge  should  always  be  used  when 
firing  for  canister  effect. 

Smokeless  powder  must  not  be  used  for  blank  charges.  For  this 
purpose  the  Ordnance  Department  furnishes  special  powder. 

PROJECTILES. 

COMMON    STEEL   SHELL. 

[Plate  III.] 

The  common  steel  shell  is  provided  with  an  ogival  head  struck  with 
a  radius  of  two  calibers  and  is  fitted  with  a  copper  rotating  band 
forced  into  an  annular  groove  1.5  inches  from  the  base. 

The  base  of  the  shell  is  tapped  for  a  medium  caliber  base  detonating 
fuze  and  is  fitted  with  a  copper  base  cover  secured  in  the  base  cover 


ffOrAHHG  BAHO. 


COMMOM  ST££L  SHELL,  MODEL  Of/9Of-D£SICAlB. 
Giw  cornoN. 


REStNHEAD  FILLER. 

SfCCWa  COMBINAT/OH  FUZE. 


LOOSE  SHRAPNEL 


STEEL   D/APHRAGM. 


SCREW  Erf. 
GRAJN  PERCUSSION  PRIMER. 


FIRST  ZOA/E  CHARGE. 
SECOND  ZONE  CHARGE. 


COMMON  SHRAPNEL. 
POWDER  BA&S.- 


TEEL  HEAD. 
COVER  CWMPtNe  GROOVE. 

OCK/NGP/N. 
BOURRELET 


DERIN0  Sr/f/R. 
BRASS  D/APHRAGM. 
CAfACtrr  fJ.  67  CU  W. 

corro*  CORD  HANDLES. 


CARTRIDGE  CASE. 


23 

groove  by  the  calking  wire.  The  base  cover  consists  of  a  copper 
cover,  lead  disk  lying  between  the  cover  and  the  projectile,  and  a 
lead  calking  wire.  This  base  cover  seals  the  joint  between  the  fuze 
and  shell  against  the  entrance  of  propelling  powder  gases  into  the 
shell  cavity.  Two  types  of  shell  are  manufactured,  known  as  design 
A  and  design  B.  Design  A  is  the  older  type.  It  is  14.7  inches  long 
and  contains  a  bursting  charge  of  1.87  pounds  of  trinitrotoluol. 
It  will  ultimately  be  superseded  by  design  B,  which  is  14.125  inches 
long  and  contains  a  bursting  charge  of  1.53  pounds  of  trinitrotoluol. 
This  latter  type  has  a  heavier  wall  and  is  provided  with  a  base  plug, 
the  joint  between  which  and  the  base  of  the  shell  are  protected  by 
the  base  cover.  The  weight  of  either  type  of  shell  with  bursting 
charge  and  fuze  is  30  pounds. 

Shells  are  always  issued  filled,  fuzed,  and  base  covered. 

COMMON   SHRAPNEL. 
[Plate  III.] 

The  shrapnel  is  a  base-charged  common  shrapnel  fitted  with  a 
combination  fuze.  The  case  is  of  forged  alloy  steel  with  a  solid  base. 
The  rotating  band  is  forced  into  an  annular  groove  cut  in  the  case 
1.5  inches  from  the  base.  The  front  or  mouth  of  the  case  is  closed 
by  a  steel  head,  screwed  in  and  tapped  to  take  the  service  31-second 
combination  fuze,  model  of  1907  M.  The  shrapnel  bursting  charge 
is  composed  of  a  charge  of  loose  black  shrapnel  powder  (0.33  pound). 
The  bursting  charge  is  contained  in  chamber  formed  by  the  base  of 
the  shrapnel  case  and  the  diaphragm.  The  diaphragm  supports 
a  brass  central  tube  which  extends  forward  to  the  fuze,  and  thus 
affords  a  flame  channel  from  the  fuze  to  the  bursting  charge.  At 
the  lower  end  of  the  central  tube  a  stopper  of  dry  guncotton  is  fitted 
to  assist  the  ignition  of  the  bursting  charge  and  to  prevent  the  loose 
powder  charge  from  getting  into  the  tube.  The  shrapnel  filling  is 
composed  of  369  balls,  each  approximately  215  grains  in  weight.  The 
balls  are  approximately  0.54  inch  in  diameter.  The  interstices  con- 
tain a  smoke-producing  matrix. 

In  action  the  case  is  not  ruptured  upon  the  explosion  of  the  bursting 
charge,  but  the  diaphragm,  shrapnel  balls,  head,  and  fuze  are  expelled 
from  the  shrapnel  case  in  much  the  same  way  as  shot  is  expelled  from 
a  shotgun  cartridge. 

All  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  fuzed  ready  for  use  and  provided 
with  a  waterproof  cover  over  the  fuze  to  exclude  moisture. 

FUZE. 

COMBINATION   FUZE. 

These  fuzes  are  point  fuzes  with  combination  time  and  percussion 
elements  for  use  with  shrapnel.  They  are  of  the  type  known  as  the 
ring  or  "dial"  fuze,  in  which  the  time  train  is  set  by  turning  a  gradu- 


24 

ated  ring  which  carries  part  of  the  time  train.  These  fuzes  may  be 
reset  as  often  as  desired.  The  setting  should  be  kept  at  "S"  for  safe 
transportation. 

FRANKFORD   ARSENAL  COMBINATION   FUZE,    MODEL   OF   1907  M. 
[Plate  IV.] 

(a)  Body,  bronze. 

(6)  Closing  cap,  brass. 

(61)  Vents  in  closing  cap. 

(62)  Safety  wire. 

(c)  Upper  time  train  ring,  Tobin  bronze. 

(c1)  Washer  for  time  train  ring,  graduated,  felt  cloth. 

(d)  Time  train  ring,  graduated,  Tobin  bronze. 
(d1)  Washer  for  body,  felt  cloth. 

(d2)  Rotating  pin,  brass. 

(e)  Concussion  plunger. 

(e1)  Concussion  resistance  ring,  brass. 

(/)  Firing  pin. 

(g)  Vent  loading  to  upper  time  train. 

(h)  Compressed  powder  pellet. 

(i)  Upper  time  train,  compressed  powder. 

(j)  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  vent  leading  to  lower  time  train. 

(j1)  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  lower  time  train  vent. 

(k)  Lower  time  train,  compressed  powder. 

(I)  Brass  disk,  crimped  in  place. 

(m)  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  vent  (o) . 

(o)  Vent  leading  to  magazine. 

(p)  Powder  magazine. 

(q)  Percussion  plunger. 

(r)  Percussion  primer. 

(s)  Vents  leading  from  percussion  primer  to  magazine. 

(it)  Bottom  closing  screw,  brass. 

(v)  Washer  for  closing  screw,  muslin. 

(w)  Washer  for  closing  screw,  brass. 

The  body  (a)  of  this  fuze  is  machined  from  a  bronze  die  casting. 
The  time  train  rings  (c)  and  (d)  are  turned  from  hard-rolled  bars  of 
Tobin  bronze.  An  annular  groove  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe  is 
milled  in  the  lower  face  of  each  of  the  time  train  rings.  Meal  powder 
is  compressed  into  these  grooves  under  a  heavy  pressure,  forming  a 
time  train. 

The  time  element  of  this  fuze  is  composed  principally  of  the  follow- 
ing parts:  The  time  or  concussion  plunger  (e),  the  concussion  resist- 
ance ring  (e1),  the  firing  pin  (/),  the  vent  (g)  leading  to  the  upper 
time  train,  the  compressed  powder  pellet  (h),  the  upper  time  train 
(i),  the  vent  (j),  the  lower  time  train  (fc),  the  compressed  powder 
pellet  (m)  in  the  vent  (o)  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  (p) . 


fc 


25 

The  plunger  (e)  is  cylindrical  in  shape  and  contains  the  percussion 
composition  in  a  recess  at  its  base.  The  weight  of  the  plunger  rests 
upon  the  concussion  resistance  ring  (el),  which  prevents  the  primer 
from  contacting  with  the  firing  pin  except  in  firing.  At  discharge 
of  the  howitzer  the  resistance  of  the  ring  is  overcome,  the  plunger 
slips  to  the  rear,  and  the  primer  is  exploded  by  contact  with  the 
firing  pin. 

As  stated  above,  the  annular  grooves  into  which  the  meal  powder 
of  the  time  train  is  pressed  are,  in  plain  view,  shaped  like  a  horseshoe, 
a  solid  portion  or  safety  being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  groove  in 
each  ring  or  disk. 

The  upper  time  train  ring  (c)  is  prevented  from  rotating  by  two 
spline  pins,  which  are  halved  into  the  fuze  body  and  the  inner  circum- 
ference of  the  ring. 

The  vent  (g)  is  drilled  through  the  walls  of  the  concussion  plunger 
chamber,  and  is  exactly  opposite  a  hole  in  the  inner  surface  of  the 
upper  time  train  leading  to  the  end  of  the  train  from  which  the  direc- 
tion of  burning  is  anticlockwise. 

The  hole  (j)  is  drilled  through  the  upper  face  of  the  lower  time 
train  ring  (d)  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  groove,  from  which  the 
direction  of  burning  is  clockwise.  The  lower  time  train  ring  is 
rotatable  and  is  graduated  on  its  outer  edge  in  a  clockwise  direction 
from  0  to  3 1 .6.  These  divisions  each  subtend  an  angle  of  10°  and  after 
the  first  division  are  subdivided  into  five  equal  parts.  A  radial  pin 
(d2)  is  provided  in  the  lower  ring  for  engagement  with  a  notch  in 
the  fuze  setter  for  use  in  setting  the  fuze.  A  line  on  the  lower  flange 
of  the  fuze  stock  is  the  datum  line  for  fuze  settings.  A  few  fuzes 
graduated  in  29  divisions  have  also  been  issued. 

The  vent  (o)  is  drilled  through  the  flange  of  the  fuze  stock  to  the 
powder  magazine  (p),  and  leads  to  the  same  end  of  the  lower  time 
train  as  the  vent  (j) — i.  e.,  that  end  from  which  the  direction  of 
burning  is  clockwise  when  the  fuze  is  at  its  "zero"  setting. 
The  action  of  the  fuze  as  a  time  fuze  is  as  follows : 
Assume  first  the  zero  or  canister  setting  as  shown  on  the  figure. 
At  discharge  of  the  howitzer  the  concussion  plunger  arms  and  fires 
its  primer.  The  flame  from  the  primer  passes  out  through  the  vent 
(g),  igniting  the  pellet  (h),  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train  (i),  down 
through  the  vent  (j),  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  (k),  and  thence 
through  the  vent  (o)  to  the  magazine  (p),  the  flame  from  which  is 
transmitted  to  the  base  charge  in  the  shrapnel.  It  will  be  seen  that 
for  the  zero  setting  of  the  fuze  the  origin  of  both  upper  and  lower 
time  trains  are  in  juxtaposition.  Assume  any  other  setting,  say  12 
seconds:  The  vent  (j)  has  now  changed  its  position  with  respect  to 
the  vent  (h),  leading  to  the  beginning  of  the  upper  time  train  and 
the  vent  (o),  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  (p),  both  of  which 

14199—17 3 


26 

points  are  fixed  by  the  angle  subtended  between  the  0  and  the  12° 
setting.  The  flame  now  passes  out  through  vent  (g)  and  burns  along 
the  upper  time  train  in  an  anticlockwise  direction  until  the  vent  (j) 
is  reached,  where  it  passes  down  to  the  beginning  of  the  lower  time 
train  and  burns  back  in  a  clockwise  direction  to  the  position  of  the 
vent  (o),  whence  it  is  transmitted  by  the  pellet  of  compressed  powder 
(m}  to  the  powder  magazine  (p). 

For  the  31.6  setting  the  vent  (j),  leading  to  the  beginning  of  the 
lower  time  train,  is  opposite  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train  and 
the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  is  opposite  the  vent  (o),  leading  to 
the  pow^der  magazine.  It  will  now  be  seen  that  to  reach  the  maga- 
zine (p)  and  burst  the  shrapnel,  the  entire  length  of  the  time  train 
in  both  rings  must  be  burned. 

As  already  stated,  the  annular  grooves  in  the  lower  face  of  each 
ring  for  the  powder  trains  do  not  form  complete  circles,  a  solid 
portion  or  safety  being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  grooves  in  each. 
This  solid  portion  is  utilized  to  obtain  a  setting  at  which  the  fuze 
can  not  be  exploded,  known  as  the  "safety  point."  This  point 
is  marked  by  a  line  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  movable  time  train, 
surmounted  by  an  "S,"  and  is  located  about  halfway  between  the 
zero  mark  and  the  31.6  graduation.  When  this  point  is  brought 
opposite  the  line  on  the  lower  flange  of  the  fuze  body,  the  vent  (j) 
is  covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the  upper  train 
and  the  vent  (o),  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  (p),  is  covered  by 
the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the  lower  or  movable  time  train. 
At  the  safety  setting  it  will  be  seen  that  the  upper  train  may  burn 
entirely  out  in  case  of  accidental  firing  of  the  concussion  plunger,  or 
in  case  it  may  be  desired  to  burst  the  shrapnel  by  impact  or  percussion, 
without  the  flame  being  able  to  reach  the  magazine  (p). 

The  cloth  washers  (c')  and  (dr)  are  glued  to  the  upper  face  of  the 
graduated  time-train  ring  and  to  the  upper  face  of  the  flange  on 
the  fuze  body.  These  surfaces  are  corrugated,  as  shown,  to  cause 
the  washers  to  adhere  more  strongly.  The  function  of  the  washers 
is  to  make  a  gas  check  and  to  prevent  premature  action  or  short- 
circuiting. 

The  compressed  pellet  (/')  in  the  vent  leading  from  the  outside 
to  the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train  is  to  release  the  pressure 
of  the  gases  due  to  the  burning  train.  The  gases  from  both  time 
trains  escape  into  the  outer  air  through  the  annular  spaces  shown 
in  the  illustration  and  the  vents  (&')  in  the  closing  cap. 

The  percussion  element  of  this  fuze,  as  shown  in  the  plate,  consists 
of  a  centrifugal  percussion  plunger  (q)  and  an  ordinary  percussion 
primer  (r). 

The  system  of  vents  through  the  walls  of  the  fuze  shown  in  figure 
1  conduct  the  flame  from  the  percussion  primer  to  the  magazine  (/>). 


27 

The  bottom  closing  screw  closes  the  percussion  plunger  recess 
and  retains  the  powder  in  the  magazine.  The  muslin  washer  (v) 
is  coated  with  shellac  and  held  in  place  by  the  brass  washer  (w), 
over  the  outer  edge  of  which  a  projecting  lip  is  crimped. 

These  fuzes  are  issued  assembled  in  shrapnel.  For  transportation 
in  limbers  and  caissons  the  fuze  should  always  be  set  at  the  safety 
point  and  they  are  so  set  when  packed.  Also  the  safety  wire  should 
always  be  threaded  through  the  concussion  plunger  during  trans- 
portation. 

The  fuze  is  provided  with  a  waterproof  cover  of  thin  brass  her- 
metically sealed.  The  cover  should  be  stripped  off  before  an  attempt 
is  made  to  set  the  fuze.  The  safety  wire  should  be  pulled  out 
before  the  projectile  is  put  in  the  fuze  setter  or  loaded  into  the 
howitzer. 

CAUTION. — Whenever  a  round  of  shrapnel  ammunition  has  been 
withdrawn  and  the  safety  wire  (62)  removed  from  the  point  of  the 
fuze  it  should  never  be  replaced  in  the  ammunition  chest  until  the 
safety  wire  has  been  reassembled  in  the  point  of  the  fuze  in  order 
to  lock  the  concussion  plunger  in  place. 

THE  HAND.  FUZE  SETTER. 

[Plate  V.] 
DESCRIPTION. 

1.  The  hand-fuze  setter  is  a  device  for  rapid  and  accurate  setting 
of  the  time  burning  of  the  fuze  for  various  ranges  and  heights  of 
burst. 

2.  For  the  list  of  nomenclature  see  page  30.     Plate  V  shows  assem- 
bled and  sectional  views  and  designation  of  parts. 

3.  The  hand-fuze  setter  provided  for  the  3. 8-inch  howitzer  con- 
sists principally  of  an  aluminum  case   (1)  having  a  serrated  rim 
forming  a  handle  for  turning;  a  range  ring  (12)  mounted  on  the 
range  ring  carrier  (23),  which  is  operated  by  the  knob  (10)  on  the 
worm  (16);     a  corrector  scale  (20),  mounted  on  the  corrector  scale 
support  (22),  is  operated  by  the  knob  (10)  on  the  worm  (16)  and  a 
guide  plate  (21)  which  rests  on  the  projectile. 

4.  A  slot  is  cut  in  the  range  ring  carrier  (23),  which  engages  with 
the  pin  on  the  graduated  time-train  ring  of  the  fuze.     A  stop  pin  (17) 
is  attached  to  the  corrector-scale  support  (22)  and  engages  with  the 
stop  pin  of  the  fuze  to  limit  the  motion  of  the  fuze  setter. 

5.  The  worm  (16)  for  the  range  and  correction  scales  are  mounted 
eccentrically  in  the  worm  cases  (11),  which  upon  rotation  provide 
an  adjustment  to  accommodate  for  slight  variations  in  manufacture 
and  to  take  up  for  wear  between  the  teeth  of  the  worms  and  worm 
gears. 


28 

6.  The  worm- adjusting  screw  (24)  provided  for  each  worm  (16) 
has  a  fiber  washer  (25)  fitted  in  the  end,  which  bears  on  the  flange  of 
the  worm  to  take  up  the  end  motion  and  to  cause  sufficient  friction 
to  resist  accidental  turning. 

7.  Clamp  plugs  (14  and  15)  are  provided  for  locking  the  adjusting 
screws  and  worm  cases,  these  plugs  being  held  in  place  by  screws 
(6  and  7). 

8.  The  index  bar  (13),  which  is  attached  to  the  case  by  two  index 
bar  screws  (4),  carries  a  range  index  (26),  which  slides  on  the  bar  and 
registers  the  desired  zone.     The  range  index  is  held  in  position  by  the 
index  plunger  (27)  being  forced  into  the  notches  of  the  index  bar  by 
the  index  spring  (28), 

9.  The  range  ring  (12)  has  three  scales  for  zones  1,  2,  and  3.     The 
scale  for  each  is  graduated  from  0  to  the  range  corresponding  to  the 
maximum  elevation.     The  least  division  is  50  yards.     The  corrector 
scale  (20)  has  210  divisions,  numbered  each  10  divisions  to  100,  then 
120,  150,  170,  190,  and  210,  graduation  marked  60  being  the  normal 
position  for  a  suitable  height  of  burst.     The  corrector  scale  is  used 
to  vary  the  height  of  burst  of  shrapnel  and  to  compensate  for  errors 
made  in  determining  the  angle  of  site  and  variations  in  the  rate  of 
burning  of  the  time  train  of  the  fuze. 


OPERATION. 


First.  Set  the  range  index  on  the  index  bar  to  indicate  the  zone 
corresponding  to  the  powder  charge  used. 

Second.  Turn  the  knob  of  the  range  worm  until  the  required  range 
on  range  ring  registers  with  the  index. 

Third.  Turn  the  knob  of  the  corrector  worm  until  the  graduated 
line  on  the  corrector  scale,  which  indicates  the  desired  correction  for 
height  of  burst,  registers  with  the  engraved  arrow  on  the  case. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  60  is  the  normal  position  and  an 
increased  reading  increases  the  height  of  burst  or  shortens  the  range 
to  point  of  burst;  a  decreased  reading  on  the  scales  decreases  the 
height  of  burst  or  increases  the  range  to  point  of  burst. 

To  set  a  fuze,  first  remove  the  waterproof  cap,  withdraw  the  safety 
wire,  place  the  hand-fuze  setter  over  the  fuze  and  turn  until  the  slot 
in  the  range  ring  carrier  engages  with  the  pin  on  the  graduated  time 
train  ring  of  the  fuze.  The  guide  plate  and  the  range  ring  carrier 
will  then  bear  firmly  on  the  projectile.  Then  turn  the  fuze  setter 
clockwise,  as  indicated  by  the  arrow  on  the  top  of  the  case,  until  the 
stop  pin  attached  to  the  corrector-scale  support  engages  with  the 
fixed  stop  pin  on  the  fuze  and  further  motion  is  prevented. 

The  pointer  which  is  attached  to  the  top  of  the  corrector  scale  should 
register  with  the  graduated  line  on  the  closing  cap  of  the  fuze  to  indi- 


29 


cate  when  the  stop  pin  (17)  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed  stop  pin 
of  the  fuze  are  in  contact.  This  pointer  was  added  because  the  gradu- 
ated time  train  ring  of  the  fuze  may  have  a  tendency  to  stick  or  bind 
to  such  an  extent  as  to  lead  the  operator  to  believe  that  the  stop 
pin  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed  stop  pin  of  the  fuze  are  in  contact 
and  thus  give  a  false  setting. 

Cards  for  recording  the  results  of  tests  of  the  fuze  setters  are  fur- 
nished by  the  Ordnance  Department,  on  which  calculated  problems 
are  given  for  inspection,  as  indicated  below. 

Hand-fuze  setter  for  31-second  combination  fuze — Calculated  fuze  settings  for  3.8-inch 

howitzer. 


Range. 

Corrector. 

Calculated  settings. 

Zone  1. 

Zone  2. 

Zone  3. 

0 
1.000 
1,500 
2  000 
3,000 
4,500 
6,000 

60 
20 
100 
40 
150 
200 
90 

0 
8.45 
9.77 

0 
6.65 
5.48 
11.73 
15.96 

0 
5.6 
3.51 
8.42 
7.22 
12.6 
29.5 

To  check  the  fuze  setter,  set  the  range  ring  and  corrector  scale  to 
the  readings  given.  Set  the  fuze  with  the  fuze  setter  and  compare 
the  setting  of  the  fuze  with  the  result  in  the  table.  Use  shrapnel 
and  not  a  drill  cartridge  in  making  this  test.  When  the  range 
index  registers  with  0  on  the  range  ring  and  the  corrector  scale  is 
set  at  60,  the  fuze  will  be  set  at  0  and  will  explode  immediately  on 
leaving  the  howitzer.  When  setting  a  fuze  to  explode  on  impact  or 
for  safe  transportation,  set  the  range  index  at  S  and  the  corrector 
scale  at  60.  Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  making  this  setting 
and  to  replace  the  safety  wires  before  transporting. 

DISASSEMBLING   AND   ASSEMBLING. 

To  disassemble,  remove  the  index  bar  (13),  which  is  held  in  place 
by  two  index  bar  screws  (4).  Take  out  the  four  range-ring  screws 
(3)  and  the  two  corrector-scale  screws  (2),  then  remove  the  range 
ring  (12)  and  corrector  scale  (20).  Remove  the  six  guide-plate 
screws  (9)  and  guide  plate  (21). 

To  remove  the  worm  knobs  (10)  from  the  worms  (16)  drive  out  the 
taper  pins.  Loosen  the  two  worm-adjusting  clamp  screws  (7),  which 
release  the  adjusting  screw  clamp  plugs  (14  and  18),  then  remove 
the  two  adjusting  screws  (24);  the  two  worms  (16)  can  then  be  re- 
moved by  turning.  The  corrector  scale  support  (22)  and  range  ring 
carrier  (23)  can  then  be  removed. 


30 


To  remove  the  two  worm  cases  (11)  loosen  the  two  worm-case 
clamp  screws  (6),  which  releases  the  clamp  plugs  (15  and  19)  and 
allows  withdrawal.  Assemble  in  reverse  order. 


ADJUSTMENT. 


Backlash  or  lost  motion  may  appear  between  the  collars  of  the 
worms  (16)  and  the  fiber  washers  (25),  between  the  worm  teeth  of 
range-ring  carrier  (23)  and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16),  and  between 
the  worm  teeth  of  the  corrector  scale  support  (22)  and  the  threads  of 
the  worm  (16). 

To  remove  backlash  that  appears  endwise,  loosen  the  worm- 
adjusting  screw  clamp  screws  (7),  which  releases  the  worm- adjusting 
screw  clamp  plug  (right)  (14)  or  the  worm- adjusting  screw  clamp 
plug  (left)  (18);  then  turn  the  worm- ad  justing  screws  (24)  clockwise 
with  a  screw  driver  until  end  play  is  removed  and  there  is  sufficient 
friction  to  prevent  accidental  rotation  of  the  worms  (16).  Should 
backlash  appear  between  the  worm  teeth  of  the  range-ring  carrier  (23) 
and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16),  or  between  the  worm  teeth  of  the 
corrector  scale  support  (22)  and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16),  it  can 
easily  be  removed  by  loosening  the  worm-case  clamp  screws  (6),  which 
release  the  worm-case  clamp  plug  (right)  (15)  or  the  worm-case  clamp 
plug  (left)  (19),  and  then  turning  the  worm  case  (11)  with  a  screw 
driver  in  which  the  worm  (16)  is  eccentrically  mounted  in  order  to 
bring  the  worm  (16)  closer  in  contact  with  the  worm  teeth.  The 
worm- adjusting-screw  clamp  plug  (right)  (14),  worm-case  clamp  plug 
(right)  (15),  worm-adjusting  screw  clamp  plug  (left)  (18),  or  worm- 
case  clamp  plug  (left)  (19)  must  be  firmly  clamped  by  tightening  up 
on  their  respective  screws  after  adjustment  in  order  to  secure  the 
worm-adjusting  screws  (24)  or  worm  cases  (11)  against  rotation. 


NOMENCLATURE. 


Illustra- 
tion No. 

Piece- 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

Illustra- 
tion No. 

Piece- 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

1 
2 

55A 
55C 

Case. 
Corrector-scale  screw. 

15 
16 

54F 
54G 

Worm  case  clamp  plug  (right). 
Worm. 

3 

55C 
55D 

Range-ring  screw. 
Index-bar  screw. 

17 

18 

54H 
54J 

Stop  pin. 
Worm-adjusting  screw  clamp 

5 
6 

7 

55E 
55F 
55F 

Oil-hole  screw. 
Worm-case  clamp  screw. 
Worm-adjusting  screw  clamp 

19 
20 

MK 

54AA 

plug  (left). 
Worm-case  clamp  plug  (left). 
Corrector  scale. 

screw. 

21         5411A 

Guide  plate. 

8 

55G 

Stop-pin  screw. 

22 

54N 

Corrector  scale  support. 

9 

56H 

Guide-plate  screw. 

23 

54P 

Range  ring  carrier. 

10 

MA 

Worm  Knob. 

24             58N 

Worm-adjusting  screw. 

11 

54B 

Worm  case. 

25             58P 

Washer. 

12 

543 

Range  ring. 

26             59C 

Range  index. 

13 

51  D 

Index  bar. 

27            59D 

Index  plunger. 

14 

54E 

Worm-adjusting  screw  clamp 

28            59F 

Index  spring. 

plug  (right). 

. 

i 

The  nomenclature  given  above  should  be  used  when  ordering  spare 
parts. 


31 


8.8  howitzer  range  table — Shell  and  shrapnel. 

OUTER  ZONE— M.  V.  900  F.  S. 


1              2 

3 

4 

5           6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

08 

02 

2        -u 

g 

• 

J2 

fa 

o                              '3 

£ 

. 

S> 

a 

? 

0 

1«  1 

o<d 

C3 

| 

I 

^ 

••    I 

<a 

<>' 

'S  &  % 

§ 

_• 

| 

g 

0 

„,  a 

*0 

0 

Z* 

o            "S 

3  o 

1    s 

d 

§ 

*o 

P 

§>       « 
§      a* 

fa 
X 

fa 
X 

x 

x        1 

S        1° 

f    * 

B 

B 

"3 

d 
"3 

«      " 

< 

<         <            EH 

«    i* 

5 

e 

9 

Y<te.         °     ' 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds.    Yds. 

Sees. 

Mils,  i  MiJs. 

0          / 

/  on— 

F.  ,9. 

Ft. 

100      i    17 

4.8 

2.2 

0       0.  2!      0.  34 

0.22 

0.06 

0    20 

163.7 

893 

1 

2.180 

0.953 

200       1    38 

4.8 

4.4 

0        .3 

.68 

.44 

.12 

0    41 

81.8 

887 

3 

300       1    58 

4.7 

6.5 

.1         .5 

1.02 

.66 

.18 

1      1 

54.6 

880 

5 

400       2    20 

4.7 

8.6 

.2 

.8 

1.36 

.88 

.24 

1     23   40.4 

873 

8 

500       2    42 

4.6 

10.7 

.3 

1.2 

1.70 

1.11 

.31 

1    45   32.1 

867 

12 

2.176 

.955 

600       3      4 

4.6 

12.8 

.5 

1.7 

2.05 

1.34 

.37 

2      7j  26.4 

861 

17 

700       3    26 

4.5 

14.8 

.7 

2.3 

2.40 

1.57 

.43 

2    29:  22.5 

8R6 

23 

800       3    48 

4.5 

16.8 

1.0 

3.0 

2.75 

1.81 

.49 

2    51    19.4 

849 

30 

900       4    10 

4.4 

18.8 

1.3 

3.8 

3.11 

2.05 

.56 

3    13   17.1 

843 

38 

1,000       4    33 

4.3 

20.7 

1.6 

4.7 

3.47 

2.29 

.63 

3    36   15.2 

837 

48 

2.163 

.960 

100       4    56 

4.3 

22.6 

2.0 

5.7 

3.83 

2.54 

.69 

3    59   13.7 

831 

59 

200,      5    19       4.2 

24.5 

2.4 

6.8 

4.20 

2.79 

.75 

4    22   12.4 

826 

71 

300       5    42       4.2 

26.4 

2.9 

8.0 

4.57 

3.04 

.81 

4    45'  11.3 

820 

84 

400       66       4.1 

28.2 

3.4 

9.3 

4.94 

3.30 

.88 

5      9   10.4 

815 

98 

500       6    30       4.1 

30.0 

4.0 

10.7 

5.32 

3.56 

.95 

5    33 

9.59 

809 

113 

2.133 

.974 

6001      6    54       4.0 

31.  7 

4.7 

12.2       5.70 

3.82 

1.02 

5    57 

8.89 

803 

130 

700       7    19       4.0 

33.4 

5.4!    13.8       6.08 

4.09 

1.09 

6    22 

8.26 

798 

148 

800       7    44       3.9 

35.1 

6.2 

15.  5       6.  47 

4.36 

1.16 

6    47 

7.72 

793 

168 

900       89       3.9 

36.7 

7.0 

17.  3       6.  86 

4.64 

1.23 

7    12 

7.22 

787 

189 

2,000       8    35       3.8 

38.3 

7.9 

19.  2       7.  25 

4.92 

1.30 

7    38     6.79 

782 

211 

2.099 

.990 

100       91       3.8 

39.9 

8.8 

21.  2       7.  65 

5.21 

1.37 

8      4 

6.39 

777 

235 

200       9    9.8       3.7 

41.4 

9.7 

23.  3       8.  05 

5.50 

1.44 

8    31 

6.03 

771 

260 

300       9    55       3.7 

42.9 

10.  7|    25.5       8.46 

5.80 

1.51 

8    58     5.70 

766 

287 

400,     10    22       3.6 

44.3 

11.8:    27.8       8.87 

6.10 

1.58 

9    25     5.40 

761 

316 

500,     10    50       3.6 

45.7 

12.  9     30.  2j      9.  29 

6.41 

.65 

9    S3 

5.11 

755 

347 

2.064 

1.007 

600     11     18       3.5 

47.1 

14.  l!    32.6!      9.71 

6.72 

.72 

10    21 

4.85 

750 

380 

700;     11     47       3.4 

48.4 

15.4!     35.1!     10.14 

7.04 

.80 

10    50 

4.61 

745 

414 

800!    12    16       3.4 

49.7 

16.8!    37.7     10.57 

7.37 

.88 

11    19 

4.38 

740 

450 

900     12    46       3.3 

51.0 

18.3 

40.4      11.01 

7.71 

.96 

11    49 

4.17 

735 

488 

3,000,     13    17       3.2 

52.2 

19.9 

43.  2     11.  46 

8.06 

2.04 

12    20 

3.^7 

730 

528 

2.030 

1.024 

100     13    48       3.2 

53.4 

21.6 

46.1 

11.92 

8.42 

2.12 

12    51 

3.78 

725 

571 

200     14    20,      3.1 

54.6 

23.4 

49.1 

12.38 

8.79 

2.20 

13    23 

3.61 

720 

616 

300     14    52       3.0     55.8 

25.4 

52.2 

12.85 

9.16 

2.28 

13    55 

3.45 

715 

664 

400     15    25       3.0 

56.9 

27.5 

55.4 

13.33 

9.54 

2.37 

14    28 

3.30 

710 

715 

500     15    59       2.9     58.0 

29.7 

58.7 

13.81 

9.93 

2.46 

15      2 

3.15 

706 

769 

1.998 

1.040 

600     16    34       2.8 

59.1 

32.0 

62.1 

14.  30 

10.  33 

2.55 

15    37 

3.01 

702 

826 

700     17      9       2.7 

60.  2     34.  5     65.  6 

14.80 

10.75 

2.64 

16    12 

2.89 

698 

885 

800     17    45       2.6 

61.2 

37.1 

69.2 

15.31 

11.19 

2.73 

16    48 

2.76 

694 

947 

900     18    22       2.6 

62.2 

39.8 

72.9 

15.83 

11.64 

2.82 

17    25 

2.64 

690 

,012 

4,000     19      0       2.5 

63.2 

42.7 

76.7 

16.36 

12.11 

2.91 

18      3 

2.53 

686 

1.970 

1.055 

100     19    39       2.4 

64.1 

45.7 

80.6 

16.90 

12.60 

3.00 

18    42 

2.42 

682 

,152 

200     20    19       2.3 

65.0 

48.7 

84.6 

17.45 

13.11 

3.10 

19    22 

2.32 

678 

,228 

300     21      1       2.3 

65.9 

51.9 

88.7 

18.02 

13.64 

3.20 

20      4 

2.22 

674 

,309 

400     21     44       2.2 

66.7 

55.2 

92.9 

18.60 

14.19 

3.30 

20    47 

2.13 

671 

395 

500     22    29       2.1 

67.5 

58.6 

97.2 

19.20 

14.76 

3.40 

21    32 

2.04 

668 

,487 

1.943 

1.060 

600     23    15       2.0 

,     68.3 

62.1 

101.5 

19.81 

15.  36!    3.  50 

22    18 

1.95 

665 

585 

700     24      3       1.9 

69.0 

65.8 

105.9 

20.44 

16.  OOJ    3.  60 

23      6:    1.86 

662 

690 

800     24    53       1.9 

69.7 

69.7 

110.4 

21.09 

16.68,    3.70 

23    56     1.78 

659 

,802 

900     25    48       l.g 
5,000     26    42       1.7 

70.4 
71.1 

73.9   115.0 
78.3   119.7 

21.76 
22.46 

17.41     3.81 
18.21     3.93 

24    49     1.70 
25    45     1.62 

657 
655 

922 
2,051 

1.918 

1.083 

100     27    41       l.f 

71.7 

83.0   124.5 

23.19 

19.08     4.06 

26    44     1.55 

6S3 

2,190 

200     28    43       1.5 

72.3 

88.0!  129.5 

23.96 

20.03     4.20 

27    46!     1.47 

651 

2.340 

300     29    49       1.4     72.9 

93.4   134.6 

24.78 

21.07     4.35 

28    52!    1.40 

650 

2.503 

400     31      0       1.3 

73.4 

99.3   139.8 

25.67 

22.21     4.51 

30      3      1.  33 

650 

2,682 

500i    32    18       1.2 

73.9 

105.9   145.1 

26.65 

23.  47     4.  69 

31    21      1.25 

650 

2,883 

1.894 

1.097 

600     33    45       1.] 

74.4 

113.4   150.5 

27.74 

24.  90     4.  89 

32    48)     1.17 

651 

3,115 

700     35    24         .c 

74.9 

122.1    156.0 

28.97 

26.61      5.12 

34    27;     1.09 

652|     3',  392 

800     37    19         .7 

75.3 

132.6   161.6 

30.  39 

28.  84     5.  39 

36    22     1.01 

655     3,734 

900     40      0        .4     75.7 

146.  o!  167.3 

32.10 

32.12     5.72 

39      3       .  918 

659     4,168 

1.876 

1.107 

3.8  howitzer  range  table — Shell  and  shrapnel. 

M  I  DDLE  ZONE— M.  V.  620  F.  S. 


> 

2 

2 

4 

6 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

1  1 

15 

~ 

00 

0 

•H 

M 

' 

EJ 

£ 

k,' 

"o 

a  . 

g 

>» 

*» 

.2 

9 

0 

1    • 

« 

_g 

.— 

d 

sj 

<a 

<>' 

S    . 

I 

U 

_. 

1 

1 

o 

d 

», 

"® 

-H-2 

-Hg 

^Pn' 

*§-£ 

•M 

=  $ 

S 

•—  < 

£ 

^H 

V. 

.. 

"5 

1 

g 

feS 

rc 

-- 

•2  ? 

"c 

e 

§ 

s 

S 

O 

1 

S 
I 

X 

X 

X 

X 

a 

;g 

03 
® 

J5 
I 

1 

I 

°x 

1 

S 

03 

tf 

< 

< 

< 

< 

£ 

Q 

P 

•Sj 

Ee 

H 

S 

> 

Yds. 

0         / 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Sees. 

mis. 

Mils. 

0         / 

Ion  — 

F.8. 

Ft. 

100 

1    41 

2.2 

3.2 

0.1 

0.3 

0.49 

0.46 

0.11 

0    44 

76.4 

613 

3 

1.495 

1.390 

200 

2    23 

2.2 

6.4 

.2 

.6 

.98 

.92 

.23 

1    26 

38.2 

607 

7 

300 

3      8 

2.2 

9.6 

.4 

1.0 

1.48 

1.39 

.35 

2    11 

25.3 

601 

12 

400 

3    54 

2.2 

12.8 

.6 

1.4 

1.98 

1.87 

.47 

2    57 

18.8 

595 

18 

500 

4    41 

2.1 

16.0 

.8 

2.0 

2.49 

2.36 

.59 

3    44 

14.9 

590 

26 

1.479 

1.405 

600 

5    29 

2.1 

19.1 

1.1 

2.6 

3.00 

2.86 

.71 

4    32 

12.2 

584 

36 

700 

6    17 

2.1 

22.2 

1.5 

3.4 

3.52 

3.38 

.83 

5    20 

10.3 

578 

49 

800 

7      6 

2.0 

25.3 

2.0 

4.2 

4.05 

3.91 

.96 

6      9 

8.89 

573 

65 

900 

7    55 

2.0 

28.3 

2.5 

5.1 

4.59 

4.45 

1.09 

6    58 

7.77 

568 

84 

1,000 

8    45 

2.0 

31.3 

3.2 

6.1 

5.14 

5.00 

L. 

7    48 

6.87 

563 

106 

1.460 

1.423 

100 

9    36 

.9 

34.3 

4.0 

7.3 

5.69 

5.57 

1.35 

8    39 

6.13 

558 

131 

200 

10    29 

.9 

37.3 

4.9 

8.6 

6.25 

6.16 

1.48 

9    32 

5.52 

552 

159 

300 

11    23 

.8 

40.2 

5.9 

10.0 

6.82 

6.77 

1.61 

10    26 

4.99 

547 

190 

400 

12    19 

.8 

43.1 

7.1 

11.5 

7.40 

7.40 

1.74 

11    22 

4.54 

542 

224 

500 

13    17 

.  7 

46.0 

8.4 

13.1 

8.00 

8.05 

1.88 

12    20 

4.15 

537 

261 

1.445 

1.438 

600 

14    17 

.  7 

48.9 

9.8 

15.9 

8.61 

8.73 

2.02 

13    20 

3.80 

532 

301 

700 

15    18 

.6 

51.7 

11.4 

17.8 

9.24 

9.44 

2.17 

14    21 

3.50 

527 

345 

800 

16    21 

.6 

54.5 

13.1 

19.9 

9.88 

10.18 

2.32 

15    24 

3.22 

523 

393 

900 

17    26 

57.3 

15.0 

22.2 

10.54 

10.96 

2.47 

16    29 

2.97 

519 

446 

2,000 

18    33 

1.5 

60.0 

17.1 

24.7 

11.22 

11.78 

2.63 

17    36 

2.75 

515 

505 

1.434 

1.449 

100 

19    43 

1.4 

62.7 

19.4 

27.4 

11.92 

12.65 

2.79 

18    46 

2.55 

511 

568 

200 

20    57 

1.4 

65.4 

21.9 

30.3 

12.65 

13.58 

2.96 

20      0 

2.36 

508 

639 

300 

22    15 

1.3 

68.1 

24.6 

33.3 

13.41 

14.58 

3.13 

21    18 

2.19 

505 

(719 

400 

23    38 

1.2 

70.7 

27.6 

36.3 

14.21 

15.67 

3.32 

22    41 

2.03 

502 

809 

500 

25      8 

1.1 

73.3 

30.9 

39.4 

15.06 

16.88 

3.51 

24    11 

.88 

500 

911 

1.421 

1.462 

600 

26    46 

1.0 

75.9 

34.6 

42.5 

15.97 

18.25 

3.72 

25    49 

,73 

498 

1,007 

700 

28    33 

.9 

78.4 

38.8 

46.7 

16.95 

19.83 

3.95 

27    36 

.59 

496 

1,  159 

800 

30    31 

.8 

80.9 

43.6 

49.1 

18.00 

21.68 

4.21 

29    34 

.46 

495 

Mil 

900 

32    44 

7 

83.4 

49.1 

52.7 

19.20 

23.89 

4.51 

31    47 

.33 

494 

1,490 

3,000 

35    21 

.'5 

85.9 

55.4 

56.5 

20.58 

26.63 

4.86 

34    24 

.20 

493 

1,709 

1.404 

1.480 

100 

38    49 

.5 

88.4 

62.6 

60.2 

i     22.35 

30.60 

5.28 

37    52 

.06 

492 

1,993 

123 

40      0 

90.4 

71.0 

63.2 

22.86 

32.10 

5.37 

39    23 

.02 

491 

2,112 

1.403 

1.481 

INNER  ZONE— M.  V.  454  F.  S. 


100 

2  28 

1.2 

4.2 

.0.1 

.0.3 

0.67 

0.80 

0.16 

1  21 

41.4 

449 

7 

1.410 

200 

3  41 

1.1 

8.4 

.2 

.6 

1.34 

1.70 

.32 

2  44 

20.4 

444 

16 

300 

5   5 

1.1 

12.6 

.4 

1.0 

2.00 

2.60 

.48 

4   8 

13.5 

440 

27 

400 

6  30 

1.1 

16.8 

.6 

1.5 

2.71 

3.54 

.66 

5  33 

10.0 

436 

40 

500 

7  57 

20.9 

1.0 

2.1 

3.41 

4.49 

.83 

7   0 

7.90 

432 

56 

1.398 

600 

9  26 

!o 

25.0 

1.4 

2.8 

4.10 

5.49 

1.00 

8  29 

6.46 

428 

75 

700 

10  58 

.0 

29.0 

2.0 

3.7 

4.85 

6.54 

1.18 

10   1 

5.41 

424 

98 

800 

12  34 

.0 

33.0 

2.8 

4.7 

5.60 

7.64 

1.37 

11  37 

4.62 

420 

126 

900 

14-  14 

.0 

37.0 

3.8 

5.8 

6.38 

8.79 

1.56 

13  17 

3.99 

416 

162 

1,000 

15  59 

.9 

40.9 

5.0 

7.0 

7.19 

9.99 

1.76 

15   2 

3.48 

412 

206 

1.382 

100 

17  50 

.9 

44.8 

6.4 

8.3 

8.03 

11.29 

1.97 

16  53 

3.05 

408 

258 

no 

19  48 

.8 

48.6 

8.0 

9.8 

8.91 

12.69 

2.90 

18  51 

2.69 

405 

319 

300 

21  54 

.8 

52.3 

9.9 

11.5 

9.84 

14.24 

2.44 

20  57 

2.38 

402 

390 

400 

24   9 

.  7 

55.9 

12.2 

13.3 

10.83 

16.09 

2.70 

23  12 

2.11 

400 

474 

BOO 

26  35 

.6 

.?.).  :, 

15.0 

15.2 

1  1  .  VI 

18.14 

2.99 

25  38 

1.88 

398 

574 

1.370 

600 

29  19 

63.0 

18.4 

17.2 

13.04 

20.64 

3.31 

28  22 

1.66 

397 

693 

700 

32  41 

'.4 

66.4 

22.4 

19.4 

14.40 

23.80 

3.67 

31  44 

1.44 

396 

834 

800 

37  27 

.3 

70.8 

27.0 

21.7 

16.32 

29.00 

4.07 

36  30 

1.20 

395 

1,039 

1,836 

40   0 

.2 

71.0 

29.0 

22.0 

17.19 

32.10 

4.23 

39   3 

1.09 

394 

1,188 

1.361 

1.474 


1. 503 


1.517 


1.527 


33 

MARKING  ON  AMMUNITION  PACKING  BOXES. 

Both  ends  and  sides  of  the  box  are  marked  with  conspicuous  char- 
acters to  facilitate  the  rapid  identification  of  the  ammunition  con- 
tained therein.  The  conspicuous  marking;  consists  of  the  following 
symbols: 


3.8H* 


The  shell  and  flame  are  always  in  red  for  mobile  artillery  ammu- 
nition. The  numeral  "3.8"  refers  to  the  caliber;  and  the  letter  "H" 
differentiates  ammunition  for  the  3.8-inch  howitzer  from  ammunition 
for  the  3.8-inch  gun. 

For  common  schrapnel  the  numerals  3.8  and  the  letter  H  are  sten- 
ciled in  yellow,  while  for  high  explosive  shrapnel  these  characters  are 
stenciled  in  red. 

For  high  explosive  shell,  the  characters  3.8  H  are  all  stenciled  in 
black. 

The  star  when  present  in  the  conspicuous  marking  indicates  that 
the  projectiles  are  provided  with  tracers.  A  red  star  indicates  a  night 
tracer  and  a  black  star  a  day  tracer. 

In  addition  to  the  conspicuous  marking  the  quantity  and  type  of 
ammunition  are  indicated  without  symbols  by  the  marking  "2-3.8 
com.  steel  shell  and  loaded  cartridge  cases  for  howitzer,"  so  that  in 
case  one  is  not  familiar  with  the  conspicuous  marking  system  he  can 
immediately  ascertain  the  key  by  this  additional  marking.  Simi- 
larly, the  word  "tracer"  is  added  in  amplication  of  the  star  symbol. 
Also  on  both  ends  of  the  box  the  "lot/7  followed  by  a  number,  appears. 
This  refers  to  the  ammunition  lot,  and  in  case  of  any  trouble  arising 
with  regard  to  the  functioning  of  the  ammunition  this  lot  number 
should  be  quoted  in  the  report. 

On  the  sides  of  the  box  similar  markings  are  found  accompanied 
by  a  pictorially  stenciled  symbol  indicating  the  type  of  the  projectile, 
the  tracer,  and  the  fact  that  the  ammunition  is  unfixed.  For  blank 
ammunition  when  packed  assembled  the  numerals  "3.8"  and  the 
letter  "H"  are  in  blue. 

DRILL  CARTRIDGE. 

The  "drill  cartridge"  is  a  dummy  cartridge  of  the  size  and  approxi- 
mate weight  of  the  service  ammunition,  and  is  used  for  drilling  can- 
noneers in  the  use  of  the  howitzer.  It  consists  of  a  bronze  case  into 
which  are  placed  three  maple  blocks  to  represent  powder  bags.  The 
block  representing  the  powder  bag  for  zone  1  is  permanently  attached 
to  the  case.  The  blocks  representing  the  powder  bags  for  zones  2 
and  3  have  leather  handles  by  which  they  can  be  rifted.  When  the 


34 

blocks  are  inserted,  the  bronze  body  is  attached  to  the  case  by  the 
bayonet  joints  and  locked  in  place  by  the  stop  lock.  Fitted  at  the 
point  of  the  body  is  a  dummy  fuze  the  same  as  the  service  31  second 
combination  fuze,  except  that  it  has  no  live  elements.  This  arrange- 
ment is  for  the  instruction  of  the  cannoneers  in  fuze  setting. 


MISFIRES  AND  HANGFIRES. 

Misfires  and  hangfires  are  of  rare  occurrence.  In  case  of  the  failure 
of  a  cartridge  to  fire  when  the  trigger  is  pulled,  the  pull  should  be 
repeated  without  opening  the  breach.  The  breechblock  should  not 
be  opened  until  after  the  expiration  of  at  least  one  minute  from  the 
time  that  the  trigger  is  last  pulled. 

Lack  of  complete  rotation  of  the  breechblock,  improper  assembling 
of  the  operating  lever,  and  the  incorrect  adjustment  of  the  adjusting 
screw  are  the  most  usual  causes  of  misfires,  although  occasionally  due 
to  defective  primers  or  to  a  weakened  firing  spring. 

ALLOWANCE  OF  AMMUNITION. 

Shell  and  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment in  moisture-proof  zinc-lined  wooden  packing  boxes,  two  rounds 
per  box. 

The  annual  allowance  of  ammunition  for  the  instruction  ol  field 
artillery  is  prescribed  from  time  to  time  in  War  Department  orders. 

BLANK  AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  consists  of  the  following  components: 
A  brass  cartridge  case,  a  percussion  primer,  a  charge  of  black  powder, 
and  a  tight-fitting  felt  wad. 

THE    CARTRIDGE    CASE. 

The  cartridge  case  for  blank  ammunition  is  identical  with  the 
service  cartridge  case. 

Cartridge  cases  that  have  become  deformed  in  service  should  be 
cleaned  and  turned  into  the  posts  or  arsenals  designated  in  current 
orders  for  resizing  and  reforming. 

THE  PRIMER. 

The  saluting  primer  (percussion)  is  used  in  the  preparation  of 
blank  metallic  ammunition  for  3.8-inch  howitzer.  The  primer 
should  be  a  tight  fit  in  the  primer  seat  in  the  cartridge  case,  and  must 
be  pressed  into  place  with  the  primer-inserting  press  provided  for  the 
purpose  and  not  hammered  in.  No  primer  should  be  used  that  is 
not  a  tight  fit  in  its  seat  in  the  case. 

Cartridge  cases  should  be  primed  just  before  the  insertion  of  the 
propelling  powder  charge,  and  under  no  circumstances,  will  primers 
be  inserted  after  the  powder  charge  has  been  inserted. 


35 

Primers  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed  tin  boxes,  which  should 
not  be  broken  open  until  the  primers  are  to  be  used,  as  they  deteriorate 
when  exposed  to  atmospheric  influences. 

THE    CHARGE. 

The  charge  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic 
ammunition  for  3.8-inch  howitzer  is  1  pound  15  ounces  of  black 
saluting  powder. 

PREPARATION     OF     BLANK     METALLIC    AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  assembled  at  posts  or  in  the 
field  under  the  personal  supervision  of  a  commissioned  officer,  who 
will  be  held  responsible  that  it  is  prepared  in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  annual  target  practice  orders. 

For  this  purpose  there  are  issued  cartridge  cases,  saluting  powder 
in  bulk,  tight-fitting  felt  wads,  nonacid  paint,  primers,  and  reloading 
and  cleaning  outfits. 

Before  assembling  the  cartridge  cases  should  be  carefully  inspected 
to  see  that  they  are  in  sound  condition  and  thoroughly  clean  and 
dry.  They  should  also  be  tested  by  trying  them  in  the  howitzer  to 
determine  whether  they  have  become  deformed.  Any  cases  that 
do  not  readily  enter  the  chamber  or  that  are  otherwise  seriously 
deformed  should  be  laid  aside  for  resizing.  After  inspecting  the 
cartridge  cases  the  blank  ammunition  should  be  prepared  as  follows : 

(a)  Insert  the  primer  with  the  primer-inserting  press. 

(b)  Pour  into  the  cartridge  case  the  proper  weight  of  powder  and 
shake  it  down  well,  being  careful  not  to  strike  the  primer  in  so  doing. 

(c)  Insert  the  felt  wad  and  press  it  down  hard  until  it  rests  squarely 
on  the  powder  charge. 

(d)  Give  the  upper  surface  of  the  felt  wad  and  the  inside  of  the 
cartridge  case  just  above  the  wad  a  good  coat  of  the  nonacid  paint 
furnished  for  the  purpose,  using  a  brush,  and  allowing  the  case  to 
stand  until  this  coat  is  dry.     Then  apply  another  coat  of  paint  as 
described.     The  object  of  using  this  paint,  which  is  strongly  adhesive, 
is  to  thoroughly  seal  the  joint  between  the  wad  and  the  case  and  to 
prevent  any  powder  grains  from  leaking  out,  and  at  the  same  time 
to  firmly  hold  the  wad  in  place. 

PRECAUTIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED. 

Firings  with  blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  greatly  facilitated 
by  a,  careful  observance  of  the  following: 

Before  all  firings  a  careful  examination  should  be  made  of  the 
assembled  ammunition  to  see  that  the  felt  wads  have  not  become 
displaced  or  the  cartridge  cases  dented  or  deformed  by  careless 


36 

handling.  If  the  cartridge  cases  have  been  properly  resized  and  are 
clean,  no  difficulty  should  be  experienced  in  inserting  them  in  the 
howitzer,  provided  the  chamber  of  the  latter  is  clean.  The  con- 
tinued insertion  of  cartridge  cases  that  are  not  clean  causes  an 
accumulation  in  the  howitzer  chamber,  which  may  make  the  insertion 
of  subsequent  ammunition  difficult  or  impossible. 

In  firing  blank  ammunition  the  howitzer  chamber  will  be  sponged 
after  each  shot  with  a  damp  sponge,  to  extinguish  sparks  and  to 
remove  powder  residue  resulting  from  the  previous  round  before  the 
insertion  of  another  charge,  as  prescribed  in  the  annual  target  prac- 
tice orders.  Care  will  be  taken  that  the  sponges  are  not  worn  and 
that  they  fit  the  chamber  closely.  The  interval  between  shots  in 
firing  blank  ammunition  should  be  sufficient  to  allow  thorough 
sponging  of  the  chamber  and  examination  to  ascertain  that  all 
sparks  have  been  extinguished. 

Wads  for  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition  are  made 
to  fit  tightly  in  the  cartridge  case.  No  wads  should  be  used  that 
are  not  a  tight  fit  in  the  case. 


CARE     OF     CARTRIDGE     CASES. 


As  soon  after  firing  as  practicable  the  fired  primer  should  be  re- 
moved from  the  cartridge  case  by  means  of  the  decapping  tool  fur- 
nished with  the  reloading  outfit.  The  case  should  be  thoroughly 
washed  in  a  strong  solution  of  lye  or  soft  soap  to  remove  all  powder 
residue.  It  should  then  be  thoroughly  dried. 

If  the  cartridge  cases  are  carefully  cleaned  and  washed  immedi- 
ately after  firing,  not  only  will  less  labor  be  required  but  the  life  of 
the  cases  will  be  prolonged. 

A  good  solution  for  washing  cartridge  cases  may  be  prepared  as 
follows: 

1  gallon  of  water. 

2£  ounces  of  soft  soap. 

5£  ounces  of  soda. 

The  mixture  should  be  boiled  and  stirred  until  the  ingredients  are 
entirely  dissolved. 

In  washing  cartridge  cases  this  solution  should  be  used  hot  and  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  completely  immerse  the  cases. 

Primers  that  misfire  should  be  turned  in  with  the  cases  to  the  ord- 
nance establishment  prescribed  in  the  target  practice  orders. 

Resizing  cartridge  cases. — The  resizing  of  3.8-inch  howitzer  car- 
tridge cases  that  have  become  deformed  in  service  is  done  at  Frank- 
ford  Arsenal,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  and  at  such  other  establishments 
as  may  be  designated  in  orders. 


37 

THE  RELOADING  AND  CLEANING  OUTFIT. 

This  outfit  consists  of  the  following  parts  and  is  furnished  to  each 
post  where  a  saluting  gun  or  battery  is  kept : 

Large  primer  inserting  press. 

Bushing. 

Saluting  powder  measure. 

Decapping  tool  with  guide. 

Cleaning  brush. 

Hammer,  bronze. 

Case  holder. 

Case-holder  stand. 

Storage  chest. 

The  primer  inserting  presses  are  standard  for  all  guns  and  howitzers 
using  metal  cartridge  cases,  there  being  two  sizes,  one  size  for  car- 
tridge cases  for  1 -pounder  to  3-inch,  inclusive,  and  one  size  for  3-inch 
guns,  model  of  1903,  to  6-inch,  inclusive.  The  bushings  are  fur- 
nished to  suit  the  size  of  the  cartridge  case  that  is  to  be  reprimed, 
one  bushing  for  each  different  size  of  case. 

The  case-holder  stand  is  the  same  for  all  cases.  The  case  holder 
varies  with  the  size  of  the  case. 

The  decapping  tool  and  the  case  holder  are  used  for  removing  fired 
primers.  The  decapping  tool  varies  in  length  with  the  size  of  the 
cartridge  case  to  be  decapped.  A  light  blow  on  the  rod  with  a  piece 
of  wood  or  bronze  hammer  generally  removes  the  primer. 

A  powder  measure  to  suit  the  saluting  charge  for  each  caliber  of 
gun  and  howitzer  is  furnished  and  when  level  full  holds  the  required 
charge.  Each  powder  measure  is  plainly  marked  on  the  base  for 
the  caliber  of  the  gun  or  howitzer  for  which  it  is  intended. 

The  cleaning  brush  is  furnished  for  cleaning  the  cartridge  cases 
after  they  have  been  used  and  should  be  ordered  to  suit  the  size  of 
case  for  which  intended. 

TARGETS. 

The  description  and  allowance  of  targets  and  accessories  for  mobile 
artillery  are  given  in  Ordnance  Office  Pamphlet,  Form  No.  1994, 
"Mobile  Artillery  Targets  and  Accessories. " 

THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  CARRIAGE,    MODEL  OF  1915. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  carriage,  complete pounds. .  1,  620 

Weight  of  howitzer  and  carriage,  complete do 2,  040 

Weight  at  end  of  trail,  carriage  limbered,  howitzer  engaged  in  traveling 

lock pounds. .  125 


38 


Diameter  of  wheel inches. .  56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Height  of  axis  of  howitzer  above  ground do 34 

Height  of  line  of  peep  sight  above  ground do 39.  875 

Distance  between  front  and  peep  sights do 16. 5 

Maximum  angle  of  elevation degrees. .  40 

Maximum  angle  of  depression do 5 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  on  carriage,  zero  elevation inches. .  40 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  at  40°  elevation do 22 

Amount  of  traverse  of  howitzer  on  carriage milliemes. .  107 

Weight  of  howitzer  carriage  and  limber,  loaded  and  equipped pounds. .  3,  970. 4 

Free  height  under  limber  and  carriage inches. .  18 

Turning  angle degrees. .  68 

Distance,  center  of  limber  axle  to  center  of  carriage  axle  when  limbered 

(wheel  base) inches. .  148.  5 

Distance  of  center  of  gravity  in  front  of  face  of  breech,  model  of  1908  how- 
itzer  inches. .  18 

Distance  of  center  of  gravity  in  front  of  face  of  breech,  model  of  1908  Mi 

howitzer inches. .  18.  65 

Distance  the  cylinder  and  spring  stirrup  project  beyond  the  cradle  with 

springs  free  (about) feet. .  5 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Trail  complete,  consisting  of— 

Axle i 

Axle  arm  (right) 

Axle  arm  (left) ! 

Studs 

Axle-arm  plugs i 

0.25  x  0.75  pins 

Axie  reinforce  plate  (right) 

Axle  reinforce  plate  (left) 

Bottom  plate : 

Brake  segment 

Brake-shaft  bearing  (right) 

Bearing  bushing 

Bearing  filler  piece 

Brake-shaft  bearing  (left) 

Bearing  bushing 

Bearing  filler  piece 

Cover  hinges  (female) 

Cover  hinges  (male) 

Pins 

Cover  latch 

Cover-latch  eye 

Cover-latch  hinge 

Pin 

Cover  pulls 

Flaskfright) 

Flask  (left) 

Float 

Front  trail  clip  (right) 


Riveted  in  upper  end  of  trail  .............. 

Shrunk  on  right  end  of  axle  ............... 

Shrunk  on  left  end  of  axle  ................. 

Screwed  and  pinned  on  axle  arms  ......... 

Forced  into  axle  arms  ..................... 

Secure  axle-arm  plugs  in  place  ............ 

Riveted  to  outside  o  f  right  t  rail  flask  ...... 

Riveted  to  outside  of  left  trail  flask  ........ 

Forms  bottom  of  tool  and  sight  boxes  ..... 

Riveted  on  front  end  of  right  flask  ........ 

Riveted  to  front,  outside  of  right  flask  .....  i 

Forced  into  brake-shaft  bearing  ........... 

Under  flange  of  brake-shaft  bearing  ....... 

Riveted  to  front,  outside  of  left  flask  ...... 

Forced  into  brake-shaft  bearing  ........... 

Under  flange  of  brake-shaft  bearing  ....... 

Riveted  to  top  plate  ...................... 

Riveted  to  tool  and  sight  box  covers  ...... 

In  cover  hinges  ........................... 

Secures  tool  and  sight  box  covers  .......... 

Riveted  to  top  plate  ...................... 

.....  do  .................................... 

In  cover-latch  hinge  ....................... 

Riveted  to  tool  and  sight  box  covers  ...... 

Forms  right  side  of  trail  ................... 

Forms  left  side  of  trail 


Front  trail  clip  (left). 


0.375  x  0.78  bolts 

Front  transom 

Handspike  fastening 

Handspike  fastening  spring . 

Left  seat 

Left  seat  support 

Lunette 

Lunette  bracket 

Lunette  nut 

Middle  transom... 


Riveted  to  top  of  flask  at  spade  end 
Bolted  to  right  flask  through  brake-shaft 

bearing. 
Bolted  to  left  flask  through  brake-shaft 

bearing. 
Bolt  clips  to  flasks  ........................ 

At  middle  of  trail  .................  .  ....... 

In  spring 

Riveted  to  sight-box  cover  ................ 

Riveted  to  left  seat  support 

Riveted  to  left  flask 

In  lunette  bracket 

Riveted  to  spade  end  of  trail 

On  lunette 

Connects  flasks  between  tool  and  sight 

boxes. 


IV 


39 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Trail  complete,  consisting  of— Contd. 

Name  plate 

Padlock  with  chain  and  bolt  snap. 

Padlock  chain  rivet 

Pintle 

Pintle  plate 

Pintle  axle  nlate 

Rear  trail  clip  (right) 

Rear  trail  clip  (left) 

Rear  transom 

Reinforce  plate  (right) 

Reinforce  plate  (left) 

Reinforce  plate 

Right  seat 

Right  seat  support 

Segment  rack 

Sight-box  cover 

Sight  packing,  No.  1,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  2,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  3,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  4,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  5,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  6,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  7,  covered 

Sight  packing,  No.  8 

Spade 

Spade  edge 

Sponge  staff  fastening 

Sponge  staff  fastening  filler 

Sponge  staff  support 

Sponge  staff  fastening  spring 

Tool-box  cover 

Top  plate 

Trail-bearing  plate  (right). . 
Trail-bearing  plate  (left) . . . 

Trail  handle  (right) 

Trail  handle  (left) 


Location,  etc. 


On  top  plate  below  sight  box 

Secures  cover  latch 

Attaches  padlock  chain  to  top  plate 

Riveted  on  pintle  plate 

Connects  forward  ends  of  flasks 

Reinforces  pintle  plate 

\Riveted  on  flasks,  embrace  rear  guides  of 
/  top  carriage. 

Riveted  to  flasks 

\Stiffen  flask  between  axle  and  front  tran- 
/  som. 

Inside  left  flask  at  traversing  pivot  bracket . 

Riveted  to  right  seat  support 

Riveted  to  right  flask 

Riveted  to  brake  segment 

;  Hinged  to  top  plate 

i  In  sight  box 


Traveling-lock  bearing  (right) 

Traveling-lock  bearing  (left) 


Traveling-lock  clip 

Traveling-lock  support 

Traversing-pivot  bracket 

Wheel  guards 

Handspike,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Handspike  bodies,  with  rivet  and 
washers. 

Handspike  bolt,  with  nut 

Handspike  rivet 

Handspike  web 

Handspike  lower  band 

Handspike  middle  band 

Handspike  tip 

Traveling  lock,complete,consisting  of— 

Traveling  lock 

Lock-bearing  bolts  with  nuts 

Locking  pin  with  spring 


Chain 

Chain  rings 

Eyebolt 

Top  carriage,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Bracket  studs 

Elevating-gear  case  (right) 

Elevating-gear  case  (left) 

0.375  fillister  head  screws 

Liner  (right) 

Liner  (left) 

0.1 12x0. 125  St'd  c' sunk  head  screws 

Pintle  bushing 

0.18/  (A )  x  0.375  pins 

Pintle  socket 

Top-carriage  bottom  plate 

Top-carriage  side  frame  (right) 

0.312  GrV)  x  0.562  (&)  dowel  pins... 

Top-carriage  side  frame  (left) 

Bushings 

Trunnion  cap  (right) 


.do. 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 

.do. 


.do. 


Riveted  to  rear  ends  of  flasks 

Riveted  to  face  of  spade 

Riveted  to  top  plate 

Between  fastening  and  top  plate. 

Riveted  to  top  plate 

In  fastening  lever 

Pinned  to  fastening  support. 

Hinged  to  top  plate 

Riveted  to  top  of  flasks 

On  forward  end  of  right  flask 

On  forward  end  of  left  flask 

Riveted  to  float 

...do... 


Riveted  to  under  surface  of  flasks  near  axle. 

Riveted  to  traveling-lock  support 

Between  reinforce  plates  of  flasks,near  axle. 

Riveted  to  left  flask 

Riveted  to  flasks 


Sides  of  handspike 

Bolts  handspike  web  to  lunette  bracket. 

Assembled  in  handspike  web 

Center  of  handspike 

Ties  handspike  body  to  handspike  web . 
do 


.do. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Bolted  to  traveling-lock  bearings 

Secure  traveling  lock  to  bearings 

Secures  traveling  lock  in  either  front  or  rear 

position. 

Secures  locking  pin 

....do 

...do... 


In  trunnion  cap  (left) . 


e  frames. 


Attach  the  gear  cases  to  side  frames 

Wearing  strip  at  front  guide 

do 

Attach  liners  to  front  guides 

In  pintle  socket 

Hold  bushing  in  place 

Riveted  to  bottom  plate 

Riveted  to  side  frames 

Forms  support  for  howitzer 

On  right  side  frame 

Forms  support  for  howitzer 

Half  bushings  pinned  in  seats  for  worms. 
Over  trunnion  bushings.- 


IV 


14199—17 


40 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Top    carriage,    complete,    consisting 
of— Continued. 

Trunnion  cap  (left) 

Trunnion-cap  pins 


Trunnion-cap  swing  bolts 

Worm-bearing  cap  (right) 

Worm-bearing  cap  (left) 

Bushings 

0.187  (W)  pins 

0.375  x  2.125  fillister-head  screws.. 
Elevating  mechanism,  complete,  con- 
sisting of— 

Elevating  gears 

Flevating-gear  cover  (right) 

Elevating-gear  cover  (left) 

0.375  fillister  head  screws 

Elevating  pinion  (right) 

Elevating  pinion  (left) 

Elevating  shaft 

Washers 

Handwheels,  elevating,  complete,  con- 
sisting of— 

Counterbalance 

Hand  wheel  body 

Hub 

Reinforce  piece , 

Sleeve 

Spindle 

0. Ix  0.437  (ft)  pins 

Hand  wheel  shaft  fright) 

Hand  wheel  shaft  Heft) 

Hand  wheel  shaft  bearing 

0.25  x  1.062  (1A)  bolts 


0.312  (A)  x  1.125  standard  fillister 

screws. 

0.312  (A)x  1  standard  fillister  screw 
Iwh 


Handwheel  shaft  bearing  cap 

Hand  wheel  shaft  bracket 

0.375  x  1.187  (1A)  bolt 

Handwheel  shaft  bracket  bolt 

Intermediate  elevating  pinion 

0.162  (-ft)  x  1.75  taper  pin 

Intermediate  elevating  shaft 

Rocker,  right 


Location,  etc. 


Over  trunnion  bushings 

Hin^e  trunnion  caps  and  swing  bolts  to 
side  frames. 

Secure  trunnion  caps 

Bolted  to  worm  bearing  of  side  frames 

....do 

Half  busMn<*s  in  worm-bearing  caps 

Hold  bushings  in  place 

Bolt  worm-bearing  caps  to  worm  bearings. 


On  ends  of  elevating  shaft 

Bolted  to  elevating-gear  cases 

....do 

Attach  eear  covers  to  gear  cases 

Mesh  with  bevel  gears  of  worms 

....do 

In  bearings  in  the  elevating  gear  cases 

On  shaft ...... 


Class.   Section 


On  ends  of  handwheel  shafts 

....do 

....do 

....do 

. . . .do 

....do 

....do , 

In  handwheel  shaft  bearing 

In  handwheel  shaft  bracket 

Po'ted  to  top  carriage  side  frame,  right 

Attach  bearing  to  side  frame  and  bearing 

caps. 

...do... 


.do. 


On  handwheel  shaft  bearing 

Bo'ted  to  top  carriage  side  frame,  left 

PoHs  shaft  bracket  to  top  carriage 

The  lower  bo't  attaching  the  bracket 

On  rear  end  of  intermediate  elevating  shaft . 

Pins  clr  ating  pinion  to  s^aft 

Along  ri<rht  side  of  top  carriage 

On  trunnion  bushings,  between  cradle  and 
top  carriage. 

Rocker,  left i do 

Rocker  washers Pinned  and  finished  on  rockers 


Rocker  brace 

0.375  x  1.125standard  fillister  screws 


Ends  bolted  to  rockers 
Attach  rockers  to  rocker  brace 

Trunnion  bushing I  On  cradle  trunnions 

Worms  ( Hindle) |  Assembled  in  bearings,  engage  rockers 

Traversing  mechanism,  complete,  con- 
sisting of— 

Handwheel,  traversing,  consisting 
of— 

Counterbalance On  traversing  screw 

Crank  pin do 

Crank  plate do 

do 

.10 

do 

do 


Crank  sleeve . 

Hub 

Washer 

Wheel  bodv. 


Traversing  bearing  caps 

Traversing  bearing  cap  screw 

Traversing  nut 


Screwed  to  top  carriage  side  frame,  left  — 

Secure  caps  to  top  carriage 

Trunnioned  in  top  carriage  side  frame,  left 

Traversing  pivot In  tr  ivc'sini:  pivot  bracket 

Traversing  screw,  with  2  nuts Assembled  in  traversing  pivot  and  travers- 
ing nut. 
Cradle,  complete,  consisting  of— 

I'.i  uckft  pins Hinge  swing  bolts  in  cradle  brackets 

Bracket  studs At  rear  end  of  cradle  secure  firing  handle 

bracket. 

<  'lip  pins Hinge  swing  bolts  in  cradle  bracket 

die  bottom  plate Attached  to  bottom  of  cradle  plate 

Cradle  head,  rear In  rear  end  of  cradle 

Bushing Riveted  in  with  cradle  head,  rear 

Cradle  plate Riveted  to  cradle  bottom  plate 


IV 


41 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property    clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Cradle  complete,  consisting  of — Contd. 

(>  Spring  covers,  No.  2 Close  oil  holes 

l  Spring  cover,  No.  3 Closes  hole  over  filing  plug  of  cylinder . . . 

Cradle  head  side  clip '•  Riveted  on  front  end  of  cradle  plate 

Cradle  head  top  clip ! do 

Cradle  head,  front. Polted  to  front  end  of  cradle 

Bushing Forced  into  cradle  head,  front 

Gun  slide  (ri^ht) Bearings  on  which  the  howitzer  slides 

C.un  slide  (left) I do^ 

Handle  racket Riveted  on  right  rear  end  of  cradle 

Patent  plate On  ri^ht  side  of  cradle  plate. 

Screws Attach 

Pluneflr  guide  (ri^ht) Riveted  to  rear  end  of  cradle 

Plunder  guide  (left) do 

Shoulder  guard Riveted  on  rear  end  of  cradle  plate . 

Spring  retainer  bracket  (right) Riveted  on  front  end  of  cradle  plate 

Spring  retainer  bracket  (left) do 

Spring  retainer In  front  end  of  cradle 

Swing  bolts Assembled  to  bracket  on  front  of  cradle 

Trunnion  band '  At  middle  of  cradle 

0.190  x  0.75  c'sunk  standard  screw. .   Connect,  trunnion  band,  bottom  plate  and 

liner. 

Firing  mechanism  complete,  consist- 
ing of — 

Adjusting  screw ;  In  firing  handle  bracket 

Firing  handle Attached  to  firing  handle  hub 

0.240  x  1.0  pin,  type  A Attaches  firing  handle  to  hub. 

Firing  handle  plunger In  firing  handle 

Firing  handle  spring do 

Firing  handle  bracket '  Bolted  to  right  side  of  cradle  head  rear 

Steel  pin In  firing  handle  bracket 

Firing  handle  hub Assembled  on  firing  shaft 

Filing  links Connect  firing  shaft  and  firing  pallet 

Firing  link  pins Secure  links 

Firing  pallet j  In  lower  bearing  of  firing  handle  bracket . . 

Firing  pallet  collar On  front  end  of  firing  pallet 

Firing  shaft In  upper  bearing  of  firing  handle  bracket . . 

Handle  return  spring The   front   spring   in   the   firing  handle 

bracket. 

Pallet  collar  pin Secures  firing  pallet  collar I        IV 

Shaft  return  spring I  The   rear   spring   in   the   firing  handle 

bracket. 

Shaft  trip  collar I  On  front  end  of  firing  shaft 

Trip  collar  pin !  Secures  shaft  trip  collar 

Trip  latch j  Assembled  in  firing  handle  hub 

Trip  latch  pin j do 

Trip  latch  plunger do 

Trip  latch  sprin  g do 

!  |  Inner  counter  recoil  springs Assembled  inside  stirrups 

J     Outer  counter  recoil  springs Assembled  in  cradle 

1     Recoil  cylinder  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Counter  recoil  buffer !  Screwed  into  rear  cylinder  head 

Cylinder  liner Assembled  in  cylinder 

Cylinder  liner  lock Prevents  turning  of  liner  in  cylinder 

Cylinder  liner  lock  gasket On  liner  lock , 

Cylinder  locking  screw Locks  cylinder  retaining  ring  on  cylinder . . 

Cylinder  retaining  ring On  cylinder  in  rear  of  gun  lug 

Screw  plugs Fill  threaded  holes  in  cylinder  retaining  I 

ring. 

Billing  plug In  front  end  of  cylinder 

Filling  plug  gasket On  filling  plug 

Filling  and  drain  plugs In  front  cylinder  head . . 

Front  cylinder  head Screwed  into  cylinder . . 

Fiber  gasket In  front  cylinder  head. . 

Copper  gaskets do 

Rings,  waterproof  packing,  garlock  do 

<  Jland  lock Prevents  turning  of  piston-rod  gland 

Piston  and  piston  rod In  recoil  valve 

Piston  liner Finished  in  place  on  piston 

Screws Hold  liner  in  place  on  piston 

Piston  rod  gland Screwed  in  front  cylinder  head 

Piston  rod  nut On  front  end  of  piston  rod 

Piston  rod  washer Between  piston  rod  nut  and  cradle  head 

front. 

Rear  cylinder  head Screwed  into  cylinder 

Fiber  gasket On  rear  cylinder  head 

Copper  gasket do 


42 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Recoil  cylinder  complete,  consisting 
of — Continued. 

Recoil  cylinder 

Recoil  valve 

Spring  follower 

Spring  separator,  inner 

Spring  separator,  outer 

Spring  stirrup,  complete,  includ- 


Location,  etc. 


Rear  end  attached  to  gun  lug  of  howitzer. 

Rotates  in  cylinder  liner 

Assembled  on  front  end  recoil  cylinder. . . 
Between  two  inner  counter  recoil  springs. 
Between  two  outer  counter  recoil  springs. 


ing- 
Spring  stirrup Assembled  inside  of  outer  counter  recoil 

springs. 

In  rear  end  of  spring  stirrup. 
Hold  ring  in  place 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Spring  stirrup  inner  ring 

0.190  x  0.875  standard  filister 
screws. 

Spring  stirrup  outer  ring 

0.190  x  1.25  standard  filister 
screws. 

Valve  retainer 

0.190  x  0.375  standard  filister  screw . 

Vent  gasket 

Vent  plug 

Valve  turning  gear,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 

Collar 

0.135  x  1.582  (•&)  taper  pin 

Connecting  rod 


On  front  end  of  spring  stirrup . . 
Hold  ring  in  place 


In  front  end  of  cylinder  liner 

Holds  retainer  in  position 

\Assembled  in  rear  end  of  recoil  cylinder  un- 
/    der  gun  lug  plug. 


Connecting  rod  nut 

Connecting  rod  pin  (front) . 

Connecting  rod  pin  (rear) . 


Slide 

Valve  turning  gear 

Valve  turning  pinion 

Quick  return  mechanism,  complete, 
consisting  of— 

Latch 

Link 

0.3'  8  x  1.45  pin 

Link  pin  washers 

Pawl,  right 

Pawl  left 

Bushings 

0.125x0.281  (A)  Pins 

Pawl  handle 

0.492  x  1.8  pin 

0.368x1.3  pin 

Pawl  shaft 

Pawl  springs 

I  'lunger  rods 

Plunger  rod  pins 

Axle  seats,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Bracket  support,  inner  (right) 

Bracket  support,  inner  (left) 

Bracket  support  inner  bolts 

Bracket  support,  outer  (right) 

Bracket  support,  outer  (left) 

0.875  x  4.%  bolts 

Brake  beam  fulcrums 

Brake  beam  guides 

Foot  rests 

Foot-rest  braces 

Latch  base,  rii?ht 

Latch  base  left 

Left  bracket  support  cap 

Lower  shield  fastenings 

0.375x0.78  bolts 

lit  bracket  support  cap 

Seat,  right 

Seat,  left 

Seat  ami  >ridit) 

Seat  arm  (left) 

Seat  arm  bracket  (right) 


Seat  arm  bracket  (left) 

Seat  arm  guard  (rteht » 

Seat  arm  guard  (left) 

Seat  bracket  (inner,  right). 


On  valve  turning  gear 

Holds  collar  in  position 

In  lower  right  corner  of  cradle,  forward  of 
trunnion. 

On  rear  end  of  connecting  rod 

Attaches  connecting  rod  to  valve  turning 

Attaches  connecting  rod  to  right  trunnion 
cap  of  top  carriage. 

On  rear  end  of  connecting  rod 

Assembled  in  right  side  of  cradle  head  front. 
On  piston  rod  in  bore  of  cradle  head  front. . 


On  right  end  of  pawl  shaft 

Connects  pawl  handle  and  latch. 


On  link  pin 

On  boss  of  cradle  head  rear 

....do 

In  pawls 

Hold  bushings  in  position 

Pivoted  to  cradle  bracket  of  cradle. 


Connects  right  and  left  pawls . . . 

Assembled  on  plunger  rods 

In  plunger  guides  on  cradle 

Connect  plunger  rods  and  pawls. 


Clamps  on  axle 

do 

In  bracket  supports 

Clamps  on  axle 

do 

In  bracket  supports,  outer 

Riveted  to  outer  seat  brackets 

Riveted  to  inner  seat  brackets 

Riveted  to  front  ends  of  seat  brackets 

do 

Riveted  to  inner  seat  bracket 

do 

Bolted  to  left  bracket  support  inner 

Riveted  to  seat  brackets 

Hold  lower  shield  fastening  to  shield 

Bolted  to  right  bracket  support,  inner 

On  seat  support 

do 

Riveted  to  seat  arm  bracket 

do 

Connection  between  seat  support,  seat  arm 
and  shield  brace. 

do 

<>d  to  seat  arm  and  upper  shield  brace. 

do 

Riveted  to  bracket  supports 


IV 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued 


Name  of  part 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class.   Section. 

Axle  seats,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Continued. 

Riveted  to  bracket  supports 

IV 

3 

do 

do  < 

Seat  bracket  ties  

R  iveted  to  inner  and  outer  seat  brackets  .  . 
Riveted  to  seat  brackets 

Seat  support  foot  (left) 

do                                       

Seat  support,  inside  (right)  
Seat  suiTDort  inside  Cleft) 

P^orm  braces  under  seat 

rln 

Seat  supports  outside                  .  .          do        

Segment  rack                                            <  T?  ivfttftrl  t.n  riVht.  hraokfit.  siirmort,  can  

Shield  braces  upper 

Support  shield  
do                                  

Shield  braces  lower 

Shield  brace  bracket  (right)  . 

At  upper  ends  of  seat  arms  and  shield 
braces. 

Hn 

Shield  brace  bracket  (left) 

Shielf  brace  foot  (risrht)                      Riveted  to  seat  brackets       

Shield  brace  foot  (left)                     ..          ^n 

Road  brake,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Brake  beam  (ri^ht) 

Pivoted  in  seat  brackets 

Brake  beam  (left) 

do                

Brake  crank 

Pinned  on  left  end  of  brake  shaft 

Brake  lever 

Pinned  on  right  end  of  brake  shaft  
Assembled  on  brake  lever 

Brake  lever  hook 

Brake  lever  catches 

do                    '.  

Brake  lever  pin 

do 

Brake  rods,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Connect  brake  beams  to  brake  cranks  

Brake-rod  ends 

On  forward  ends  of  brake  rods 

Brake-spring  covt/rs 

Housing  for  brake  rod  springs 

Brake  spring  cover  heads 

Screws  into  brake  spring  cover  

Brake-spring  cover  ends      .  .  . 

.  .  do        »  

Brake-rod  pins 

Connect  brake  rod  ends  to  brake  beams 
and  brake  crank  to  left  brake  spring 
cover  end. 
Assembled  in  bearings  in  trail    .  . 

Brake  shaft 

Brake  shoes  

On  brake  beams       

Brake  shoe  tap  bolt 

Bolt  brake  shoes  to  brake  beams 

Fulcrum  pin  

Through  brake  beams  and  brake  beam 
fulcrams. 

Apron  latches,  complete,  consistingof— 
Handle  pins 

Latch  bodies 

Mounted  on  latch  bases 

Latch  handle  ? 

Mounted  on  latch  bodies  

0  368  x  1  55  pins 

Assembled  with  latch  body 

Latch  springs  .  . 

In  latch  bodies          

Plungers 

Assembled  in  latch  bodies 

Shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Apron,  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Apron       

Hineed  to  seat  bracket  supports  

Apron  hinges 

Riveted  to  apron 

Apron  hinge  pins 

Assembled  with  apron  hinges  

Apron  latch  staples 

Riveted  to  apron                          .  .  . 

Main  shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Diagonal  shield  brace  (right) 

Braces  shield  from  axle     

Diagonal  shield  brace  (left) 

do          

0.625  x  1.343  (lf£)  bolts 

\ttach  main  shield  to  braces  

Diagonal  shield  brace  bracket.  .  . 
0  75  x  5  062  (5^)  bolts 

0.75  x  4  562  (4^)  bolts 

do                                  

Main  shiold  upper  half 

Bolted  to  bracket  supports 

Main  shield  lower  half 

do                           

Panoramic  sight  case,  complete, 
with  padlock  and  chain. 
Panoramic  sight  case  bracket  
Springs 

Suspended  by  spring  in  bracket  
Bolted  to  main  shield       

Assembled  between  bracket  and  case 

Spring  support  (right) 

Riveted  to  bracket  

Spring  support  (left) 

do 

0.375  pipes 

On  bolts          

Bolts 

Secure  case  to  bracket 

Ranee  quadrant  case,  complete, 
with  padlock  and  chain. 
Range  ouadrant  case  bracket  
Springs          

Suspended  bv  springs  in  bracket  

Boltei  to  main  shield 

Assembled  between  bracket  and  case  
Riveted  to  bracket 

Spring  support  (right) 

Sprine  support  (left)  .  .  . 

...do... 

44 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE-Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Main  shield,  complete  .consisting  of — 
Continued. 

0.375  pipes 

Bolts 

Safety  depression  stop  (rieht) 

Safety  depression  stop  (left) 

Shield  bolts „ 

Shield  hinee  pins 

Top  shield  hinees.  lower  half 

Wing  nut  pins  (front) 

Wing  nut  pins  (rear) 

Wine  nuts 

Top  shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Fastening  hinges 

Fastening  hinee  pins 

Fillers,  shatter  hinee 

Hinges,  sight-port  shutter 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


On  bolts 

Secure  case  to  bracket 

Riveted  to  upper  main  shield . 
.do. 


Hinge  pin,  sight-port  shutter 

Shutter,  panoramic  sight  port 

Shutter  support 

Top  shield 

Top  shield  fastenings 

Top  shield  hinges,  upper  half 

Front  sight .  complete 

Si<"ht  bar  with  shank  socket 

Sieht  shank , 

Ran^e  quadrant 

Ranee  quadrant  bar 

Panoramic  sieht 

Teat  wrench  f">r  panoramic  sieht 

Wheels,  56-inch,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Tire  bolts,  with  nuts  and  washers. 

Dowels 

Felloe  rivets  and  washers 

Felloe  segments 

Spokes 

Tires. 


Secure  main  shield . . 
In  top  shield  hinges . 


Riveted  to  main  shield. 


On  wing  nut  studs. 


Hub  boxes 

Hub  liners 

Hub  rings 

Carriage  bolts 

Carriage  bolt  nuts 

Hub  bands 

Lock  washers 

Hub  caps 

Hub  latches  with  rivets 

Hub-latch  sprines 

Hub-latch  plungers 

Oil  valves 

Washers  (oil  valve) 

Sprines  (oil  valve) : 

Wheel  fastenings 

Consisting  of— 

Wheel  fastening  plungers., 
Wheel  fastening  springs . . , 

Plugs 


Riveted  to  top  shield 

A  ssembled  with  fastening  hinges 

Under  sight-port  shutter  hinges  on  shield 
Ri -eted   to   top   shield   and   sight-port 

shutter. 

Assembled  in  hinges 

Covers  sieht  port 

Riveted  to  shutter 

Hineed  to  main  shield 

Pinned  to  fastenine  hinges 

Riveted  to  top  shield 

Bolted  to  left  trunnion  cap 

Keyed  to  left  trunnion  bushing 

In  sieht  packing  intrail 

In  case 

Keyed  to  right  trunnion  bushing 

Incase 

...do.... 


Forced  into  hub  boxes. 
Outer  flanges  of  hubs. . . 


Screwed  into  hub  boxes 

Between  hub  bands  and  hub  rings . 

On  end  of  hubs 

Actuate  hub-latch  plungers 


Lock  hub  caps  in  place. 
Slide  in  hub  caps 


On  ends  of  axle. 


Handy  oilers. 


6     0.312(^)  inch. 
28     0.375-inch... 


Crown  nuts— Standard. 


0.25-inch. 


0.375-inch 
0.5-inch 
0.625-inch. 
0.75-inch.. 


Crown  nuts— Special. 


0.75  blank,  0.875  tap,  st'd. 
1  x  0.937  («)  inch 


IV 


ZW002 


}.!, 


45 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


s?o.                       Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Split  pins. 
1     0  046  (M)  x  0  312  (H)  inch             

IV 

3 

1     0  062  (M)  x  0  375  inch 

2     0  062  (M)  x  0  562  (H)  inch 

4     0  062  (M)  x  1  inch                               .  -   - 

2     0  093  (H)  xO  5  inch 

1     0  093  (H)  x  1  inch                       

7     0  125  inch  x  0  75  inch 

2     0  125  x  1  25  inch 

1     0  125  x  1  5  inch 

2     0  125  x  1  75  inch  .                 

1     0  156  (H)  x  0  5  inch 

4     0  156  (H)  x  1  inch  

3     0  156  (M)  x  2  inch                          .  ... 

>     0  203  (M)  x  1  5  inch 

1     0  203  (H)  x  2  inch          

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CARRIAGE. 
[Plates  VI,  VII,  VIII,  IX.] 

The  3.8-inch  howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1915,  is  of  the  type 
known  as  the  variable  recoil,  in  which  the  howitzer  is  permitted  a 
sufficient  length  of  recoil  on  the  carriage  at  low  angles  of  e'evation 
to  insure  stability  of  the  carriage  under  firing  stresses,  and  in  which 
the  length  of  recoil  is  reduced  at  high  angles  of  elevation  to  maintain 
clearance  from  the  ground. 

For  the  purpose  of  description,  the  carriage  is  considered  as  com- 
posed of  the  following  groups,  cradle  (complete),  top  carriage, 
elevating  mechanism,  quick-return  mechanism,  trail  (including  axle), 
traversing  mechanism,  axle  seats,  road  brake,  shield,  traveling  lock, 
and  wheels. 

A  detailed  description  of  each  of  the  above  groups  follows: 

CRADLE    COMPLETE. 

Under  this  group  are  considered  the  cradle,  the  recoil-controlling 
parts,  the  valve-turning  mechanism,  and  the  firing  mechanism. 

The  cradle  supports  the  howitzer,  guides  it  in  recoil,  and  forms  a 
housing  for  the  recoil  mechanism  and  parts  of  the  valve-turning 
mechanism.  It  consists  of  the  cradle  bottom  plate,  gun  slides, 
cradle  plate,  cradle  head  (rear),  trunnion  band,  shoulder  guard,  and 
several  other  attachments  riveted  thereto. 

The  cradle  bottom  plate  is  made  of  forged  steel.  It  is  shaped  on 
the  underside  so  as  to  form  two  clips.  These  clips  are  lined  with 
bronze  gun  slides  and  form  ways  in  which  the  howitzer  recoils. 

A  rib  on  the  top  of  the  cradle  bottom  plate  forms  a  bearing  and 
support  for  the  stirrup  outer  ring,  and  acts  also  as  a  guide  for  the 
spring  stirrup  during  the  recoil. 


46 

The  cradle  plate  is  arch  shaped  and  made  of  flange  steel,  the  sides 
being  riveted  to  the  flanges  on  the  bottom  cradle  plate.  The  cradle 
head,  rear,  is  made  of  cast  steel,  bushed  with  a  bronze  bushing.  It 
is  riveted  to  the  rear  end  of  the  cradle  plate  and  to  the  cradle  bottom 
plate  and  is  used  to  take  the  thrust  of  the  outer  spring  column  and 
support  the  rear  end  of  the  spring  stirrup. 

The  trunnion  band  is  of  forged  steel  riveted  about  the  cradle  plate 
and  locates  the  trunnions  so  as  to  bring  the  preponderance  of  the 
loaded  howitzer  at  the  breech  and  of  the  unloaded  piece  at  the  muz- 
zle, thus  aiding  the  movements  to  and  from  the  loading  position. 
The  trunnions,  integral  with  the  band,  are  bored  out  in  the  center  to 
reduce  the  weight.  The  band  above  the  right  trunnion  has  a  slot 
cut  in  its  center  for  a  boss  on  the  connecting  rod  of  the  valve  turning 
gear.  This  slot  is  covered  by  a  bronze  slide. 

Bosses  on  either  side  of  the  cradle  head,  rear,  form  bearings  for  the 
pawls  of  the  quick  return  mechanism.  The  pawls  are  assembled  to 
the  pawl  shaft,  which  extends  through  these  bearings  and  the  cradle. 
In  front  of  the  pawl  bearings  projections  on  the  cradle  head,  rear, 
are  machined  into  bearings  for  the  rocker.  Above  the  pawl  bearings 
on  the  right  side  of  the  cradle  is  riveted  the  handle  bracket  of  the 
quick  return  mechanism. 

The  shoulder  guard  is  of  flange  steel  and  is  riveted  to  the  left  side  of 
the  cradle.  Brackets  for  securing  the  cradle  head,  front,  and  spring 
retainer  to  the  cradle  are  riveted  to  the  front  end  of  the  cradle 
plate. 

The  recoil-controlling  parts  of  the  carriage  include  the  counter- 
recoil  .springs,  spring  stirrup,  recoil  cylinder,  cylinder  liner,  recoil 
valve,  piston,  counter-recoil  buffer,  and  cradle  head,  front. 

Immediately  inside  the  cradle  plate  are  located 'the  two  he^cal 
spring  sections  comprising  the  outer  counter  recoil  spring  column. 
The  sections  are  separated  by  the  outer  spring  separator.  The  rear 
end  of  the  column  bears  against  the  bushing  of  the  cradle  head,  rear, 
and  the  front  end  against  the  stirrup  outer  ring.  The  stirrup  outer 
ring  is  screwed  and  pinned  at  the  front  end  of  the  spring  stirrup. 

The  spring  stirrup  is  a  forged-steel  tube  which  separates  the  outer 
and  inner  spring  columns.  Inside  the  rear  end  of  the  spring  stirrup 
is  threaded  and  pinned  the  bronze  stirrup  inner  ring,  which  is  bored 
out  so  as  to  form  a  sliding  fit  for  the  recoil  cylinder.  Immediately 
inside  the  spring  stirrup  are  located  the  two  helical  spring  sections, 
comprising  the  inner  counter  recoil  spring  column.  These  sections 
are  similarly  separated  by  the  inner  spring  separator.  The  rear  end 
of  the  column  bears  against  the  stirrup  inner  ring,  while  the  front  end 
bears  against  tli<>  spring  follower. 

The  spring  follower  is  a  bronze  ring  which  fits  over  the  recoil  cylin- 
der immediately  in  rear  of  the  shoulder  on  the  front  end  of  the  cylin- 


47 

der.  In  carriages  Nos.  1  to  8,  inclusive,  the  shoulder  on  the  cylinder 
is  replaced  by  a  spring  compressing  ring  threaded  on  and  locked  in 
place. 

The  forged  steel  spring  retainer  is  secured  to  the  cradle  by  means  of 
two  lugs  and  swing  bolts.  It  is  located  just  in  front  of  the  spring 
stirrup  and  spring  follower  and  serves  to  hold  the  springs  in  position 
when  the  cylinder  is  removed,  or  the  cylinder  retaining  ring 
unscrewed. 

The  springs  are  assembled  in  the  carriage  under  sufficient  tension 
to  return  the  howitzer  into  battery  at  maximum  angles  of  elevation. 
The  approximate  force  exerted  by  the  springs  at  assembled  heights 
is  750  pounds. 

The  recoil  cylinder  extends  to  the  rear  through  the  stirrup  inner 
ring  and  the  lug  of  the  howitzer  and  is  locked  to  the  lug  by  the  cylinder 
retaining  ring  screwed  on  its  rear  end. 

The  front  cylinder  head  closes  the  forward  end  of  the  cylinder. 
The  stuffing  box  is  packed  with  four  rings  of  Garlock  hydraulic  water- 
proof packing,  held  by  the  bronze  piston  rod  gland,  threaded  to  the 
cylinder  head;  Two  holes  through  the  walls  of  the  cylinder  head 
are  closed  by  filling  and  drain  plugs  and  copper  gaskets. 

A  filling  plug  is  located  near  the  top  of  the  cylinder  in  its  assembed 
position  in  the  cradle  and  immediately  in  rear  of  the  front  cylinder 
head.  Access  to  it  is  gained  through  a  hole  with  a  spring  cover 
located  on  the  cradle  plate.  The  vent  plug  is  located  on  the  top  of  the 
cylinder  near  its  rear  end.  Access  to  it  is  gained  through  the  hole 
for  the  gun  lug  plug  of  the  howitzer.  The  rear  cylinder  head  closes  the 
rear  end  of  the  recoil  cylinder.  It  is  threaded  to  the  cylinder  and 'in 
turn  is  bored  and  threaded  for  the  counter-recoil  buffer.  Both  the 
front  and  rear  cylinder  heads  are  supplied  with  fiber  gaskets  to  insure 
oil-tight  joints. 

The  cylinder  liner  is  a  tube  assembled  inside  the  cylinder,  the  front 
end  being  threaded  inside  and  out  for  a  short  distance  and  the  rear 
end  fitting  into  a  tapered  seat  of  the  cylinder.  The  cylinder  liner 
lock  threaded  in  the  cylinder  and  extending  through  it  into  the  liner 
prevents  any  turning  of  the  liner  in  the  cylinder  and  similarly  a  pin 
in  the  howitzer  lug  prevents  rotation  of  the  cylinder  in  the  lug. 

The  outer  threads  at  the  front  end  of  the  liner  secure  the  liner  in  the 
cylinder;  the  inner  threads  are  for  the  valve  retainer  which  limits 
the  longitudinal  motion  of  the  valve  in  the  liner.  The  retainer  is 
secured  in  its  proper  position  in  the  liner  by  a  small  filister  head  steel 
screw. 

Between  the  end  bearings  of  the  liner,  the  cylinder  is  counter- 
bored  to  a  larger  internal  diameter.  The  space  thus  created  is  called 
the  by-pass.  It  is  utilized  for  the  passage  of  oil  from  the  front  to 
the  rear  of  the  piston  head. 


48 

Parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  liner  are  cut  three  rows  of  ports  through 
its  wall.  These  rows  are  120°  apart  and  are  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
necting the  valve  chamber  with  the  by-pass.  At  the  extreme  rear 
end  of  the  liner  are  drilled  additional  holes  for  the  same  purpose. 

Fitting  with  a  very  small  clearance  inside  of  the  cylinder  liner,  but 
free  to  rotate  in  it,  is  the  recoil  valve.  This  valve  is  a  hollow  cylinder 
having  three  equally  spaced  longitudinal  ribs  or  keys  on  its  inner 
surface.  Rows  of  round  holes  parallel  to  each  other  and  to  the  axis 
of  the  valve  are  drilled  through  the  wall.  The  number  of  holes  in  any 
one  row  is  practically  the  same  as  the  number  in  each  of  the  rows 
120°  from  it.  The  total  number  of  holes  in  three  rows  120°  apart 
varies  from  that  in  any  other  three  rows  120°  apart,  except  where  the 
length  of  recoil  is  the  same,  and  depends  on  the  number  of  apertures 
needed  at  any  given  length  of  recoil  for  the  passage  of  the  oil  from  the 
interior  of  the  valve  through  the  liner  ports  into  the  by-pass  and 
back  to  the  other  side  of  the  piston  head. 

The  bronze  piston  liner  working  inside  the  valve  and  bolted  to  the 
head  of  the  piston  rod  has  three  notches  or  keyways  which  fit  over 
the  ribs  or  keys  of  the  recoil  valve.  This  piston  liner  fits  closely 
inside  of  the  valve  and  practically  prevents  any  oil  from  passing 
from  one  side  of  the  piston  head  to  the  other  except  through  the 
holes  in  the  valve  and  liner,  and  the  by-pass.  The  piston  and  piston 
rod  extends  through  the  stuffing  box  in  the  front  cylinder  head  and 
through  the  valve-turning  pinion,  as  hereafter  described.  The  rear 
end  of  the  piston  and  piston  rod  is  bored  out  to  receive  the  counter- 
recoil  buffer  which  fits  into  this  bore  with  a  very  small  clearance. 

The  buffer  is  threaded  in  the  rear  cylinder  head  and  moves  with 
it  during  recoil.  In  counterrecoil  the  oil  caught  in  the  piston  and 
piston-rod  bore  can  escape  only  by  the  small  clearance  around  the 
buffer.  This  checks  the  return  into  battery  so  that  very  little  shock 
and  derangement  of  aim  is  experienced. 

The  front  end  of  the  cradle  is  closed  by  the  cradle  head,  front,  a 
forged  steel  piece  with  three  projecting  lugs.  It  is  secured  to  the 
cradle  plate  by  three  brackets  and  swing  bolts.  The  cradle  head  is 
bored  out  and  is  used  to  cover  parts  of  the  valve-turning  mechanism. 

The  valve-turning  mechanism  consists  of  the  valve-turning  pinion, 
the  valve-turning  gear,  the  connecting  rod,  the  connecting-rod  pins, 
and  several  other  small  parts.  The  hub  of  the  valve-turning  pinion 
fits  into  the  bearing  formed  by  the  bore  in  the  cradle  head,  front. 
A  shoulder  on  the  piston  rod  and  the  piston-rod  nut  prevent  longi- 
tudinal movement.  The  front  end  of  the  piston  rod  passes  through 
the  valve- turning  pinion.  The  rod  is  so  shaped  as  to  prevent  assem- 
bling the  pinion  and  bronze  piston-rod  washer  on  it  in  but  one  position. 
The  piston-rod  washer  is  located  just  in  rear  of  the  piston-rod  nut. 
The  piston  rod  and  valve-turning  pinion  are  free  to  revolve  in  the 


49 

cradle  head,  but  the  longitudinal  movement  is  prevented  as  indi- 
cated above. 

A  zero  mark  on  the  piston-rod  washer,  together  with  a  scale  on  the 
hub  of  the  cradle  head,  front,  serve  to  indicate  the  approximate 
elevation  of  the  howitzer  for  which  the  valve  is  set.  Should  the 
reading  of  the  valve  differ  by  more  than  3°  from  the  actual  elevation 
as  determined  by  separate  measurement,  the  assembling  of  these 
parts  should  be  checked.  A  slight  variation  is  to  be  expected,  due  to 
necessary  tolerances  and  wear. 

The  valve-turning  pinion  meshes  with  the  valve-turning  gear. 
This  gear  has  a  horizontal  arm  which  is  journaled  in  a  boss  on  the 
right  side  of  the  cradle  head,  front.  The  valve-turning  gear  has  a 
vertical  arm  with  an  offset,  which  is  pinned  by  the  connecting-rod 
pin,  front,  to  the  front  end  of  the  connecting  rod,  the  latter  being 
located  in  the  lower  right  corner  formed  by  the  cradle  plate  and  the 
cradle  bottom  plate. 

The  rod  has  a  boss  on  its  rear  end  which  projects  through  the  right 
side  of  the  cradle,  the  trunnion  band,  and  the  slide.  The  boss  is  con- 
nected by  means  of  the  connecting-rod  pin,  rear,  to  the  trunnion  cap, 
right.  A  connecting-rod  nut  screws  down  on  the  boss  and  prevents 
transverse  motion  of  the  boss,  but  allows  longitudinal  motion  of  the 
boss  and  slide  in  the  slot  of  the  cradle. 

Action  of  mechanism  during  recoil. 

Turning  the  elevating  handwheel  causes  displacement  of  the 
cradle  with  reference  to  the  rear  end  of  the  connecting  rod,  as  the 
latter  is  pinned  to  the  trunnion  cap,  right.  The  longitudinal  dis- 
placement is  transmitted  at  the  forward  end  of  the  connecting  rod  to 
the  vertical  arm  of  the  valve-turning  gear,  causing  the  gear  to  rotate, 
and  also  the  valve-turning  pinion.  The  piston  rod  and  valve  also 
rotate  with  the  pinion.  The  amount  the  valve  is  rotated  in  the 
liner,  therefore,  depends  directly  on  the  amount  the  elevating  hand- 
wheel  is  turned,  by  which  means  the  throttling  orifice  is  regulated, 
as  explained  further  below,  by  the  elevation  of  the  piece. 

Thus  the  gears  and  other  parts  of  the  valve-turning  mechanism 
are  so  assembled  that  as  the  howitzer  is  elevated  the  piston  and  piston 
rod,  and  with  it  the  valve,  are  rotated  inside  the  cylinder  liner  through 
a  proportionate  angle;  45°  movement  of  the  howitzer  corresponds  to 
100°  movement  of  the  valve.  As  stated  before,  there  are  three  rows  of 
ports  in  the  cylinder  liner  120°  apart.  Similarly,  there  are  three  sets 
of  rows  of  holes  in  the  valve,  the  corresponding  rows  of  each  of  the 
three  sets  having  practically  the  same  number  of  holes,  while  for  all 
adjacent  rows,  except  such  as  have  identical  lengths  of  recoil,  the 
number  varies. 


50 

For  the  howitzer  at  5°  depression,  the  three  rows  having  the  largest 
number  of  holes  are  opposite  the  ports  of  the  liner,  while  for  higher 
elevation  the  valve  turns,  putting  rows  with  a  less  number  of  holes 
opposite  the  ports.  In  this  way  the  orifice  through  which  the  oil 
passes  from  one  side  of  the  piston  head  to  the  other  is  automatically 
reduced  as  the  howitzer  is  elevated. 

When  the  howitzer  recoils  it  pulls  with  it  the  cylinder,  the  cylinder 
liner,  the  valve,  and,  by  the  medium  of  the  springs,  the  spring  stirrup. 
The  piston  being  fastened  to  the  cradle  head,  front,  remains  sta- 
tionary. The  oil  in  front  of  the  piston  head  is  forced  through  such 
holes  in  the  valve  as  may  be  opposite  the  liner  ports  and  through 
the  ports  into  the  by-pass.  From  there  it  is  forced  again  through 
the  ports  and  holes  in  the  valve  into  the  valve  chamber  in  rear  of  the 
piston  head. 

The  energy  of  recoil  of  the  piece  is  absorbed  by  the  resistance 
which  the  oil  offers  to  being  forced  through  the  small  openings  and 
by  the  resistance  of  the  counter-recoil  springs.  The  energy  stored  in 
the  springs  returns  the  piece  to  battery.  This  return  movement  is 
checked  by  the  counter-recoil  buffer  and  limited  by  the  gun  lug  coming 
in  contact  with  the  rear  of  the  cradle. 

The  number  of  holes  in  the  valve  is  calculated  so  as  to  stop  the 
howitzer  at  a  recoil  of  40  inches  at  5°  depression  and  at  a  recoil  of  22 
inches  at  40°  elevation. 

The  carriage  mechanism  for  firing  the  howitzer  is  as  follows:  A 
firing  pallet  has  its  bearing  arm  assembled  in  the  lower  projection 
of  the  firing  handle  bracket,  riveted  to  the  rear-end  of  the  cradle  on 
the  right  side.  The  pallet  or  lip  is  in  such  a  position  as  to  engage  an 
arm  on  the  trigger  shaft  of  the  breech  mechanism.  A  helical  spring 
in  the  upper  projection  of  this  bracket  above  and  parallel  to  the 
firing  pallet  tends  to  hold  the  pallet  in  a  position  free  from  the 
trigger.  In  this  upper  part  the  firing  shaft  is  assembled,  having 
on  its  rear  end  a  crank  arm  which  is  connected  to  a  similar  arm 
of  the  firing  pallet  by  two  links.  The  rotary  movement  of  the 
pallet  in  its  bearing,  caused  by  its  return  spring,  is  limited  by  a  stop 
pin  in  the  bracket  coming  in  contact  with  a  projection  on  the  firing 
shaft.  On  the  forward  end  of  the  firing  pallet  is  pinned  the  firing- 
pallet  collar  slotted  to  engage  or  lock  with  the  latch  of  the  quick- 
return  mechanism  when  the  latter  is  operated,  so  that  the  firing 
pallet  can  not  be  turned  with  the  cradle  free  from  the  rockers.  The 
forward  end  of  the  firing  shaft  is  squared  and  fitted  with  a  small 
shaft  trip  collar.  The  firing  handle  hub  adjacent  to  the  shaft  trip 
collar  and  free  to  turn  on  the  shaft  carries  a  spring  pawl  trip  latch 
which  engages  a  notch  of  the  trip  collar.  A  helical  spring  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  bracket  rotates  the  firing  handle  hub  into  firing 
position.  In  another  bearing,  in  the  bracket,  is  located  an  adjusting 


51 

screw  which  limits  the  movement  of  the  firing  handle.  The  firing 
handle  is  so  attached  to  the  hub  as  to  be  folded  down  upon  the  bracket 
when  not  in  use,  in  which  position  it  is  kept  from  turning  by  a  pro- 
jection fitting  into  a  notch  of  the  bracket.  The  firing  handle  spring 
within  the  handle  forces  the  firing  handle  plunger  against  a  shoulder 
on  the  bracket,  thereby  tending  to  hold  the  handle  in  its  folded  and 
open  positions. 

The  action  of  the  firing  mechanism  is  as  follows :  Pulling  the  handle 
rotates  the  trip  latch,  shaft  trip  collar,  firing  shaft,  and  pallet  until 
the  head  of  the  trip  latch  plunger  on  the  end  of  which  is  located  the 
trip  latch  strikes  the  adjusting  screw  in  the  bracket  when  the  trip 
latch  is  released  from  the  collar  and  the  shaft  return  spring  returns 
the  pallet  and  firing  shaft  to  their  original  position.  The  trigger 
should  fire  the  piece  just  before  the  trip  latch  releases.  When  the 
handle  is  released  the  handle  return  spring  throws  it  upward  and  resets 
the  mechanism  in  the  firing  position.  The  piece  may  be  fired  by  a 
lanyard  attached  directly  to  the  trigger  shaft  of  the  breech  mechan- 
ism, but  should  habitually  be  fired  by  the  cradle  firing  mechanism. 


TOP   CARRIAGE. 


The  top  carriage  is  built  up  of  two  cast-steel  side  frames  riveted 
on  the  flange  steel  top-carriage  bottom  plate.  The  bottom  plate  lies 
under  the  lower  flanges  of  the  side  frames  and  extends  upward  in 
front,  forming  a  stiff  connection  for  them.  On  the  underside  of  the 
bottom  plate  is  riveted  the  forged  steel  pintle  socket.  The  pintle 
socket  is  flanged  downward  on  its  underside,  the  flange  having  a 
bronze  bushing  which  acts  as  a  seat  for  a  corresponding  flange  on  the 
pintle  of  the  trail.  The  front  and  rear  ends  of  the  side  frames  are 
machined  to  form  guides  for  engaging  in  the  trail  clips.  The  front 
guides  have  bronze  liners  screwed  on  them  and  engage  in  steel  clips 
bolted  to  the  trail,  the  rear  guides  engage  in  bronze  trail  clips  riveted 
to  the  trail.  Projecting  lugs  on  the  left-side  frame  in  front  of  the 
rear  guide  form  bearings  for  the  traversing  nut.  On  the  rear  face  of 
the  side  frames  are  formed  seats  for  the  handwheel-shaft  bracket  on 
the  left  and  the  handwheel-shaft  bearing  on  the  right. 

In  the  top  of  the  side  frames  bearings  are  formed  which  support  the 
bronze  trunnion  bushings.  The  trunnions  of  the  cradle  are  seated  in 
the  trunnion  bushings.  The  trunnion  caps  are  hinged  to  the  front 
of  the  bearings  by  the  trunnion-cap  pins  and  are  secured  by  the 
trunnion-cap  swing  bolts  at  the  rear  of  the  bearings. 

Near  their  forward  ends  the  side  frames  are  shaped  to  form  vertical 
and  parallel  seats,  to  which  the  elevating  gear  cases,  left  and  right, 
are  bolted.  Elevating  worm  bearings  are  provided  in  each  side  frame 
and  afford  seats  for  the  worms  of  the  elevating  mechanism.  The  top 
carriage,  complete,  is  regarded  as  one  interchangeable  piece. 
14199—17 5 


52 


THE    ELEVATING    MECHANISM. 


The  elevating  mechanism  consists  of  the  rockers,  rocker  brace 
worms,  elevating  shaft,  handwheel  shafts,  intermediate  elevating 
shaft,  and  their  accompanying  parts. 

The  rockers,  right  and  left,  are  made  of  forged  steel.  They  are 
located  on  the  trunnion  bushings  between  the  rim  bases  of  the  cradle 
trunnions  and  the  trunnion  bearings  of  the  top  carriage.  The  twe 
rockers  are  bolted  to  each  other  by  means  of  the  forged-steel  rockei 
brace.  The  latter  passes  under  the  howitzer  and  insures  the  action 
of  the  rockers  as  a  unit.  A  bronze  rocker  washer  is  riveted  to  each 
rocker  and  affords  a  wearing  surface  between  the  rocker  and  the  top 
carriage.  A  similar  bronze  wearing  surface  between  the  rockers  and 
the  rim  bases  of  the  cradle  trunnions  is  afforded  by  flanges  on  the 
trunnion  bushings.  The  trunnion  bushings  are  keyed  to  the  rockers 
rotating  with  them.  The  sight  and  quadrant  bars  rotate  with  the 
left  and  right  trunnion  bushings,  respectively.  Lugs  on  the  extreme 
rear  end  of  the  rockers  engage  the  pawls  of  the  quick-return  mech- 
anism as  hereafter  described. 

The  worm  teeth  of  the  rockers  engage  the  (Hindley)  worms  lying  in 
the  elevating  worm  bearings  of  the  side  frames. 

The  worm-bearing  caps  are  bolted  to  the  bearings.  Bosses  on  the 
worm-bearing  caps  and  on  the  rockers  furnish  elevating  stops.  Beve^ 
gears  on  the  forward  ends  of  the  worms  engage  pinions  on  the  elevat- 
ing shaft,  which  runs  transversely  across  the  top  carriage.  The 
right  and  left  ends  of  the  elevating  shaft  are  journaled  in  the  gear 
cases  bolted  to  the  side  frames  of  the  top  carriage.  The  shaft  passes 
through  and  supports  the  elevating  gears  on  the  outside  at  both  ends 
The  elevating-gear  covers  bolted  to  the  elevating-gear  cases  form 
with  them  housings  for  the  elevating  gears  and  the  forward  ends  oi 
the  handwheel  shaft,  left,  and  intermediate  elevating  shaft.  The 
bevel  pinions  on  the  forward  ends  of  these  shafts  mesh  with  the 
elevating  gears.  On  the  right  side,  the  intermediate  elevating  pinior 
on  the  rear  end  of  the  intermediate  elevating  shaft  meshes  with  the 
gear  integral  with  the  handwheel  shaft,  right,  the  whole  being  housoc 
in  the  handwheel  shaft  bearing,  riveted  to  the  right  side  frame. 

When  the  handwheel  shafts  are  rotated  by  means  of  either  elevat- 
ing handwheel,  the  gears  transmit  the  action  through  the  elevating 
shaft  and  the  worms  to  the  rockers  forcing  them  to  rotate  about  the 
trunnions,  elevating  or  depressing  the  cradle. 

The  howitzer  bears  against  the  top  carriage  bottom  plate  at  maxi- 
mum depression,  while  at  maximum  elevation  bosses  on  the  rockoi> 
meet  stops  on  the  worm-bearing  caps. 


53 

QUICK-RETURN    MECHANISM. 

The  quick-return  mechanism  is  designed  to  afford  means  of  quickly 
returning  the  cradle  and  howitzer  to  the  loading  position  and  releas- 
ing them  from  the  elevating  mechanism  without  interfering  with  the 
laying  of  the  piece  or  disturbing  the  setting  of  the  sights  and  quad- 
rant, thereby  saving  time  in  firing.     The  quick-return  mechanism 
consists  of  the  pawls,  pawl  handle,  link,  and  latch,  and  accompanying 
parts  of  each.     The  pawls   are  hooks  supported  on  bosses  of  the 
cradle  head,  rear,  and  connected  through  the  cradle  by  the  pawl 
haft.     The  shaft  is  operated  by  the  pawl  handle,  fulcrumed  to  the 
tandle  bracket  on  the  right  side  of  the  cradle  and  connected  to  the 
ight  pawl  by  a  link  and  latch.     The  link  is  slotted  to  allow  engage- 
ment of  the  pawl  and  rocker  without  raising  the  handle  to  which  it 
s  pinned.     The  latch  works  with  the  right  pawl  in  such  a  manner 
hat  it  is  engaged  in  the  slot  of  the  firing  pallet  collar,  preventing 
iring  by  means  of  the  firing  handle  when  the  pawls  assume  any  posi- 
ion  but  that  of  complete  engagement  with  the  rocker.     Pinned  to 
he  rear  of  the  pawls  are  plunger  rods  working  in  guides  riveted  to 
he  cradle.     By  means  of  pawl  springs  on  the  plunger  rods  between 
he  guides  and  the  pawls  sufficient  compression  is  exerted  to  keep 
he  pawls  locked  to  the  rocker. 

For  quickly  bringing  the  howitzer  to  the  loading  position  when 
he  pawls  are  released  from  the  rockers  an  upward  pull  is  applied  to 
.he  pawl  handle. 

Safety  depression  stops  are  provided  on  the  shield  to  check  the 

downward  motion  of  the  cradle  and  prevent  damage  to  parts  of  the 

alve-turning  mechanism  when  by  accident  the  pawls  become  dis- 

mgaged  from   the  rockers   with   the   howitzer  removed  from   the 

carriage. 

TRAIL. 

The  flasks  of  the  trail  are  made  of  flange  steel,  shaped  and  rein- 
orced  to  form  a  box  section.  The  reinforce  plates  are  on  the  inside 
)f  the  flasks  and  have  lightening  holes.  The  forward  ends  are  con- 
ected  by  means  of  the  flange-steel  pintle  plate.  The  latter  forms 
i  support  for  the  pintle  which  engages  in  the  corresponding  part  of 
he  top-carriage  bottom  plate,  or  pintle  socket,  and  is  reinforced 
mderneath  by  the  pintle-axle  plate.  The  trail  flasks  are  also  strength- 
ned  by  the  axle-reinforce  plates,  riveted  to  their  front  outside  ends, 
ind  more  securely  held  together  and  boxed  in  the  top  and  bottom 
lates.  At  the  forward  end  of  the  trail  are  two  front  trail  clips 
>olted  in  place  for  engaging  corresponding  guides  on  the  top  carriage. 

The  axle  is  made  in  three  parts— the  two  axle  arms  and  the  body, 
n  assembling,  the  axle  arms  are  forced  onto  the  body  of  the  axle. 


54 

The  axle  body  has  two  flanges;  it  is  connected  to  the  flasks  by  rivet* 
passing  through  these  flanges,  the  sides  of  the  flasks,  and  the  rein- 
force plates.  They  are  given  a  slight  set  from  the  horizontal  to 
offset  the  dish  of  the  wheel,  so  as  to  bring  the  lowest  spoke  in  the 
wheel  vertical  when  the  carriage  is  limbered.  Both  the  axle  and  the 
axle  arms  are  bored  out  to  reduce  weight;  the  bore  in  the  arms  is 
closed  at  the  inner  end  by  the  axle-arm  plugs.  The  space  thus 
created  is  used  as  a  reservoir  for  lubricating  oil.  In  rear  of  the  axle 
between  the  trail  flasks  is  a  transom,  called  the  traveling  lock  sup- 
port, for  pinning  the  lock  in  the  firing  position.  The  lock  works  to 
the  front  and  rear  in  bearings  riveted  to  the  trail  flasks. 

For  about  half  its  length  from  the  axle  the  trail  is  open  to  allow 
the  howitzer  to  pass  between  the  flasks  when  fired  at  the  higher 
angles  of  elevation.  At  the  middle,  the  flasks  are  connected  and 
braced  by  the  front  transom.  Below  this  are  the  middle  and  rear 
transoms  and  the  float  and  spade.  The  top  plate,  riveted  to  the 
flasks  and  transoms,  covers  the  lower  trail  and  a  bottom  plate  closes 
the  underside  of  the  trail  between  the  front  and  the  rear  transoms. 
The  front  box,  thus  formed,  is  used  as  a  tool  box,  the  rear  as  a  com- 
partment for  carrying  the  sight.  These  boxes  are  entered  through 
flanged  openings  in  the  top  plate  which  are  closed  by  hinged  covers. 
The  covers  are  secured  by  a  cover  latch  and  padlock. 

On  the  trail  flasks,  a  brake  segment  is  riveted  to  the  front  outer 
end  of  the  right  trail  flask,  and  brake-shaft  bearings  are  suitably 
located  on  both  right  and  left  flasks.  A  traversing  pivot  bracket  is 
riveted  to  the  left  trail  flask  immediately  in  front  and  below  the  rear 
trail  clip. 

The  spade  is  a  flange  steel  piece  riveted  to  the  flanged  ends  of  the 
flasks.  Its  ends  are  stiffened  by  being  turned  forward  at  right 
angles  to  its  bearing  surfaces  and  riveted  to  the  float.  The  float  is 
riveted  to  upper  flanges  of  the  flasks.  The  wings  of  the  float  project 
on  either  side  of  the  spade  in  order  to  prevent  the  end  of  the  trail 
from  burying  itself  in  the  ground.  A  spade  edge  is  riveted  to  the 
lower  edge  of  the  spade  and  serves  as  a  wearing  plate  therefor. 

Two  trail  handles,  for  use  in  limbering,  and  a  lunette  bracket  are 
riveted  to  the  top  of  the  float.  The  lunette  is  secured  to  the  bracket 
by  a  nut. 

A  handspike  is  mounted  on  a  rib  formed  on  the  lunette  bracket 
and  when  not  in  use  may  be  folded  forward  over  the  trail.  It  is  held 
in  this  position  by  a  spring  fastening  riveted  to  the  cover  of  the  sight 
box. 

Two  seats  for  cannoneers  serving  the  piece  are  rigidly  attached 
to  the  trail,  one  on  each  side.  Attachments  for  carrying  the  rammer 
and  staves  are  riveted  to  the  right  flask.  Wheel  guards  riveted  to 


the  ilasks  protect  them  from  wear  of  the  limber  wheels  when  making 
short  turns. 

A  name  plate,  giving  the  number  of  the  carriage,  model,  name  of 
manufacturer,  year  if  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector,  is  riveted 
on  the  top  plate.  In,  all  reports  and  correspondence,  the  carriage  should 
be  designated  by  the  number  and  model  given  on  the  name  plate. 


TRAVERSING    MECHANISM. 


The  traversing  mechanism  consists  of  the  traversing  screw  and 
handwheel,  the  traversing  pivot,  the  traversing  nut,  the  thrust- 
bearing  nut,  the  ball  thrust  bearing,  and  the  traversing-pivot  bracket 
and  their  accompanying  parts. 

The  bronze  traversing  pivot  swivels  on  a  vertical  axis  in  the  steel 
traversing-pivot  bracket,  the  latter  being  riveted  to  the  left  trail 
flask.  The  upper  part  of  this  pivot  is  bored  horizontally  to  form  a 
housing  for  the  ball  thrust  bearing. 

The  traversing  nut,  which  is  of  bronze,  swivels  on  a  vertical  axis 
in  lugs  on  the  top  carriage  side  frame.  The  nut  may  be  inverted  in 
assembling  and  care  should  be  taken  to  have  the  right  side  (as  indi- 
cated by  the  handy  oiler)  assembled  up.  The  traversing  screw  is 
threaded  into  the  traversing  nut  with  a  left-hand  thread  and  extends 
outward  through  bearings  in  the  traversing  pivot  to  the  handwheel. 
When  the  handwheel  is  turned,  the  traversing  nut  is  forced  along  the 
screw  and  carries  the  top  carriage  with  it.  Angular  movement  of  the 
axis  of  the  screw  as  the  top  carriage  turns  about  the  pintle  center  is 
allowed  for  by  the  vertical  bearings  of  the  nut  and  the  pivot.  The 
collar  on  the  screw  serves  as  a  stop  to  limit  the  traversing  movement 
of  the  rear  end  of  the  top  carriage  to  the  left,  while  a  washer  nut, 
assembled  on  the  inner  end  of  screw,  limits  movement  in  the  opposite 
direction. 

An  azimuth  scale  is  attached  to  the  left  rear  clip  of  the  trail  and  in 
conjunction  with  a  zero  mark  on  the  top  carriage  guide  indicates  the 
position  in  azimuth.  The  scale  is  graduated  to  minimum  readings 
of  5  milli ernes. 

AXLE    SEATS. 

Axle  seats  are  provided  on  both  sides  of  the  howitzer  in  front  of 
the  shield.  Each  consists  of  the  seat  brackets,  seat,  seat-arm  bracket, 
seat-arm  guard,  seat  arm,  seat  supports,  foot  rests,  braces,  and  several 
smaller  connections. 

The  two  seat  brackets  on  each  side  of  the  howitzer  are  riveted  at 
their  rear  ends  to  the  bracket  supports  which  are  clamped  to  the 
axle.  The  front  ends  of  th  ebrackets  are  joined  together  by  the 
flange-steel  foot  rest,  which  is  braced  and  riveted  thereto. 


56 

A  shield-brace  foot  is  riveted  on  the  outside  of  the  seat  bracket, 
outer,  near  the  foot  rest,  and  forms  a  bottom  connection  for  the 
lower  shield  brace.  The  lower  shield  brace  is  connected  at  its  upper 
end  to  the  five-armed  bronze  seat-arm  bracket.  The  upper  shield 
brace  is  attached  at  its  lower  end  to  the  seat-arm  bracket  and  at  its 
upper  end  to  the  shield-brace  bracket,  bolted  to  the  main  shield. 
The  seat  arm  is  also  secured  to  the  shield-brace  bracket  and  has  its 
lower  connection  in  the  seat-arm  bracket.  The  seat  support  (inside) 
is  secured  at  one  end  to  a  seat-support  foot,  riveted  to  the  seat 
bracket,  inner,  and  at  its  other  end  to  the  seat-arm  bracket.  The 
seat  support  (outside)  is  secured  at  one  end  to  a  seat-support  foot, 
riveted  to  the  seat  bracket,  outer,  and  at  its  other  end  to  the  seat- 
arm  bracket. 

The  flange-steel  seat  is  riveted  around  the  seat  support  (inside) 
at  the  front  and  bolted  to  the  main  shield  at  the  rear.  The  seat- 
arm  guard  is  riveted  around  the  seat  arm  and  shield  brace. 

A  suitable  cushion  is  provided  foe  each  seat. 

The  two  seats  are  similar,  excepting  parts  are  right  and  left.  The 
seat  brackets  have  also  riveted  thereon  small  parts  for  the  road  brake 
and  shield. 

The  apron-latch  body  is  pivoted  on  the  apron-latch  base,  riveted  to 
each  inner  seat  bracket.  The  lower  end  of  the  latch  body  terminates 
in  a  hook  which  engages  the  latch  staple  riveted  to  the  apron  plate  and 
holds  the  latter  in  traveling  position.  To  prevent  accidental  disen- 
gagement of  the  hook  from  the  staple,  the  opening  of  the  hook  is 
closed  by  a  plunger,  seated  in  the  latch  body  and  pressed  outward 
into  position  by  a  spring. 

THE    ROAD    BRAKE. 

The  road  brake  consists  of  the  brake  beams,  brake  shoes,  brake- 
beam  fulcrums,  brake-rod  ends,  brake  rods,  brake-rod  springs,  brake- 
spring  covers,  brake-spring  cover  ends,  brake  cranks,  brake  shaft, 
and  brake  lever. 

The  brake-beam  fulcrums  are  riveted  to  the  outer  seat  brackets 
and  form  bearings  in  which  the  brake  beams  are  pivoted.  The  outer 
ends  of  the  brake  beams  are  fitted  with  brake  shoes  which  bear  against 
the  wheel  tires  when  operated.  The  inner  ends  of  the  beams  slide  in 
the  brake-beam  guides,  riveted  to  the  inner  seat  brackets.  The  brake- 
rod  ends  threaded  to  the  brake  rods  are  pivoted  to  the  beams  at 
their  inner  ends. 

The  brake-rod  ends  allow  for  adjustment  of  the  bearing  of  the 
shoe  in  the  tire.  The  brake  rods  are  seated  in  the  brake-spring 
cover  heads,  which  are  the  front  ends  of  the  housings  for  the  brake- 
rod  springs.  The  brake-spring  covers  and  brake-spring  cover  ends 
complete  the  housings.  The  brake  cranks  are  pivoted  to  the  rear 


57 

ends  of  the  brake-spring  cover  ends  and  are  assembled  to  the  ends 
of  the  brake  shaft  on  square  seats.  The  brake  lever  consists  of  two 
arms  integral  with  the  right  brake  crank. 

The  brake  shaft  is  mounted  in  bearings,  riveted  to  the  flasks  of 
the  trail.  The  brake  lever  is  mounted  on  the  extreme  right  end  of 
the  shaft  and  extends  to  the  front  and  rear,  affording  means  of 
operating  the  brake  either  from  the  front  or  rear  of  the  shield.  Each 
arm  of  the  lever  has  a  brake-lever  catch  riveted  to  it  which  engages 
in  the  segment  rack  on  the  brake  segment  in  front  and  the  segment 
rack  of  the  right  bracket  support  cap  in  the  rear.  The  brake  segment 
is  riveted  to  the  front  end  of  the  right  trail  flask.  A  forged  steel  hook 
is  riveted  to  the  brake  lever  and  limits  its  lateral  movement,  and  the 
brake  segment  is  flanged  into  a  hook  at  its  lower  end  to  stop  the 
downward  motion. 

The  operation  of  the  brake  is  as  follows:  In  applying  the  brake 
the  brake  lever  is  sprung  in  toward  the  segment  rack,  allowing  the 
brake-lever  catch  to  engage  its  teeth.  A  pull  on  the  lever  revolves 
the  brake  shaft  and  with  it  the  brake  cranks.  The  brake  cranks, 
by  means  of  the  brake  rods  and  the  action  of  the  brake-rod  springs 
and  their  housings,  force  the  inner  ends  of  the  brake  beams  forward, 
thus  causing  the  outer  ends  to  move  backward  toward  the  wheels. 

By  disengaging  the  brake  lever  from  the  segment  rack  the  tension 
on  the  brake-rod  spring  is  reduced  and  the  brake  rod  is  pulled  to  the 
rear,  freeing  the  shoes  from  contact  with  the  wheels. 

Adjustment  to  compensate  for  wear  of  the  brake  shoes  is  secured 
by  varying  the  distance  the  brake  rods  are  screwed  into  the  brake- 
rod  ends.  The  tension  on  the  brake-rod  spring  may  be  adjusted  by 
varying  the  distance  the  brake-spring  cover  end  is  screwed  into  the 
brake-spring  cover. 

THE    SHIELD. 

The  shield  for  the  protection  of  the  cannoneers  is  a  hardened  steel 
plate  0.15  inch  thick,  made  in  four  parts,  the  apron,  main  shield 
(upper  and  lower  halves),  and  top  shield. 

The  main  shield  has  a  large  opening  through  which  the  howitzer 
and  cradle  project  and  smaller  openings  for  the  lines  of  sight  and 
the  seat  brackets. 

The  halves  of  the  main  shield  are  bolted  together  by  means  of  the 
bracket  supports.  The  main  shield  is  bolted  to  the  bracket  supports, 
outer  and  inner,  to  which  the  seat  brackets  are  riveted.  The  two 
flange-steel  axle  seats  are  bolted  to  the  main  shield.  Diagonal  shield 
braces  are  bolted  on  both  sides  of  the  howitzer  opening  and  are  secured 
to  the  diagonal  shield-brace  brackets,  clamped  about  the  axle.  These 
braces  and  the  shield  braces,  forming  part  of  the  support  for  the  seat, 
stiffen  the  shield  in  position. 


58 

The  lower  edge  of  the  main  shield  (lower  half)  extends  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  seat  brackets.  The  apron  is  hinged  to  lugs  cast  on  the 
seat  bracket  supports.  The  upper  edge  of  the  main  shield  is  fitted 
with  three  hinges  for  the  top  shield. 

The  top  shield  is  hinged  to  the  main  shield  and  is  arranged  so  as 
to  fold  on  the  main  shield  in  traveling.  It  is  fastened  in  an  upright 
position  by  the  top  shield  fastenings,  hinged  to  the  top  shield  on 
the  rear,  and  secured  to  the  main  shield  by  wing  nuts.  When  folded, 
the  wing  nuts  on  the  front  of  the  main  shield  secure  it  in  a  locked 
position. 

The  apron  extends  to  about  6  inches  from  the  ground  and  for 
traveling  is  swung  up  toward  the  front  and  under  the  seat  brackets, 
where  it  is  held  by  the  two  apron  latches.  The  port  for  the  pano- 
ramic sight  has  an  armor-plate  shutter  provided  therefor,  which  is 
hinged  on  the  top  shield  and  may  be  held  open  by  engaging  the 
spring-shutter  support  in  the  open  position  on  the  shield.  Cases 
are  provided  for  the  panoramic  sight  and  range  quadrant  on  the 
rear  of  the  main  shield.  Safety  depression  stops  are  suitably  located 
on  the  main  shield. 

THE   TRAVELING   LOCK. 

To  relieve  the  elevating  and  traversing  mechanism  from  all  strains 
in  traveling,  a  traveling  lock  is  provided  by-  which  the  howitzer  may 
be  securely  locked  to  the  trail.  The  traveling  lock  is  an  irregular 
U-shaped  piece  pivoted  at  its  ends  to  the  traveling-lock  bearings 
on  the  trail  flasks.  Its  center  has  a  yoke  that  slides  over  a  boss  on 
the  howitzer  and  the  parts  are  secured  by  the  locking  pin.  When 
not  in  use,  the  lock  is  swung  around  to  the  front  and  secured  by  the 
locking  pin  to  the  traveling-lock  clip,  a  bronze  piece  riveted  to  the 
traveling-lock  support  secured  between  the  trail  flasks. 

THE    WHEELS. 

The  wheels  are  a  modified  form  of  the  Archibald  pattern,  56  inches 
in  diameter,  with  3-inch  tires.  The  hub  consists  of  a  forged-steel 
hub  box  and  hub  ring,  each  with  flanges  clamping  the  spokes  and 
drawn  together  by  eight  carriage  bolts.  The  hub  band  is  screwed  on 
the  hub  box  and  a  lock  washer  is  placed  between  it  and  the  hub  ring, 
preventing  the  band  from  unscrewing.  The  hub  band  should  be 
screwed  up  as  tightly  as  possible  with  a  wrench  and  finally  forced  by 
striking  the  end  of  the  wrench  with  a  wooden  block  or  mallet.  The 
bronze  hub  cap  is  screwed  on  the  hub  box  and  locked  to  the  hub  band 
by  the  hub-latch  plunger,  which  is  withdrawn  and  held  in. a  disen- 
gaged position  by  the  hub  latch  when  the  hub  cap  is  to  be  unscrewed. 
Assembled  to  the  hub  cap  and  projecting  into  the  axle  arm  is  the  oil 
valve,  by  means  of  which  the  wheel  is  oiled  without  being  removed. 


59 

The  hub  box  is  fitted  with  a  bronze  liner  forced  in  place.  The  liners 
are  removable.  The  tire  is  shrunk  on  the  wooden  felloe  and  secured 
to  it  by  tire  bolts. 

The  wheel  fastening,  a  bronze  yoke,  fitting  recesses  in  the  end  of 
the  axle  arm,  secures  the  wheel  to  the  axle  and  is  exposed  only  when 
the  hub  cap  is  removed.  The  wheel  fastening  is  secured  to  the  axle 
by  the  wheel-fastening  plunger. 

DISMOUNTING  AND  ASSEMBLING  HOWITZER  AND  CARRIAGE. 

The  sight  and  quadrant,  with  their  bars  and  cross-wire  holder 
bracket,  should  be  removed  and  put  in  a  safe  place  before  any  dis- 
assembling operations  are  undertaken. 

To  dismount  the  howitzer. — Remove  the  cylinder  locking  screw, 
unscrew  the  cylinder  retaining  ring  on  the  rear  end  of  the  cylinder, 
partly  remove  the  gun-lug  plug,  and  draw  the  piece  to  the  rear  until 
the  rails  are  free  from  the  cradle-gun  slides.  To  remove  the  cylinder 
retaining  ring  more  readily  it  is  well  to  use  the  spring  compressor, 
retracting  the  howitzer  about  2  inches,  as  the  ring  carries  the  weight 
of  the  springs  on  its  threads  for  the  first  half  inch  or  so. 

To  mount  the  howitzer.— Shove  the  piece  from  the  rear,  with  the 
gun  slides  engaging  the  rails,  guiding  the  cylinder  carefully  into  the 
lug  on  the  howitzer,  taking  care  that  the  locating  pin  in  the  bore 
of  the  lug  enters  the  notch  cut  on  the  exterior  surface  of  the  cylinder, 
opposite  the  vent  plug.  Assembling  marks  on  howitzer  and  cylin- 
der facilitate  this  operation.  Assemble  the  cylinder  retaining  ring, 
locking  it  in  place  on  the  cylinder  with  the  cylinder-locking  screw 
and  screw  down  the  gun-lug  plug. 

In  moving  the  piece  on  or  off  the  cradle,  particular  care  must  be 
taken  to  support  the  breech  end  so  that  the  howitzer  rails  are  in  pro- 
longation of  the  cradle  gun  slides.  The  center  of  gravity  of  the 
howitzer  is  about  1 1  inches  from  the  rear  end  of  the  rails.  Balancing 
the  howitzer  at  this  place  will  assist  in  maneuvering  it  and  will  pre- 
vent any  tendency  to  tumble.  The  firing  pallet  is  exposed  to  injury 
during  this  maneuver,  and  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  it  from 
being  struck  by  the  muzzle  of  the  piece  or  by  implements  in  the  hands 
of  cannoneers.  The  cradle  should  be  approximately  horizontal,  and 
at  0  azimuth  before  beginning  either  of  these  maneuvers  and  not 
changed  during  its  progress,  since  the  working  of  either  of  the  ele- 
vating or  traversing  mechanisms,  when  the  piece  is  partially  out  of 
battery,  brings  an  excessive  and  unnecessary  strain  and  wear  upon 
the  parts,  and  there  is  also  danger  of  the  howitzer  sliding  off  to  the 
rear  with  the  gun  slides  elevated  and  the  cylinder-retaining  ring 
removed. 

To  dismount  the  cradle  head,  front. — Remove  the  piston-rod  nut; 
release  the  three  swing  bolts  securing  the  cradle  head.  The  head  may 


60 

then  be  drawn  partially  to  the  front;  then  elevate  the  howitzer  to  the 
maximum  so  that  the  connecting-rod  pin,  front,  holding  the  con- 
necting rod  to  the  valve  turning  gear  may  be  removed.  The  con- 
necting-rod pin,  front,  is  tapped  with  a  left-hand  thread  to  receive  a 
cross-shaped  socket  wrench  provided  for  convenience  in  handling  this 
pin.  With  the  nut,  swing  bolts,  and  pin  removed,  the  head  may  be 
withdrawn  to  the  front. 

In  assembling  these  parts  be  sure  that  the  assembling  marks  on 
the  valve-turning  pinion  and  valve-turning  gear  coincide  and  that 
split  pins  for  connecting-rod  pins,  front  and  rear,  and  for  the  taper 
pin  of  the  collar  on  the  gear  are  inserted. 

To  dismount  the  recoil  cylinder. — The  cradle  should  always  be 
brought  to  zero  elevation  before  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  is 
removed.  If  the  cylinder  is  to  be  dismounted  without  removing  the 
howitzer,  the  howitzer  should  be  securely  lashed  to  the  cradle  to 
prevent  movement  to  the  rear.  The  piece  having  been  brought  to 
the  horizontal  position,  the  cradle  head  is  removed.  The  cylinder- 
locking  screw  and  cylinder-retaining  ring  in  rear  of  the  howitzer  lug 
are  taken  off,  the  gun-lugplug  is  unscrewed,  and  the  cylinder  with  piston 
rod,  etc.,  withdrawn  to  the  front.  Only  those  swing  bolts  affecting 
the  front  cradle  head  are  to  be  disturbed.  The  two  securing  the  spring 
retainer  are  only  to  be  loosened  when  the  spring  compressor  is  in  place 
and  when  it  is  desired  to  remove  the  springs. 

To  assemble  the  recoil  cylinder. — The  springs,  spring  stirrup,  and 
spring  retainer  being  in  assembled  position,  push  the  cylinder  into 
its  seat  from  the  front,  locating  the  notch  for  engagement  on  the 
pin  in  the  howitzer  lug  from  the  rear  by  means  of  assembling  marks 
engraved  on  the  howitzer  lug  and  cylinder  end.  This  will  place  the 
filling  and  the  vent  plugs  at  the  top.  Screw  in  place  the  cylinder- 
retaining  ring  and  secure  it  with  the  cylinder-locking  screw. 

Screw  home  the  gun-lug  plug. 

Assemble  the  cradle  head  and  screw  in  place  the  piston-rod  nut. 
The  nut  should  be  screwed  up  securely,  but  not  too  tightly. 

In  replacing  the  cylinder  it  sometimes  happens  that  the  inner 
springs  have  become  displaced  in  a  way  to  prevent  the  entrance  of 
the  cylinder;  in  such  a  case  reach  in  from  the  rear  or  front  of  the 
cradle  and  place  the  coil  in  its  right  location  with  a  stick.  Do  not 
stand  in  front  of  the  cradle  during  these  operations. 

To  drain  the  cylinder. — Clean  receptacles  for  holding  2  gallons  of  oil 
are  to  be  provided.  Remove  the  cradle  head  front,  depress  the  how- 
itzer to  the  maximum,  open  the  vent  plug  at  the  rear,  unscrew  both 
filling  and  drain  plugs  from  the  front  cylinder  head.  A  duct  should 
be  improvised  to  lead  the  flow  of  oil  beyond  the  muzzle,  where  it  can 
be  caught  by  the  receptacles  provided.  The  trail  of  the  howitzer 
may  be  elevated  about  6  foot  off  the  ground,  if  necessary,  to  secure 


61 

proper  drainage.  If  the  cylinder  is  to  be  removed  from  the  cradle, 
it  may  be  completely  drained  when  removed.  Thorough  draining 
may  also  be  obtained,  when  the  filling  and  vent  plugs  are  not  in  a 
vertical  line,  by  unscrewing  the  gun-lug  plug  and  cylinder-retaining 
ring  and  slipping  the  cylinder  sufficiently  far  to  the  front  to  disen- 
gage from  the  pin  in  the  gun  lug  and  then  turning  it  until  the  filling 
and  drain  plugs  are  vertical.  The  cylinder  is  then  held  in  the  cradle 
by  improvised  means  while  the  howitzer  is  depressed,  trail  elevated, 
and  cylinder  drained  completely. 

To  fill  the  recoil  cylinder. — If  the  cylinder  is  not  completely  filled,  loss 
of  stability  will  occur  and  higher  stresses  than  normal  will  be  developed 
in  the  carriage;  for  this  reason  the  cylinder  should  be  filled  with  the 
greatest  care;  a  commissioned  officer  should  himself  verify  that  the 
cylinder  is  full  and  that  no  air  is  left  in  it,  with  the  exception  of  the  void 
noted  below. 

To  fill  the  cylinder  when  assembled  to  the  carriage  proceed  as 
follows:  The  piston  rod,  recoil  valve,  counter-recoil  buffer,  cradle- 
head  front,  and  cylinder  heads  being  assembled,  depress  the  muzzle 
about  3°  from  the  horizontal.  Kemove  the  filling  plug  with  the 
socket  wrench,  attach  the  filling  funnel  through  the  cradle  to  the 
cylinder  at  the  front  end,  remove  the  gun-lug  plug  and  loosen  the 
vent  plug.  Fill  slowly  until  the  oil  flows,  and  not  simply  blows  or 
bubbles  out  the  vent-plug  hole.  When  this  is  done,  replace  the  filling 
and  vent  plugs.  Depress  the  piece  twice  and  place  more  oil  in  the 
cylinder.  This  process  should  be  continued  until  it  is  certain  that  no 
pocketed  air  is  in  the  female  buffer,  the  by-pass,  or  between  the  valve 
and  liner.  When  satisfied  that  the  cylinder  is  entirely  full,  allow 
about  2  cubic  inches  (about  one-sixteenth  of  a  pint)  of  oil  to  escape, 
thus  providing  a  void  for  the  expansion  of  the  oil.  Tighten  both  the 
filling  and  vent  plugs  and  replace  the  howitzer  gun-lug  plug.  As 
filling  is  conducted  at  the  front,  special  attention  should  be  paid  at 
the  rear  also  to  be  sure  that  the  vent  and  gun-lug  plugs  are  screwed 
in  place  after  the  filling  operations. 

It  may  happen  that  after  firing  a  few  rounds  the  howitzer  will  not 
return  to  battery.  This  may  be  due  to,  first,  weakness  of  springs; 
second,  stuffing-box  gland  being  screwed  up  too  tightly;  or,  third, 
the  oil  having  expanded,  due  to  heat. 

In  any  case  the  cause  must  be  ascertained  and  remedied;  if  due 
to  expansion  of  oil  it  is  proven  by  the  fact  that  the  piece  can  not  be 
pushed  into  battery  by  force  exerted  on  the  breech  of  the  howitzer. 
In  that  case  remove  the  gun-lug  plug  of  the  howitzer  and  loosen  the 
vent  plug  with  the  piece  horizontal,  and  allow  the  oil  to  run  out. 
The  oil  will  now  escape,  permitting  the  howitzer  to  return  to  battery. 

Approximately  11£  pints  of  oil  are  required  for  filling  the  cylinder. 
Hydroline  oil  of  a  specific  gravity  of  0.85  is  furnished  by  the  Ordnance 


62 

Department  for  use  in  these  cylinders;  it  is  characterized  by  its  low 
freezing  point  and  by  its  noncorrosive  action  on  metals.  The  oil 
used  in  the  cylinder  is  to  be  clean  and  free  from  grit  and  dirt;  to 
insure  this  it  is  to  be  strained  through  a  clean  piece  of  linen  or  muslin 
before  using. 

In  emergencies,  water  may  be  placed  in  the  cylinder.  This  should 
be  done  only  when  absolutely  necessary  and  never  in  freezing  weather, 
and  as  soon  as  practicable  the  cylinder  is  to  be  emptied,  cleaned,  thor- 
oughly dried,  and  filed  with  hydroline  oil. 

To  dismount  the  springs. — With  the  cradle  elevated,  the  breech 
lashed  to  the  wheels  and  brake  set,  remove  the  cylinder-retaining 
ring,  partly  unscrew  the  gun-lug  plug,  and  screw  the  retracting  eye 
securely  into  the  threaded  recess  in  the  rear  end  of  the  counter-recoil 
buffer.  Special  care  should  be  taken  to  insure  that  the  retracting 
eye  is  properly  screwed  on. 

The  spring-compressor  block  and  tackle  are  attached  by  placing 
the  hook  of  the  single  tackle  block  over  a  rope  about  the  trail  and 
engaging  the  hook  of  the  double  tackle  block  in  a  loop  on  the  spring- 
compressor  rope  with  the  tackle  rope  passed  through  the  blocks. 
The  two  blocks  are  brought  to  within  about  6  inches  of  each  other. 
The  elevation  of  the  cradle  and  the  position  of  the  supporting  block- 
ing should  be  such  that  when  the  rope  is  taut  it  will  be  in  the  center 
of  the  hole  in  the  howitzer  lug.  By  means  of  the  spring-compressor 
rope  and  the  block,  put  sufficient  strain  on  the  retracting  eye  to  relieve 
the  spring  retainer  from  spring  pressure.  Remove  the  cradle  head, 
front,  then  the  spring  retainer  by  loosening  the  swing  bolts.  Ease 
off  the  block  until  the  springs  are  free.  The  stirrup  and  cylinder 
project  out  of  the  cradle  about  5  feet  when  the  springs  are  free,  and 
blocks  for  supporting  them  should  be  arranged  accordingly. 

On  account  of  the  length  of  the  free  spring  column,  temporary 
blocking,  if  practicable,  should  be  placed  in  front  of  and  on  a  line 
with  the  bottom  of  the  cradle  to  support  the  weight  of  the  cylinder, 
stirrup,  and  springs,  both  in  releasing  and  in  assembling  the  column. 

To  assemble  the  springs. — With  the  cradle  elevated,  howitzer 
secured  as  directed  for  dismounting,  and  brake  set,  shove  the  first 
section  of  the  outer  springs  into  the  cradle.  Place  the  other  spring 
section,  the  one  which  is  bent  or  bowed  the  most  on  the  spring  stir- 
rup, set  the  outer  spring  separator  on  the  stirrup  against  it,  and 
enter  the  rear  end  of  the  stirrup  into  the  spring  column  in  the  cradle. 
Similarly  assemble  the  springs  of  the  inner  column,  one  into  the 
stirrup  and  one  on  the  cylinder.  The  spring  follower  is  run  on  the 
cylinder  with  the  bevel  to  the  front  and  the  inner  spring  separator 
placed  on  the  rear  end  of  the  cylinder.  Extend  the  blocks  as  far  as 
possible,  screw  the  retracting  eye  securely  into  the  buffer,  passing 


63 

the  end  of  the  spring  compressor  to  the  rear  through  the  spring 
column  and  cylinder-retaining  ring.  While  the  spring  column  is 
being  compressed  care  must  be  taken  to  see  that  the  rear  ends  of 
the  cylinder  and  stirrup  are  properly  guided  through  the  rear  cradle 
head,  and  that  the  inner  coil  does  not  catch  the  front  of  the  spring 
stirrup  and  the  outer  coil,  the  front  of  the  cradle.  It  may  be  neces- 
sary to  displace  the  interfering  coils  laterally  by  tapping  them  with 
a  hammer  having  a  wooden  buffer  interposed  in  order  to  get  the 
coil  central.  When  the  springs  are  sufficiently  compressed  the  spring 
retainer  is  assembled.  The  spring  compressor  can  then  be  released 
and  disengaged,  but  should  not  be  removed  until  the  cylinder-retaining 
ring  is  assembled.  Care  should  be  taken  that  the  retracting  eye 
does  not  unscrew  due  to  turning  of  the  rope-spring  compressor  in 
retracting. 

As  the  spring  columns  are  assembled  under  a  load  of  750  pounds, 
serious  results  may  attend  a  sudden  release  by  breakage  of  the  spring 
compressor  or  other  parts  during  the  process  of  compressing.  All 
parts  should  be  carefully  inspected  before  using,  and  all  members  of 
the  howitzer  crew  be  required  to  keep  arms  and  bodies  away  from 
the  front  of  the  column  during  these  operations. 

To  dismount  the  piston  and  piston  rod. — The  cylinder  is  removed 
from  the  cradle  and  drained.  The  gland  lock  is  released  by  the 
removal  of  one  split  pin  and  the  gland  slackened  a  few  turns.  Each 
carriage  is  furnished  with  two  large  wrrenches,  one  of  which  fits  the 
rear  cylinder  head  and  one  the  front  of  the  cylinder.  The  rear  cylin- 
der head  may  be  unscrewed  and  the  piston  and  rod  may  be  with- 
drawn from  that  end,  or  the  front  cylinder-head  «panner  may  be 
applied  and  that  head  removed,  and  the  piston  and  rod  taken  out 
toward  the  front.  It  is  easier  to  disassemble  from  the  front.  If  it 
be  desired  to  dismount  the  valve,  the  front  cylinder  head  is  taken  off 
as  the  valve  is  removed  at  that  end.  If  the  piston  only  is  to  be  re- 
moved, it  is  best  to  break  the  joint  in  the  cylinder  exposed  to  the 
least  internal  pressure,  i.  e.,  that  of  the  rear  head.  When  either  head 
of  the  cylinder  is  removed,  the  opening  is  to  be  closed  immediately 
by  returning  the  head  or  by  using  clean  cotton  cloths  to  prevent  grit 
from  blowing  into  the  valve  and  cylinder-liner  ports. 

The  cylinder  liner  screws  into  the  cylinder  from  the  front  end 
and  is  locked  by  a  plug  at  the  rear  end  screwed  through  the  cylinder 
wall.  It  is  never  to  be  disturbed  outside  of  the  machine  shop,  as 
each  liner  is  forced  in  its  seat  and  located  individually  by  the  lock, 
the  notches  in  the  rear  of  the  cylinder  being  cut  later  to  insure  the 
exact  position  of  the  rows  of  cylinder-liner  ports  hi  relation  to  the 
keys  of  the  valve.  Each  cylinder,  cylinder  liner  and  lock,  and  valve 
retainer  is  therefore  considered  collectively  as  one  interchangeable 
piece. 


64 

In  dismounting  and  assembling  the  cylinder  heads,  the  cylinder 
is  always  to  be  held  by  the  wrenches.  It  should  never  be  held  by 
clamping  bars  at  its  middle  or  by  using  a  chain  Wrench,  as  its  walls 
are  thin  and  not  intended  to  withstand  such  usage. 

If  the  joints  at  the  cylinder  heads  leak,  the  fiber  gaskets  should  be 
soaked  in  warm  oil  for  about  five  minutes  before  assembling  to  over- 
come the  difficulty. 

To  remove  the  valve.—  Unscrew  the  locking  screw  of  the  valve 
retainer  and  unscrew  the  valve  retainer,  using  the  wrench  and  valve- 
retainer  tool  provided.  The  valve  may  then  be  drawn  out  to  the 
front.  There  is  a  collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  valve  to  prevent 
improper  assembling.  Before  assembling  the  valve  be  perfectly 
sure  that  it  is  clean.  Special  care  should  be  taken  to  screw  up  the 
valve  retainer  shoulder  to  shoulder  with  the  cylinder  liner  with 
assembling  marks  opposite,  so  that  the  hole  for  the  locking  screw  of 
the  retainer  aligns  with  the  corresponding  hole  in  the  cylinder  liner. 

In  assembling  the  piston  rod,  the  operations  of  dismounting  are 
reversed.  It  ought  not  to  be  necessary  to  take  out  the  stuffing-box 
packing. 

The  necessity  for  dismounting  parts  of  the  cylinder  will  seldom 
arise.  It  is  to  be  done  only  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer, 
who  will  see  that  the  parts  are  handled  with  the  greatest  care.  In 
assembling,  the  parts  are  to  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  as  the  clearances 
in  the  valve  are  very  small  and  the  presence  of  small  foreign  particles 
may  interfere  with  the  proper  working  of  the  parts. 

To  pack  the  stuffing  box. — The  stuffing  box  is  packed  with  four  rings 
of  Garlock  hydmulic  waterproof  packing  0.25  inch  square,  issued  hi 
rings  cut  to  such  size  that  the  ends  meet  around  the  rod  when 
packed.  These  rings  are  placed  'in  the  front  cylinder  head  with 
ends  cut  to  give  a  space  of  about  one-sixteenth  inch  around  the 
rod,  each  ring  being  placed  so  as  to  break  joints  with  the  preceding 
one  and  each  in  succession  being  forced  into  its  seat  by  a  packing 
tool  of  copper  or  hard  wood.  One  end  of  this  tool  is  shaped  like  a 
carpenter's  gouge,  while  the  other  end  is  formed  into  a  handle  strong 
enough  to  withstand  light  taps  from  a  hammer.  Such  a  tool  may  be 
readily  improvised  by  the  battery  mechanic.  After  the  four  rbigs 
are  firmly  seated  in  the  chamber  the  gland  is  screwed  on. 

Be  sure  that  at  least  4£  threads  of  the  gland  are  engaged  with  the 
threads  of  the  cylinder  head,  as  otherwise  the  threads  of  the  gland 
may  be  stripped  in  firing. 

'Plie  adjustment  of  the  gland  will  require  exercise  of  some  judg- 
ment. If  screwed  up  too  tightly  the  frictional  resistance  of  the 
packing  on  the  piston  rod  will  be  so  increased  that  the  counter-recoil 
springs  may  fail  to  return  the  howitzer  to  battery,  especially  at  high 


angles  of  elevation,  or  the  valve-turning  mechanism  may  be  strained. 
It  is  t<>  In  set-ami  ny  just  tight  enough  to  prevent  the  leakage  of  oil. 
Ordinarily  this  can  be  done  by  hand,  but  where  hand  power  is  not 
sufficient  the  wrench  provided  for  the  purpose  should  be  used. 
When  adjusted,  the  gland  is  to  be  locked. 

To  (iKxdiible  and  disassemble  the  valve-turning  mechanism. — The 
valve-turning  gear  and  the  valve-turning  pinion  assembled  in  the 
cradle  head  are  always  to  be  engaged  with  their  assembling  marks 
coinciding.  The  seat  for  the  piston  rod  in  the  valve-turning  pinion 
is  so  arranged  as  to  admit  assembling  in  but  one  position  as  the 
round  shaft  has  flats  on  three  sides,  which  arrangement,  together 
with  the  assembling  marks  of  the  gears  and  the  keying  of  the  valve 
to  the  piston  rod,  insures  the  correct  alignment  of  valve  and  cylinder 
liner.  To  remove  the  valve-turning  gear  from  the  cradle  head,  it  is 
necessary  to  dismount  the  cradle  head  as  described  under  "  To  Dis- 
mount the  Cradle  Head,  Front."  The  connecting-rod  pin,  rear,  and 
the  connecting-rod  nut  are  then  removed,  and  the  connecting  rod 
may  be  withdrawn  to  the  front.  The  valve-turning  pinion  may  now 
be  removed  by  running  the  gear  out  of  engagement  and  puDing  the 
pinion  to  the  rear.  The  gear  may  be  removed  by  pulling  out  the 
split  pin  and  removing  the  taper  pin  from  the  collar  on  the  hori- 
zontal arm  of  the  gear  and  pulling  the  gear  toward  the  center  of  the 
cradle  head. 

The  slide  on  the  outside  of  the  right  trunnion  band  moves  with 
the  connecting  rod.  It  is  not  necessary  to  remove  the  slide  to  take 
'out  the  connecting-rod,  although  after  the  connecting  rod  is  removed 
the  slide  may  be  run  off.  The  removal  of  the  springs  is  not  necessary 
for  dismantling  the  valve- turning  mechanism. 

In  assembling,  the  connecting  rod  should  be  worked  through  the 
slot  in  the  cradle  plate  and  the  slide  put  on  afterwards.  The  slide 
can  not  be  readily  assembled  with  the  cradle  in  any  other  position 
than  at  approximately  maximum  depression. 

To  dismount  the  traversing  mechanism.— The  washer  nut  is  removed 
from  the  traversing  screw,  the  split  pins  from  the  traversing-bearing 
cap  screws,  and  the  cap  screws  removed.  The  right  trail  clip  is 
taken  off  and  the  top  carriage  then  thrown  around  to  clear.  The  nut 
is  removed  from  the  traversing  pivot  and  the  screw  and  handwheel 
withdrawn. 

To  dismount  the  seat  brackets  and  shields. — Supports  should  be 
placed  and  blocks  wedged  up  under  the  seat  brackets  to  take  the 
weight.  The  10  bracket-support  bolts  fastening  the  bracket  sup- 
ports to  the  axle  are  taken  out.  The  two  diagonal  shield-brace  bolts 
are  to  be  removed  and  the  two  axle  stud  nuts.  The  trail  may  be 
lifted  and  the  carriage  run  slowly  to  the  rear,  or  the  seat  brackets 


66 

and  shield  may  be  lifted  and  removed  to  the  front.  Care  should  be 
taken  that  the  cradle  passes  through  its  port  in  the  shield  without 
getting  caught. 

If  parts,  of  the  shield  are  to  be  disassembled,  it  is  only  necessary 
to  remove  the  bolts  holding  these  together.  In  assembling,  be  sure 
to  have  the  heads  of  bolts  to  the  front.  For  succeeding  operations — 
that  is,  the  removal  of  the  cradle  and  the  top  carriage — it  is  necessary 
to  remove  only  the  upper  half  of  the  main  shield,  accomplished  by 
the  removal  of  four  bolts  through  axle  brackets  near  the  seat,  two 
diagonal  shield-brace  bolts,  two  bolts  at  the  shield-brace  bracket, 
and  then  to  carry  the  shield  forward  over  the  muzzle. 

To  dismount  the  cradle. — The  howitzer  and  upper  main  shield  are 
dismounted,  the  connecting-rod  pin,  rear,  disconnected  from  the  right 
trunnion  cap,  the  trunnion-cap  swing  bolts  loosened,  and  the  caps 
swung  open;  the  cradle  and  rockers  may  then  be  lifted  upward  and 
to  the  rear  from  the  top  carriage  as  one  piece. 

To  dismount  the  top  carriage. — The  howitzer,  upper  main  shield, 
cradle,  and  traversing  gear  are  dismounted.  The  front  trail  clips 
are  removed  and  the  top  carriage  may  then  be  traversed  to  the  left 
until  free  from  the  trail  rear  clips. 

To  dismount  the  elevating  mechanism. — Note  that  the  worms  can 
not  be  assembled  or  disassembled  while  the  rockers  are  engaged  or 
with  the  top  carriage  assembled  to  the  trail,  as  the  nuts  for  the  worm- 
bearing  cap  bolts  are  underneath.  The  right  and  left  worm-bearing 
caps  are  removed  and  the  worms  dismounted.  Remove  the  elevating- 
gear  covers.  The  nuts  from  each  end  of  the  elevating  shaft  are  re- 
moved. Remove  the  handwheel-shaft  bearing  and  release  the  inter- 
mediate elevating  shaft  from  the  elevating  gear.  The  cap  of  the 
handwheel-shaft  bearing  may  be  removed,  if  desired.  Remove  the 
elevating  gear,  right.  Take  the  four  bolts  out  and  remove  the  ele- 
vating-gear case,  right.  Take  the  split  pins  out  of  the  elevating 
pinions  and  move  the  shaft  to  the  right,  allowing  the  pinions  to 
slide  on  the  shaft  until  the  left  end  of  the  shaft  clears  the  left  side 
frame  of  the  top  carriage,  then  draw  the  shaft  out  to  the  left  through 
the  opening  in  the  top  carriage.  To  remove  the  handwheel  shaft, 
left,  take  the  bolts  off  the  handwheel-shaft  bracket  and  lift  the  parts 
from  the  carriage. 

To  assemble  the  elevating  mechanism. — Note  that  both  rockers  must 
elevate  simultaneously,  and  to  do  so  the  following  points  are  ob- 
served in  the  manufacture:  The  threads  on  the  worms  are  in  exactly 
the  same  relative  position;  the  teeth  of  bevel  gears  are  integral  with 
the  worm  and  in  fixed  relation  to  the  thread;  and  the  teeth  of  the 
elevating-shaft  pinions  have  assembling  marks  thereon  to  match 
with  the  assembling  marks  on  the  bevel  gears  of  the  worms.  Of  the 
three  steel  washers  on  the  elevating  shaft,  one  lies  between  the  righi 


67 

elevating  gear  and  the  case  and  the  other  between  the  left  elevating 
gear  and  case,  and  one  between  the  right  pinion  and  case. 

With  the  right  pinion  on  the  shaft,  place  the  end  of  the  elevating 
shaft  with  the  long  flats  on  its  periphery  to  the  right,  through  the 
hole  for  the  right  elevating  gear  case.  Then  assemble  the  left  pinion 
and  place  the  left  end  of  the  shaft  in  its  bearing  in  the  left  elevating 
gear  case.  Replace  the  elevating  gears  and  nuts  and  the  elevating 
gear  case,  right.  Assemble  the  handwheel  shafts  and  right  inter- 
mediate elevating  shaft  and  replace  the  elevating  gear  covers. 

To  dismount  the  firing  mechanism. — Withdrawing  the  taper  pin 
securing  the  collar  on  the  forward  end  of  each  shaft  allows  the  shaft 
to  be  withdrawn  to  the  rear.  In  assembling,  tension  is  put  upon 
the  springs  as  the  firing  handle  hub  is  assembled. 

To  remove  the  road  brake. — With  split  pins  removed,  the  fulcrum 
pins  can  be  driven  upward  from  their  seats,  the  brake-rod  pins 
removed  from  the  brake  rod,  and  the  brake  beams,  being  then  free, 
removed  from  the  carriage.  The  brake  rods  are  dismounted  by 
removing  the  pins  which  attach  their  rear  ends  to  the  brake  cranks. 
The  brake  shoe  is  freed  from  the  brake  beam  by  removing  the  brake- 
shoe  tap  bolts.  The  brake  crank  and  brake  lever  are  free  on  the 
brake  shaft  when  their  split  pins  are  withdrawn,  and  the  brake  shaft 
can  then  be  withdrawn  through  the  holes  in  the  bracket  supports. 
To  assemble  the  brake  the  operations  just  described  are  reversed. 
The  brake  beams  are  rights  and  lefts  and  are  properly  assembled 
when  the  shoes  have  full  bearing  upon  the  tires. 

To  adjust  the  road  brake. — The  brake  rods  are  disconnected  from  the 
brake  beams.  The  brake  shoes  are  placed  with  the  desired  clearance 
from  the  tire  and  the  brake  lever  in  extreme  forward  (released) 
position.  The  lengths  of  the  brake  rods  are  then  adjusted  to  corre- 
spond. If  a  test  shows  that  one  shoe  bears  harder  against  its  wheel 
than  the  other,  the  brake  rod  of  the  latter  is  lengthened.  It  must 
be  noted  that  some  wheels  are  more  or  less  out  of  round  and  the 
adjustment  is  not  the  same  for  all  points  along  the  tire. 

To  remove  a  wheel. — Support  the  axle  to  bring  the  wheel  clear  of  the 
ground.  Lift  up  the  flap  of  the  hub  latch,  thus  disengaging  its  bolt, 
and  unscrew  the  hub  cap;  the  wheel  fastening,  which  is  now  exposed, 
is  secured  to  the  axle  by  a  spring  pin  in  one  side ;  when  this  is  pressed 
back  the  wheel  fastening  may  be  lifted  free  and  the  wheel  slipped  off. 

To  remove  a  hub  liner. — Take  the  wheel  from  the  axle  and  drive 
the  liner  out  by  striking  with  a  heavy  hammer  or  sledge  upon  a  suit- 
able wooden  or  metal  block  placed  against  the  small  end  of  the  liner. 
A  hub-liner  driving  tool  is  carried  in  the  forge  limber  for  this  purpose. 
In  assembling  a  new  liner,  be  sure  the  surfaces  are  perfectly  clean 
and  that  no  dust  gets  under  the  flange  of  the  liner  to  prevent  its  being 
driven  solidly  against  the  face  of  the  hub.  Unless  the  liner  is  forced 
14199—17 6 


68 

completely  into  the  hub,  the  distance  from  the  face  of  the  liner  to 
the  small  end  of  the  hub  may  be  too  great  to  allow  the  assemblage  of 
the  wheel  fastening.  Should  the  outer  end  of  the  liner  project 
beyond  the  small  end  of  the  hub  it  may  be  filed  flush. 

The  parts  of  this  carriage  in  general  are  made  with  sufficient  clear- 
ance to  permit  the  assemblage  of  any  part  without  the  use  of  force. 
In  assembling  them  no  part  should  be  directly  struck  with  a  hammer. 
If  resort  to  force  is  necessary,  a  piece  of  wood  or  copper  drift  should 
be  interposed  between  the  hammer  and  the  part  struck.  Most  of  the 
nuts  and  pins  are  provided  with  split  pins  as  keepers.  The  split  pins 
must,  of  course,  be  removed  to  remove  the  nut,  and  when  the  nut  or 
pin  is  assembled  the  split  pin  should  be  inserted  and  properly  opened. 

CARE  AND  CLEANING  OF  RECOIL  CYLINDER  AND  OTHER  PARTS  OF  THE  CARRIAGE. 

The  carriage  is  a  machine  for  controlling  the  recoil  of  the  howitzer 
and  should  be  properly  cleaned  and  cared  for  to  insure  its  working  cor- 
rectly. The  officers  responsible  for  the  efficiency  of  the  battery  should 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  carriage  mechanism  and  with  the 
loregoing  instructions  as  to  the  methods  of  mounting  and  dismount- 
ing the  various  parts,  and  should  see  that  the  carriage  is  properly 
handled,  cleaned,  and  cared  for.  The  following  general  directions  for 
its  care  and  cleaning  are  given: 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  be  emptied  and  refilled  once  every  three 
months.  Immediately  before  firings  the  carriage  should  be  examined  to 
see  that  no  oil  has  escaped  from  the  cylinder,  and  that  it  is  in  condition 
for  firing.  The  piston  and  recoil  valve  should  be  examined  every  six 
months  (or  oftener  if  conditions  require  it)  for  rubbing  or  scoring  of 
the  inside  of  the  valve  or  piston.  If  such  roughening  be  noted,  the 
roughness  is  to  be  carefully  smoothed  down  by  a  skilled  workman 
with  a  dead  smooth  file  or  with  fine  emery  cloth;  the  cause  of  rough- 
ness should  be  ascertained  and  removed.  To  prevent  chips  and  emery 
from  entering  the  cylinder  liner  ports,  work  on  the  valve  should  always 
be  done  with  the  valve  removed  from  the  liner.  When  unusual  rub- 
bing or  scoring  has  occurred,  the  facts  will  be  reported  to  the  officer 
of  the  Ordnance  Department  charged  with  the  duty  of  keeping  the 
battery  in  repair,  for  his  information  and  action.  Before  reassem- 
bling, the  recoil  valve,  cylinder  liner,  piston,  counter-recoil  buffer, 
and  the  stuffing  box  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  the  use  of  cotton 
cloths  and  coal  oil  and  wiped  dry.  The  use  of  cotton  waste,  espe- 
cially in  the  cylinder  liner,  is  not  recommended,  as  particles  of  waste 
will  work  into  the  ports.  The  removal  of  the  packing  is  not  neces- 
sary in  cleaning  the  stuffing  box. 

The  parts  are  to  be  reassembled  immediately  after  their  cleaning 
and  inspection  and  the  cylinder  filled  with  the  hydroline  oil  issued 


69 

for  that  purpose.  The  piston  should  be  moved  back  and  forth  and 
rotated  by  hand  to  make  sure  that  all  parts  are  correctly  assem- 
bled and  without  interference.  After  the  cylinder  is  mounted  in 
the  cradle  the  howitzer  should  be  pulled  from  battery  by  hand 
twice  and  permitted  to  counter  recoil  rapidly  to  insure  that  all  parts 
are  in  proper  position  for  firing.  The  first  time  the  howitzer  should 
be  retracted  only  18  inches  and  permitted  to  counter  recoil  rap- 
dly.  If  all  parts  function  satisfactorily  it  should  then  be  retracted 
40  inches  and  allowed  to  counter  recoil  as  a  final  test.  This  should 
never  be  done,  however,  unless  the  cylinder  is  Icnown  to  le  filled  with  oil. 
[n  reassembling  the  parts  the  condition  of  the  fiber  washers  between 
ylinder  heads  and  cylinder  should  be  noted;  they  should  be  replaced 
whenever  necessary. 

In  removing  and  inserting  the  piston  and  piston  rod  care  should 

taken  to  keep  it  central  in  the  cylinder,  so  as  not  to  bind,  burr,  or 
spring  any  parts.  The  dismounting  and  reassembling  of  the  parts  of 
the  cylinder  should  in  every  case  be  supervised  by  a  commissioned 
officer.  Before  firing  an  inspection  should  be  made  to  ascertain  that 
the  different  parts,  especially  the  piston  and  piston  rod  and  nut,  are 
correctly  assembled. 

The  recoil-cylinder  oil  should  be  stored  in  the  closed  cans  provided 
for  the  purpose,  and  be  carefully  protected  from  dirt,  sand,  or  water. 
Oil  withdrawn  from  cylinders  and  containing  any  sediment  must  not 
be  used  again  for  any  purpose  until  it  has  been  allowed  to  settle  for 
not  less  than  24  hours.  When  sediment  has  thus  been  permitted  to 
settle,  great  care  must  be  taken  not  to  disturb  it  in  removing  the 
oil.  To  insure  the  cleanliness  of  all  cylinder  oil  it  should  be  strained 
through  a  clean  piece  of  linen  or  muslin  before  using. 

The  counter-recoil  springs  should  be  dismounted  at  least  once  every 
six  months  and  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  AJ1  rust  should  be  removed 
and  the  springs  well  oiled  before  assembling.  When  the  springs  are 
dismounted  the  interior  of  the  cradle  should  be  cleaned  and  examined 
for  defective  riveting,  missing  rivet  heads,  and  scoring.  The  stirrup 
should  be  carefully  examined  for  bulged  or  cracked  ends,  and  all  burrs 
or  scores  on  the  bronze  inner  and  outer  rings  carefully  smoothed  off. 

The  gun  slides  should  be  kept  well  lubricated.  Immediately  before 
beginning  to  fire  they  should  be  oiled  through  the  oil  holes  on  the 
sides  of  the  cradle.  Lack  of  proper  lubrication  of  the  gun  slides  is 
the  most  frequent  cause  of  failure  to  return  fully  into  battery. 

In  traveling  the  howitzer  should  be  locked  to  the  trail  by  means  of 
the  traveling  lock,  so  as  to  relieve  the  pointing  mechanisms  of  all 
travel  stresses.  After  the  howitzer  is  so  locked  the  pawls  should  be 
released  and  the  rockers  elevated  until  the  pawls  are  clear. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  should  be  dismounted  periodically 
and  the  fastenings,  hub  boxes,  axle  arms,  and  axle  bore  cleaned 


70 

and  examined.  All  roughness  due  to  scoring  or  cutting  should  b< 
smoothed  off. 

The  hollow  part  of  the  axle  acts  as  a  reservoir  for  the  oil  to  lubri 
cate  the  wheel  bearings.  Experience  will  show  how  much  oil  i* 
needed,  but  enough  should  be  used  to  insure  that  the  oil  will  pass 
through  the  axle  arms  to  the  hub  cans. 

The  nuts  on  the  hub  bolts  should  be  tightened  monthly  during  th< 
first  year  of  service  and  twice  a  year  thereafter.  The  ends  of  the  bolt! 
should  be  lightly  riveted  over  to  prevent  the  nut  from  unscrewing 
When  the  hub  bolts  are  tightened,  the  hub  band  should  be  screwec 
up  as  tightly  as  possible  against  the  lock  washer  at  the  outer  end  o 
the  hub  ring. 

The  wooden  parts  of  the  wheels  are  made  of  thoroughly  seasonec 
materials,  and  the  hub  bolts  and  bands,  when  the  wheels  are  issued 
are  properly  tightened;  but  all  wood  is  susceptible  to  change  witl 
atmospheric  conditions,  so  that  the  spokes  speedily  become  loose,  am 
if  the  wheel  is  used  in  this  condition  it  will  rapidly  be  made  unserv 
iceable  and  may  be  damaged  beyond  repair. 

In  requests  for  spare  parts  for  repairs  and  replacements  it  shoulc 
be  noted  that  practically  all  parts  of  the  howitzer  carriage,  and  othe: 
vehicles  have  symbols  stamped  thereon.  Special  care  should  bi 
exercised  in  furnishing  these  symbols  and  the  correct  names  givei 
under  the  nomenclature  of  parts  in  requisitions,  otherwise  considerabl< 
delay  may  ensue,  due  to  correspondence  in  an  endeavor  to  fill  requisi 
tions  correctly. 

Special  attention  is  invited  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  2,  Wa: 
Dept.  G.  O.  28,  1913.  It  is  desired  whenever  materiel  requires  repai: 
or  alteration,  or  gives  evidence  of  weakness  or  of  being  unsatisfactory 
report  to  this  effect  should  be  made  to  the  ordnance  officer  chargec 
with  the  care  of  the  materiel  before  any  other  action  is  taken.  Thi 
procedure  will  keep  the  Ordnance  Department  in  better  touch  witl 
the  service  point  of  view,  particularly  with  reference  to  the  defect 
and  unsatisfactoriness  in  the  materiel,  and  will,  moreover,  insure  \ 
proper  and  immediate  remedy,  and  avoid  the  destruction  of  valuabl 
property. 

The  importance  of  strict  compliance  with  these  rules  can  not  be  over 
estimated. 

THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1915. 

[Plate  X.] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Wright,  complete,  empty pounds. .  1,  000. 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried do.  —       111. 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 819 

Weight,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  930. 


71 


Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber  chest number. .  24 

Diameter  of  wheels inches . .  56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber  (and  caisson) do. ...  20 

Turning  angle degrees . .  74 

Distance  from  center  of  limber  axle  to  center  of  caisson  axle  when  limbered 
(wheel  base"! inches. .       117.  5 


Name  of  part. 


NOMENCLATURE    OF    1'AKTS. 

I 
I 

Location,  etc. 


!  Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class. 


Section. 


Wheels  and  wheel  fastenings Same  as  on  carriage 

Axle 

Ammunition  chest  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 

Ammunition  chest  front Riveted  to  top  and  bottom  plates I 

Ammunition  chest  plate,  bottom. .    Bottom  of  chest 

Ammunition  chest  plate,  top Top  of  chest 

Ax-handle  support j  On  chest  front 

Ax-head  pocket do 

Blanket-holder  front  plate j  Riveted  to  chest  top  plate 

Blanket-holder  doorplate  hinges,     Riveted  on  blanket-holder  front  plate 

female. 

Blanket-holder  doorplate  hinges,  !  Riveted  on  blanket-holder  lid 

male. 

Blanket-holder  hinge  pins In  hinges 

Blanket-holder  lid Forms  seat  for  cannoneers 

Blanket-holder  rear  plate Riveted  to  chest  top  plate 

Blanket-holder    transom,     outer   do ... 

(right). 

Blanket-holder    transom,     outer   do 

(left).  I 

Blanket-holder  transom,  middle. do 

Chest  gussets !  Inside  chest  front  over  side  rails 

Door  hinges,  female  (right) Riveted  to  top  and  bottom  plates . . 

Door  hinges,  female  (left) I do 

Diaphragm  brace  (right) I  Between  front  and  rear  diaphragms 

Diaphragm  brace  (left) do 

Front  diaphragm Riveted  to  top  and  bottom  plates . . 

Handrails !  On  handrail  brackets 

Handrail  brackets  (right) Riveted  to  blanket-holder  lid 

Handrail  brackets  (left) do 

Hatchet  blade  bracket On  left  side  of  chest 

Hatchet-handle  support do IV 

Lantern  bracket,  complete,  con- 
sisting of— 

Lantern-bracket  body On  chest  front 

Lantern-bracket  bottom do 

Lantern-bracket  strap  fasten-      . .  .do ! 

ers. 

Lantern-bracket  support do 

Latch-pin  plate,  upper Under  top  plate,  at  middle  in  rear  of  rear 

diaphragm. 

Latch-pin  plate,  lower On  bottom  plate,  at  middle  in  rear  of  rear 

diaphragm. 

Lid-prop  base Riveted  to  blanket  holder  middle  tran- 
som. 

Lid-prop  hinge Riveted  to  blanket-holder  lid 

Lid-prop  hinge  rivets ' 

Lid-prop  link,  long j  Attached  to  lid-prop  base ; 

Lid-prop  link,  short  (right) j  Attached  to  lid-prop  hinge 

Lid-prop  link,  short  (left) ! 

Pick  mattock  guard,  chisel  end On  left  side  of  chest 

Pole-prop  bracket Riveted  to  blanket-holder  rear  plate ' 

Pole-prop  stop do ' 

Pole-prop  strap-fastener  liner A  filler  under  one  of  the  strap  fasteners 

Projectile  tubes i  Between  front  and  rear  diaphragms 

Reinforce  pieces,  long On  projectile  tubes 

Reinforce  pieces,  short do 

Rear  diaphragm : Riveted  in  chest 

Shot  bolt  (right) In  shot-bolt  bracket 

Shot  bolt  (left) do 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) Riveted  to  blanket-holder  rear  plate 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left) do 

Shot-bolt  fastenings On  rear  of  bucket-holder  lid 

Shot-bolt  stops '  Assembled  with  shot-bolt  brackets J 


72 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Namp  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Pronertv  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

2 

12 
12 
24 
24 

1 
1 
2 

8 

2 
2 
4 

2 
2 
3 
3 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
14 
10 
4 

r 
f 
I 

Ammunition  chast  complete,  consist- 
ing of  —  Continued. 
Ammunition-chest    doors,    com- 
plete, consisting  of  — 
Cartridge-case  tube  (right)  
Cartridge-case  tube  (left)  

Between  door  diaphragms 

IV 

...do  

Reinforce  pieces  long 

On  cartridge-case  tubes 

Reinforce  pieces,  short  

.  .  do  

Riveted  to  right  door  diaphragm,  front  — 
Riveted  to  doorframe 

Door-diaphragm  front  (right).. 
Door-diaphragm  front  (left)  . 

do 

Door-diaphragm,  rear  (right).. 
Door-diaphragm,  rear  (left)  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  doorplates 

do  

Doorframe  (left) 

About  left  door 

Doorframe  (right)      

About  rieht  door.                            

Door  handles                     .  ... 

On  doorplates 

Door-handle  reinforces  

Washers  under  door  handle  rivet  heads, 
inside. 
Riveted  on  doorframes 

Door  hinges,  male  (rieht)  
Door  hinges  male  (left) 

do 

Door-hinge  pins                  .  ... 

In  door  hinges 

Doorplate  (right) 

Rear  plate  of  door 

Doorplate  (left)                 

do                                                              1 

Dust  shield 

On  top  of  rieht  door 

Fastening  eve                     . 

On  doorplate  left 

Filler  pieces    

Inside  doorframe  at  hinges  side  of  door  
In  bearings 

Lock  bar 

Padlock  with  bolt  snap,  chain, 
2  chain  rings,  and  rivet. 
Lock-bar  bearing  (right)  
Lock-bar  bearing  (left) 

On  lock  bar 

Riveted  on  left  door 

do 

0  125  x  0  796  (ft)  pins  

In  lock-bar  bearings.                              .  .  . 

Lock-bar  bearing  cap  (right)  .  . 
Lock-bar  bearing  cap  (left).  .  .  . 

Assembled  to  lock-bar  bearings 

do                                        .... 

Lock-bar  bearing  studs 

Secure  lock-bar  bearing  caps 

Lock-bar  pivots              

In  lock-bar  bearings                        

Lock  links 

Assembled  in  left  door 

Projectile  stops,  long  (rieht)... 
Projectile  stops  long  (left) 

Riveted  to  door  diaphragms,  front  

do 

Projectile  stop,medium(rieht). 
Projectile  stop,  medium  (left).. 
Projectile  stop  short  (right)... 

do                                                     

do 

do                                

Projectile  stop  short  (left) 

do 

Shot-tongs  handle  fastening  .  .  . 
Shot-tongs  pocket 

On  right  door  .     .        

do 

Shot-tongs  stop                     .  . 

do  .          

Secures  lock  bar  to  doorplate,  right  . 

Wing-nut  pin  and  washer  

Doorplate  right 

On  doubletree  bolt 

Consisting;  of— 

Riveted  together 

Doubletree  reinforce  piece 

Nipple  

Nipple  nut  
Nipple  separator  

Hold  double-hook  on  doubletree 

Rivets 

Separators      

0  375  x  1  687  (44)  screws 

Doubletree  rods  complete 

Connect  doubletree  to  tie  rod  clamps  .     ... 

Consisting  of— 
Rods 

Chains                          

Doubletree  rod  pins           

Secure  doubletree  rods  to  tie  rod  clamp.... 

Frame,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Riveted  to  middle  rail  upper  half 

Foot  rest 

Riveted  to  side  rails  

Foot  rest  plates              

Support  forward  ends  of  doubletree  rods.  .  . 
Braces  foot  rest  to  middle  rail 

....do  

Middle  rail  upper  Ivilf 

Riveted  to  axle 

Middle  rail'  lower  half 

do                   

Washer 

Between  halves  of  middle  rail  at  pole  seat  . 
Between  middle  rail  and  chest  

Middle  rail  shim 

On  middle  rail  over  pintle  

Pick  handle  fastener  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  foot  rest.  . 

NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
6 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

} 

1 
1 

1 
3 
1 
2 

1    8 
2 

1 

1 

8 
1 
4 

9 
2 

Frame,  complete,  consisting  of—  Con. 
Pick  head  fastener 

On  left  side  of  foot  rest                           .  .  . 

rv 

3 

do 

Pintle  bearing  in  two  parts 

Assembled  in  middle  rail 

0.75  x  4  375  bolt 

In  pintle  bearing  

0  75  x  3  625  bolt 

do  

Pintle  spring                          .... 

Seated  in  pintle  bearing  

Secures  pintle  spring 

Pole  clamp 

Encircles  middle  rail  at  forward  end  

0  75  x  4  062  (4-^)  bolt 

In  pole  clamp 

Pole  pin 

Secures  pole  In  pole  seat  .  .                      

Pole  pin  reinforce 

Riveted  to  middle  rail  lower  half 

Pole  stop. 

At  rear  end  of  pole  seat  ...                      ... 

Prop  bracket 

Underneath  pole  clamp 

Prop  chain  button 

Riveted  to  foot  rest 

Prop  chain  button  rivet 

Secures  button 

Shovel  pocket 

Riveted  to  left  side  rail 

Side  rail  (right) 

Riveted  to  axle  .  .  . 

Side  rail  (left) 

do  

Side  rail  shim  (right).. 

Between  side  rail  and  chest 

Side  rail  shim  (left) 

do  

Tie-rod  clamp  right) 

On  axle  .  .  . 

Tie-rod  clamp  (left) 

do  

Tie  rods,  front  

From  tie  rod  clamps  to  ends  of  middle  rail.  . 
do  

Tie  rod  rear  (right) 

Tie  rod,  rear  (left) 

do  

Tie-rod  pins.,  .....  

Secure  tie  rods  

Limber  prop,  complete 

Assembled  to  middle  rail  by  means  of  pole 
clamp  eye. 

Secured  to  prop  foot 

Consisting  of  — 
Prop  chain 

Prop-chain  handle 

On  chain  

Prop-chain  fastening                 

Attaches  chain  to  prop  tube  

Prop  eye                 ° 

Assembled  with  prop  bracket  of  pole  clamp 
At  lower  end  of  prop  tube  ... 

Prop  foot  .  . 

Prop  tube 

Body  of  prop 

Pintle,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Pintle 

In  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  latch  . 

On^horn  of  pintle  

Pintle  latch  pin  

Secures  pintle  latch  to  pintle  

Pintle  latch  spring 

Assembled  in  pintle. 

Pole,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Pole  body... 

Pole  plug 

Riveted  in  body 

Neck-yoke  conuter  stop  spring  
Neck-yoke  counter  stop  pin 

Bears  on  neck-yoke  counter  stop 

Riveted  in  body                        ^ 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  * 

Hinges  on  counter  stop  pin  . 

Neck-yoke  stop 

Riveted  to  body 

Neck-yoke  chafing  plate 

Riveted  to  upper  side  of  body 

Neck-yoke  stop  separator 

Inside  of  body  

Neck-yoke  stop  rivet  separator 

do  

Pole  pin  bushing 

do 

Butt  reinforce 

Riveted  to  inside  of  body                      .  ., 

Strap  fasteners: 
Ax  strap  . 

On  front  of  chest 

Grip  strap 

do 

Hatchet  handle 

On  side  of  chest 

Pick  head 

On  foot  rest 

Picket  rope 

On  front  of  chest 

Pole  prop 

Riveted  to  blanket  holder  rear  plate 

Shot  tongs 

On  top  of  door 

Shovel  handle  

On  foot  rest  

Crown  nuts  (standard). 
0  375-inch 

0.625-inch          .... 

Split  pins. 
0.156  (&)  x  1  inch 

0  156  (jfo)  x  1  75  inch 

74 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  LIMBER. 

[Plate  X.] 

The  limber  is  a  two-wheeled  vehicle  provided  with  an  ammunition 
chest  for  the  transportation  of  ammunition  for  the  3.8-inch  howitzer , 
models  of  1908  and  1908  Mi.  It  is  made  of  metal  throughout  except- 
ing the  spokes  and  felloes  of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  are  the 
wheels,  axle,  ammunition  chest,  frame,  pintle,  pole,  limber  prop, 
doubletree  and  singletree,  and  neck  yoke. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as  and  interchange- 
able with  those  on  the  carriage.  The  axle  is  square  in  section,  forged 
from  a  single  piece  of  steel. 

The  ammunition  chest  is  built  up  of  flange  steel  having  a  top  plate 
and  a  bottom  plate  joined  at  the  sides  of  the  chest.  The  front  plate 
is  flanged  all  around  and  has  vertical  corrugations  in  it  for  additional 
stiffness.  The  flanges  are  riveted  to  the  top  and  bottom  plates.  The 
flange  steel  gussets  brace  the  front  plate  above  the  side  rails  to  the 
bottom  plate.  The  bottom  plate  is  reinforced  at  the  points  of  rivet- 
ing to  the  frame  at  the  front  by  means  of  the  flanges  on  these  gussets 
and  at  the  rear  by  means  of  the  flanges  on  the  diaphragm  braces 
which  connect  front  and  rear  diaphragms.  Shims  are  placed  along 
the  whole  depth  of  the  chest  above  the  middle  and  side  rails.  The 
side-rail  shims  pass  in  rear  of  the  square  axle  to  afford  additional 
stiffness  to  the  chest  bottom  and  side  rails. 

Inside  the  chest  are  located  two  vertical  diaphragms — one  front 
and  one  rear — flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  chest.  They  are 
perforated  with  26  holes  each,  designed  for  projectiles.  Twenty-four 
projectiles  are  carried.  Two  holes  are  used  for  oil  cans.  Correspond- 
ing diaphragm  holes  are  connected,  front  and  rear,  by  projectile 
pockets  of  half-hard  brass,  rolled  in,  in  assembling.  These  serve  to 
guide  the  projectiles  and  stiffen  the  diaphragms. 

The  perforations  in  the  rear  diaphragm  are  made  conical,  and  after 
the  projectile  pockets  are  seated  these  cones  fit  the  taper  of  the  rotat- 
ing bands  of  the  projectiles,  forming  stops  for  the  same.  Each  tube 
or  pocket  in  the  limber  chest  has  its  ends  crimped  over  the  flanges  of 
the  perforations  and  has  beads  expanding  against  both  diaphragms, 
thereby  securing  it  in  position. 

A  blanket  holder  or  seat  is  attached  to  the  chest  top  plate.  It  con- 
sists of  three  transoms,  forming  with  a  front  and  a  rear  plate  as  sup- 
ports two  compartments,  a  blanket-holder  lid  hinged  to  the  front 
plate,  and  other  parts  attached  thereto.  The  lid  is  held  in  the  open 
position  by  a  folding  lid  prop  hinged  to  the  middle  transom  and  in  the 
closed  position  by  two  shot  bolts  engaging  in  shot-bolt  fastenings  on 
the  rear  end  of  the  lid.  Handrail  brackets  riveted  to  the  lid  support 
handrails  at  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  vehicle. 


75 

The  top  and  bottom  plates  of  the  chest  extend  to  the  rear,  forming 
a  hooded  seat  for  the  two  doors. 

The  two  doors  have  projectile  stops  riveted  to  their  front  dia- 
phragms along  the  sides  of  the  holes  for  the  cartridge  cases  which 
overlap  the  holes  in  the  limber  chest  for  the  projectiles.  These  pro- 
jectile stops  bear  against  the  base  of  the  projectiles  when  the  door  is 
closed;  the  cartridge  cases  in  turn  bear  partly  against  the  rear  end 
of  the  projectiles.  This  arrangement  holds  the  projectiles  and  cases 
firmly  in  place  with  the  doors  closed. 

The  doors  are  two  small  chests  similarly  built.  They  consist  of 
front  and  rear  diaphragms  and  a  door  plate  held  apart*  at  the  proper 
distance  by  a  flange-steel  sheet,  the  door  frame,  bent  and  riveted 
about  them,  the  latter  constituting  the  top,  bottom,  and  sides. 
Twelve  cartridge-case  pockets  connect  corresponding  front  and  rear 
diaphragm  holes  of  each  door.  The  doors  are  each  hinged  by  two 
hinges  to  the  sides  of  the  chest  body  to  swing  open  to  the  rear.  Two 
door  handles  are  riveted,  one  to  the  upper  edge  of  each  door,  near  the 
center  of  the  limber  chest. 

In  the  locked  position  the  doors  are  held  by  a  lock  bar  hinged  to  the 
left  door  and  locked  by  a  hasp  on  the  lock  bar  to  a  wing  nut,  provided 
with  a  padlock,  on  the  right  door.  The  shaft  of  the  lock  bar  is  piv- 
oted at  both  top  and  bottom  and  has  eccentric  bearings  wrhich  fit 
into  corresponding  holes  of  the  door-lock  hooks  (lock  links).  The 
links  are  slotted  with  a  cammed  seat  for  a  stud  in  the  lock-bar  bear- 
ing; the  arrangement  is  such  that  rotation  of  the  lock-bar  shaft  causes 
the  cam  in  the  shank  of  the  hooks  to  move  along  the  stud  of  the  bear- 
ing and  this  fulcrum  action  forces  the  hook  end  transversely  about 
studs  on  latch-pin  plates,  riveted  to  the  top  and  bottom  plates  of 
the  chest,  locking  the  doors  in  place.  This  eccentric  and  cam  action 
causes  the  lock  links  to  work  backward  and  forward,  also  facilitating 
the  opening  and  closing  of  the  doors,  as  the  action  forces  the  hook 
against  the  rear  diaphragm  of  the  chest,  pressing  the  left  door  out 
in  opening  and  pulling  inward  on  the  left  door  in  closing. 

The  right  door  has  a  lip  flanged  on  the  left  side  of  the  door  frame 
at  the  front,  against  which  bears  the  door  bearing  plate  riveted  on 
the  left  door  diaphragm  front.  This  lip  prevents  the  doors  jarring 
open  on  the  road  as  long  as  the  hooks  of  the  lock  links  are  engaged, 
even  if  the  lock  bar  itself  is  partly  released. 

The  frame  consists  of  a  middle  rail  and  two  side  rails,  a  foot  rest, 
and  necessary  braces.  The  chest  is  placed  across  the  middle  rail 
and  side  rails  and  each  end  is  braced  on  the  square  axle  by  the  side 
rail  shims  riveted  to  the  chest  bottom  and  the  outside  of  the  side 
rails.  The  axle  passes  through  the  middle  rail,  which  is  flanged  to 
receive  it.  The  flange-steel  side  rails  are  also  shaped  to  receive  the 
axle,  which  has  three  lugs  riveted  to  each  rail.  At  the  front  of  the 


76 

chest  the  side  rails  are  inclined  upward  and  support  the  ends  of  the 
perforated  flange-steel  foot  rest.  By  means  of  the  foot-rest  supports 
the  foot  rest  is  braced  at  its  front  to  the  middle  rail  and  has  riveted  at 
each  side  foot-rest  plates  which  support  the  doubletree  rods. 

The  middle  rail  consists  of  two  parts,  riveted  together  through  the 
middle  rail  shim  to  the  chest  bottom.  The  front  end  of  the  middle 
rail  is  formed  into  a  circular  pole  socket  and  fitted  with  a  pole  clamp, 
doubletree  bolt,  doubletree  strap,  pole  stop,  and  pole  pin.  The  pole 
clamp  is  a  steel  collar  split  on  one  side  and  provided  with  a  clamping 
bolt  for  drawing  the  two  halves  of  the  middle  rail  firmly  about  the 
pole.  At  the  bottom  of  the  pole  clamp  is  riveted  the  prop  bracket, 
into  which  an  eye  of  the  limber  prop  swivels.  The  prop  consists  of 
steel  tubing  with  a  bronze  foot,  and  is  held  in  the  traveling  position 
by  means  of  a  chain  passing  through  a  perforation  in  the  foot  rest 
with  a  prop  chain  handle  fitting  over  a  prop  chain  button  riveted 
to  the  foot  rest.  A  seat  for  the  doubletree  is  formed  on  top  of  the 
pole  clamp.  The  doubletree  bolt,  the  upper  end  of  which  is  threaded 
for  a  nut,  projects  up  through  this  seat  and  the  doubletree  and  is 
braced  back  to  the  middle  rail  by  the  doubletree  strap. 

The  rear  end  of  the  middle  rail  is  a  seat  for  the  bronze  pintle  bear- 
ing, which  is  made  in  halves  and  bored  out  to  take  the  pintle  shank. 
The  two  halves  of  the  bearing,  with  the  pintle  in  its  seat,  are  assem- 
bled and  held  in  thp  reat  end  of  the  middle  rail  by  two  pintle-bearing 
bolts.  The  pintle  h'as  a  swiveling  motion  of  360°  upon  its  shank,  but 
is  kept  in  its  normal  position  by  the  pintle  spring  contained  in  the 
pintle  bearing  and  bearing  upon  a  flattened  seat  on  the  front  end  of 
the  shank.  The  lunette  is  retained  upon  the  pintle  hook  by  a  pintle 
latch.  The  latter  is  pivoted  by  the  latch  pin  upon  the  end  of  the 
pintle  horn  and  is  arranged  to  be  held  in  either  the  open  or  closed 
position  by  the  pintle-latch  spring.  The  latch  is  opened  by  the 
lunette  in  entering  it  upon  the  pintle  hook,  but  must  be  closed  by 
hand.  The  spring  is  peened  in  its  seat,  but  may  readily  be  driven 
out  and  a  new  one  inserted,  if  required. 

Tie-rods  are  pinned  to  lugs  on  the  front  and  rear  of  the  tie-rod 
clamps,  seated  on  the  axle  body  and  to  the  pole  socket  at  the  front 
and  the  pintle  bearing  at  the  rear  of  the  middle  rail.  The  tie-rods 
are  assembled  under ,  tension  and  rigidly  brace  the  pole  and  pintle 
seats. 

.  The  doubletree  and  singletrees  are  formed  of  flange  steel.  The 
hole  in  the  former  for  the  doubletree  bolt  is  bushed  with  a  bronze 
nipple  held  in  place  by  a  steel  nut,  and  may  be  replaced  when  worn. 
Two  doubletree  rods  reach  from  the  ends  of  the  doubletree  to  the 
tie-rod  clamps  on  the  axle  to  which  they  are  pinned.  The  neck  yoke 
is  now  made  of  stcd  with  steel  sleeves  and  rings. 


77 


The  pole  is  now  made  of  steel  and  is  prevented  from  turning  in  its 
•seat  by  a  pole  pin.  To  the  front  end  of  the  pole  is  riveted  a  pole 
plug  and  a  neck-yoke  stop.  Just  forward  of  the  neck-yoke  stop  is 
the  neck-yoke  counterstop,  which,  with  its  spring,  is  hinged  to  the 
pole  body  and  works  through  a  slot  cut  in  the  underside  of  the  pole. 

A  folding  pole  prop  of  flange  steel  is  furnished  with  each  limber  and 
when  not  in  use  is  carried  in  fastenings  on  the  chest  in  the  rear  of  the 
blanket  holder. 

A  name  plate  is  attached  to  the  middle  rail  of  each  limber  near 
the  pintle  seat,  giving  number,  name  of  carriage,  model,  name  of 
manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector.  In  all 
reports  and  correspondence  the  limber  should  be  designated  by  the  num- 
ber, name,  etc.,  as  given  thereon.  As  repairs  to  implement  attach- 
ments and  other  parts  of  limbers  may  from  time  to  time  be  required, 
the  parts  needed  should  be  referred  to  by  the  names  given  on  the 
drawings  or  in  the  nomenclature  of  parts  herein. 

Brackets,  with  necessary  leather  straps,  are  provided  for  carrying 
.a  lantern,  an  ax,  and  picket  rope  on  the  chest  front,  a  short-handled 
shovel  underneath  at  the  front,  a  pickax  on  the  foot  rest,  a  hatchet 
on  the  left  side  of  the  chest,  shot  tongs  on  the  right  door,  and  a 
paulin  on  the  blanket  holder.  Three  grip  straps  are  provided  for  the 
connoneers  in  the  front,  at  the  top  of  the  chest. 

THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  CAISSON,  MODEL,  OF  1915. 

[Plate  XI.] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  implements  and  ammunition pounds. .  1, 175.  0 

Weight  of  tools,  equipment,  and  spare  pole  bcdy do 102.  5 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 819.  0 

Weight,  complete,  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  096.  5 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried number. .  24 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  56 

Width  of  track do. ...  60 

Turning  angle degrees. .  74 

Distance  from  center  of  limber  axle  to  center  of  caisson  axle  when  limbered 

(wheel  base) inches . .       117.  5 

NOMENCLATURE   OF   PARTS. 


No. 

2 
2 
1 
1 

1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Wheels 

Same  as  on  carriage 

.      IV 

3 

Wheel  fastenings.  .  . 

do        

Axle  .. 

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 
A  mmunition-chest  plate,  bottom.  . 
A  mmunition-chest  plate,  top  
Ax-handle  support.  .  . 

Forms  bottom  of  chest 

Forms  top  of  chest            

Riveted  to  front  plate.  .  . 

78 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Location,  etc. 


Class.    Section. 


Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— Continued. 

Ax-head  pocket Riveted  to  front  plate 

Bucket-holder  lid Seat,  of  armor  plate 

Bucket-holder  rear  plate Riveted  to  top  plate 

Bucket-holder      transom,     inner     On  top  of  chest 

(right). 
Bucket-holder     transom,      inner    do 

(!> 
Buc'vef-holder     transom,     outer    do . 

(riirht). 
Bucket-holder     transom,      outer    do I 

(left). 

Che^t  frame '  Angle  inside  front  of  chest 

Chest  gussets Brace  front  plate  over  side  rails ' 

Diaphragm  brace,  right Between  front  and  rear  diaphragms 

Diaphragm  brace, left do 

Door  hinge,  female,  right  (with     Riveted  to  sides  of  chest  body 

Door  hinge,  female,  right  (without   do : 

lug). 

Door  hinge,  female,  left  (with  lug) do 

Door  hinge,  female,  left  (without  ! do 

lug). 

Door  hinges,  male Riveted  to  bucket-holder  lid 

Door  hinges,  female Riveted  to  chest  front  plate 

0.37  x  4.5  pins Hinge  t>ins  of  bucket  holder 

Door-prop  rivets ;  Riveted  to  lid  prop  (guide  end) 

Front  diaphragm !  In  chest 

Front  plate j  Armor  plate  front  of  chest 

Handrails Riveted  to  lugs  of  hinges  and  handrail 

brackets. 

Handrail  bracket  (right) Riveted  to  right  side  of  chest 

Hanlrail  bracket  (left) Riveted  to  left-side  of  chest 

Latch-pin  plate  (upper) Under  top  plate  and  on  bottom  plate 

Lid  props Assembled  in  lid-prop  brackets  and  guides. 

Lid-prop  brackets  (right) i  Riveted  to  bucket -holder  lid 

Lid-prop  bracket  (left) do 

Lid-prop  guide  (right) :  On  right  side  of  chest 

Lid-prop  guide  (left) !  On  left  side  of  chest Tv 

Lid-prop  pins Secure  lid  props  to  brackets 

Pick-mattock  blade  guard On  left  side  of  chest 

Projectile  tubes Connect  front  find  rear  diaphragms 

Reinforce  piece,  long j  On  projectile  tube 

Reinforce  piece,  short do 

Rear  diaphragm In  chest 

Shot  bolt,  riirht In  shot-bolt  brackets 

Shot  bolt,  lefr j do 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) On  bucket-holder  rear  plate 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left) ! do 

Shot-bolt  stops i  Assembled  with  brackets 

Shot  -bolt  fastenings Riveted  to  bucket -holder  lid 

Sp  inner  holder j  Riveted  to  front  plate 

Wronr-h  holder i  On  front  plate ' 

Ammunition  chest    doors,    com- 
plete, consisting  of— 

Cartridge  c^se  tubes  (right) ....  Connect  door  diaphragms 

Car  ridge-case  tubes  (left) do 

Reinforce  pieces,  long <>n  ''art  ridge-case  tubes 

Reinforce  pieces,  short do 

Door-beoring  plate :  Riveted  to  right-door  diaphragm,  front. . 

Door-diaphragm,  front  (right).    In  door 

Door  diaphragm,  front  (left) . .  .i do 

Door  diaphragm,  rear  (right) .. ' do 

Door  diaphragm,  rear  (left) ...  I do 

2  Door  handles On  doorplates 

8  Door-handle  reinforces Washers  under  door-handle  rivets,  inside 

2  Door  hinges,  male  (right) Riveted  to  door  frames  and  end  plates... 

2  !><>•  T  him  es,  male  (left) do 

4  Door-hinge  pins In  hinges 

2  Door  end  plates |  On  ends  of  doors 

Doorplate,  right •.  Rear  plate  of  door 

I  >o  irplate,  left do - 

Du>t  shield On  top  of  right  door 

••Ming  eye On  doorplate,  left 

Lock  I)  u In  bearings  on  left  door 

1'adlock.   h>li   Miip,  chain.  2      \ ttarhed  to  lock  bar  by  chain 

chain  rings,  and  chain  rivet. 
1  Lock-bar  bearing,  right Riveted  one  left  door 


79 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

\ 

4 

2 
2 
3 
3 

1 

1 

1 

1 
2 
1 

2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 

2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
4 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
2 
2 
4 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consist- 
ing of—  Continued. 
Ammunition-chest    doors,    com- 
plete, consisting  of  —  Continued. 
Lock-bar  bearing  left 

0 
Riveted  on  left  door 

IV 

3 

0.125  x  0.796  (iJ)  Inch  pins  
Look-bar  hflaring  naps 

In  studs..             .           

On  bAarinps 

Lock-bar  bearing  studs  Secure  lock-bar  bearing  caps  

Lock-bar  pivots                           In  lock-bar  bearings    "     *                 

Lock  links                                                A«!SATnhl«H  in  Iftft.  rinnr 

Projectile  stops,  long  (right)... 
Projectile  stops  long  (left) 

Riveted  to  door  diaphragm,  front  

do 

Projectile  stop,  medium  (right) 
Projectile  stop  medium  (left) 

...    do...  . 

...do.... 

Projectile  stop,  short  (right)       do  

Projectile  stop  short  (left)            -    do 

Shot-tongs  handle  fastening  .  .  . 
Shot-tongs  pocket 

On  right  door 

...do  „ 

Shot-tongs  stop  do  

Wing  nut  .  .  . 

Secures  lock  bar  to  doorplate  (right)  

Wing-nut  pin  and  washer  
Wrench  holders  .  . 

On  right  door 

On  left  door  

Apron  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Apron 

In  hinges  under  ammunition  chest. 

Apron-latch  staples 

Riveted  to  apron  

Center  hinge  (right) 

do 

Center  hinge  (left) 

do  

Center-hinge  pins 

In  center  hinges 

End  hinge  (right) 

Riveted  to  apron 

End  hinge  (left) 

do.  .                                               

End-hinge  pins' 

In  end  hinges 

Apron  latches,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Apron-latch  washers 

On  latch  base  pins 

Handle  pins 

Secure  latch  handles  to  bodies  

0.368  x  1  55  pins 

Secure  latch  bodies 

Latch  bodies 

Latch  handles 

Pinned  to  latch  bodies     . 

Latch  plungers 

In  latch  bodies 

Latch  springs 

Around  plungers  .      ..                

Brake  beams  

Hinged  in  brake-beam  brackets  

Brake-beam  guides 

Riveted  to  front  channel  

Brake-beam  pins  

Secure  brake  beams  in  brake  brackets  
Riveted  to  front  channel  and  side  rail  
do  .    ..             

Brake  bracket  (right) 

Brake  bracket  (left) 

Flange  steel  plates 

Fillers  between  brackets  and  channel  

Brake  cranks 

Keyed  to  brake  shaft  

Brake  lever 

On  end  of  brake  shaft 

Brake-lever  catch 

Riveted  to  brake  lever  A  . 

Brake  rods,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Brake  covers 

Over  brake-rod  springs  

Brake  rods 

Screwed  into  brake-rod,  ends     

Brake-rod  ends 

Pinned  to  brake  beams 

Brake-rod  springs 

On  brake  rods  

Brake-spring  cover  ends 

Pinned  to  brake  cranks 

Brake-spring  cover  heads 

On  brake  rods,  screwed  into  brake  covers.  . 
Secure  brake  rods  to  cranks  and  brake 
beams. 
Riveted  to  brake  segment  bracket  

Brake-rod  pins 

Brake  segment 

Brake-segment  bracket 

Clamped  on  axle 

Brake-segment  bracket  bolt 

In  bracket 

Brake-segment  bracket  bushing 

In  brake-segment  bracket  

Brake-segment  guard 

Bolted  to  brake  segment 

Brake  shait 

In  brake-shaft  bearings  

Brake-shaft  bearings 

Riveted  to  axle                         

Brake-shalt  bearing  bushings 

In  brake-shaft  bearings 

Brake  shoes 

On  brake  beams  

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts                        

Secure  shoes  to  brake  beams  

Chain  hook 

Inside  of  left  side  rail  

Chest  shims  

Between  side  rails  and  chest  bottom  plate. 
On  either  side  of  lunette  bracket  

Frame  handle  (right) 

Frame  handle  (left) 

.    do  

Frame  reinforce  plate 

Near  front  ends  of  side  rails  

Front  channel 

Riveted  to  side  rails  

Foot  rest  . 

In  front  of  chest  

Foot-rest  stiffener 

Braces  foot  rest  to  front  channel 

Foot-rest  support 

Riveted  to  foot  rest  and  middle  rails  

Latch  base  (right) 

For  apron  latch  on  side  rail     

Latch  base  (lejt) 

Lunette.  .  . 

In  lunette  bracket... 

80 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

I/ocation,  etc. 

Pro  per  tv  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

3 

2 

1 

1 
1 
2 

8 
1 

1 
4 

1 

6 
4 
3 
2 
5 
1 
2 

Lunette  nut 

On  lunette 

IV 

3 

Lunette  bracket    .  . 

At  front  ends  of  side  rails     

Middle  rail 

Under  axle 

Name  plate 

Near  rear  end  of  side  rail  lelt 

Pick-handle  fastener 

Riveted  to  foot  rest                             

Pick-head  fastener 

On  foot  rest 

Pick-mattock  point  guard 

do                                        

Pintle,  complete 

Same  as  for  limber 

Pintle  bearing  (in  2  sections)  

In  rear  ends  of  side  rails  

Pintle-bearing  bolts 

Secure  pintle  bearing 

Prop,  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Fastening  pin. 

Washer  nut 

On  pin 

Prop-chain  clamps 

Pinned  to  prop  tubes 

Prop  eye  (right) 

At  upper  end  of  prop  tube 

Prop  eye  (left) 

Prop  foot  

On  prop  tubes                           

Prop  tubes 

Connect  prop  eyes  and  foot 

Prop  chain  

On  prop-chain  clamps            

Prop-chain  guides 

Rivftt.p.rl  tn  <?hr>vfil  sifnnnrt 

Segment  rack    "                                       Riveted  to  brake  segment 

Separa  tors  Between  brake  segment  and  guard  . 

0.5  X  2  bolts                                                             Thrnnjrh  tiAnarftt.nrR 

Shovel  support 

Between  side  rails  opposite  wheel  guards.  . 

"Fnrms  framA  nf  Tmhinln 

Side  rail  (right) 

Side  rail  (left)  do       .     ..                    

Spare-pole  bracket                                    Riveted  to  middle  rail  under  axle 

Spare-pole  fastening  Assembled  on  fastening  pin  of  prop  

Fastening  nut    .                                        .do 

Fastening  washer                                           do 

Strap  fasteners  Riveted  to  vehicle  

Ax..                                                          do 

Grip                                                            do 

Pick  mattock    .                                       do 

Shot  tongs                                                  do 

Shovel  handle                                   do       .                                      

Spanner                                                    do 

Wrench  do  

Wheel  guards                                           On  side  rails 

Crown  nuts  (standard). 
0.375-inch 

0.525-inch... 

0.625-inch 

0.75-inch  

1-inch... 

•  Split  pins. 
0.  125  x  0.75-inch... 

0.125  x  0.8-inch 

0.125  x  1-inch 

0.125  x  1.75-inch  '  

0.156  (-ft)  x  1-inch.. 

0.206  (2«)  x  2-inch 

0.312  (A)  x  1.625-inch  ...                              ... 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CAISSON. 
[Plate  XL] 

The  caisson  is  built  up  of  metal  throughout  excepting  the  spokes 
and  felloes  of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle, 
ammunition  chest,  frame,  pintle,  foot  rest,  prop,  apron,  and  brake. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as  and  interchange- 
able with  those  on  the  limber  and  carriage.  The  axle  is  hollow, 
square  in  section,  and  is  made  from  a  single  piece  of  forged  steel. 


14199—17 7 


81 

The  ammunition  chest  is  built  up  of  flange  steel,  having  a  top 
>late  and  bottom  plate,  joined  at  the  sides  of  the  chest.  The  chest 
front,  made  of  armor  plate,  is  riveted  to  the  vertical  flanges  of  the 
chest  frame  and  extends  up  to  form  the  front  of  the  bucket  holder. 
This  frame  is  a  steel  angle  formed  into  a  rectangle  and  is  riveted 
through  its  flanges  to  the  top  and  bottom  plates  of  the  chest. 

Two  gussets  over  the  side  rails  brace  the  front  plate  to  the  bottom 
plate.  The  bottom  plate  is  reinforced  at  the  points  of  riveting  to 
the  side  rails  of  the  frame  at  the  front  by  means  of  the  flanges  on 
these  gussets  and  at  the  rear  by  means  of  the  flanges  on  the  two 
diaphragm  braces,  which  connect  front  and  rear  diaphragms. 

Inside  the  chest  are  located  two  vertical  diaphragms  flanged  all 
around  and  riveted  to  the  chest.  They  are  perforated  with  24  holes, 
designed  for  projectiles. 

Corresponding  holes  in  the  front  and  rear  diaphragms  are  con- 
nected by  brass  projectile  pockets  to  guide  the  projectiles  in  and 
stiffen  the  diaphragms.  The  perforations  in  the  rear  diaphragm  are 
made  conical,  and,  after  the  projectile  pockets  are  seated,  these  cones 
fit  the  taper  of  the  rotating  bands  of  the  projectiles,  forming  stops 
for  the  same. 

Each  tube  or  pocket  in  the  caisson  chest  has  its  ends  crimped  over 
the  flanges  of  the  perforations  and  has  beads  expanding  against  both 
diaphragms,  thereby  securing  it  in  position. 

A  bucket  holder  or  seat  is  riveted  to  the  chest  top  and  supported 
by  four  transoms  and  a  rear  plate  forming  three  compartments. 
The  bucket-holder  lid  is  of  0.15  armor  plate,  hinged  in  four  places, 
being  held  in  an  open  position  by  lid  props  on  each  side  which  slide 
in  slots  of  the  lid-prop  guides  riveted  to  the  sides  of  the  chest  and  to 
the  outer  transoms  of  the  bucket  holder.  The  slots  of  the  lid-prop 
guides  are  enlarged  at  the  ends  to  allow  the  sliding  ends  of  the  prop 
to  drop  in  and  hold  the  lid  open.  Shot  bolts  in  brackets  riveted  to 
the  bucket-holder  rear  plate  engage  in  fasteners  on  the  lid  to  secure 
the  same  in  the  closed  position. 

The  handrail  brackets  riveted  to  the  top  plate  of  the  chest  support 
handrails  at  either  side  of  the  vehicle. 

The  chest  doors  are  similar  to  those  on  the  limber  chest  in  con- 
struction and  operation  with  the  exception  that  the  flange-steel 
frame  has  inserted  in  its  end  a  door  end  plate  of  0.15-inch  armor 
plate. 

The  frame  consists  of  two  side  rails,  a  middle  rail,  and  a  front 
channel.  The  side  rails  are  of  flange-steel  channel  section  with  their 
flanges  'turned  inward.  They  are  parallel  under  the  chest  and 
forward  to  the  front  channel,  to  which  they  are  riveted.  The  front 
ends  of  the  rails  converge  and  are  riveted  together  and  to  the  frame 


82 

reinforce  plate  and  also  to  the  lunette  bracket.  The  lunette  is 
bolted  in  its  seat  on  the  lunette  bracket.  Two  frame  handles  are 
riveted  to. the  side  rails  at  the  lunette  bracket.  The  roar  ends  of 
the  rails  also  converge  and  are  riveted  together  and  to  the  middle 
rail,  forming  a  seat  for  the  pintle  bearing,  in  which  the  pintle  is 
assembled.  The  pintle  is  identical  with  that  used  on  the  limber. 
The  middle  rail  of  channel  section  extends  under  and  to  the  front  of 
the  axle  from  the  pintle  bearing  and  is  divided  into  two  angles, 
which  are  riveted  to  side  rails  at  their  junction  with  the  front  channel. 
The  front  channel  stiffens  the  frame  at  a  point  opposite  the  tires  of 
the  wheels.  Brake  brackets  form  extensions  of  the  front  ch.ann.el 
outside  of  the  side  rails  and  are  seats  for  the  brake  beams.  Inter- 
posed between  the  side  rails  and  the  chest  are  chest  shims  which 
serve  to  increase  the  bearing  of  the  chest  on  the  frame.  The  foot 
rest  is  a  perforated  flange-steel  plate  riveted  to  the  web  of  the  front 
channel  and  to  the  side  rails.  A  stiffener  and  a  support  of  flanged 
steel  extend  down  the  middle  and  along  the  rear  end  of  the  foot  rest, 
respectively.  The  rear  end  of  the  stiffener  is  riveted  to  the  support 
and  the  ends  of  the  support  to  the  middle  rails. 

The  prop,  formed  of  steel  tubes  connected  at  the  lower  end  by 
a  bronze  foot,  is  hinged  on  the  fastening  pin  which  passes  through 
the  lunette  bracket  and  side  rails.  When  not  in  use  the  prop  is 
swung  up  and  held  by  the  prop  chain,  leading  from  the  prop  legs, 
through  guide  holes  in  the  shovel  support  and  engaging  a  chain 
hook  riveted  in  the  left  side  rail. 

An  apron  of  armor  plate  0.15  inch  thick  is  hinged  from  the  bottom 
of  the  axle.  Two  end  hinges  and  two  center  hinges  are  riveted  to 
the  top  edge  of  apron  and  engage  lugs  formed  on  the  axle.  The 
apron  extends  to  within,  a  short  distance  of  the  ground,  the  armor 
plate  of  this,  the  bucket  holder  lid,  the  chest  front  and  the  door  end 
plates  being  needed  for  the  protection  of  the  ammunition  servers 
in  the  rear  from  small-arms  and  shrapnel  fire.  To  clear  obstructions 
in  traveling,  the  apron  is  made  to  swing  to  the  rear,  in  which  position 
it  is  held  by  apron  latches  attached  to  apron-latch  bases,  riveted  to 
the  side  rails. 

The  brake  beams  of  forged  steel  are  pivoted  in  the  brake  brackets 
at  the  ends  of  the  front  channel  and  pass  under  the  side  rails.  Cast- 
iron  brake  shoes  are  bolted  to  the  beams  and  bear  against  the  wheel 
tires  when  operated.  The  inner  ends  of  the  brake  beams  are  supported 
by  brake-beam  guides  riveted  to  the  front  channel  and  secured  by 
the  brake-rod  pins  and  brake-rod  ends  to  the  brake  rods.  The  front 
end  of  the  brake  rod  is  screwed  into  the  brake-rod  end,  while  the 
brake-rod  spring  slips  over  the  rear  end  of  the  rod  and  abuts  against 
a  shoulder  upon  it. 


83 

The  spring  is  covered  by  a  tubular  brake  cover  inclosed  at  each 
end  by  bronze  pieces,  called  the  spring-cover  head  and  the  spring- 
cover  end.  The  spring  is  compressed  between  the  spring  cover  and 
the  shoulder  on  the  brake  rod,  while  the  rod  is  arranged  to  have 
a  short  longitudinal  movement  against  the  pressure  of  the  spring. 
The  spring-cover  end  is  pinned  to  a  crank  on  the  brake  shaft.  The 
shaft  rotates  in  two  brake  shaft  bearings  pinned  to  lugs  on  the  axle 
and  in  a  brake  segment  bracket  bolted  about  the  right  end  of  the 
axle.  The  brake  segment,  with  the  segment  rack  riveted  thereto, 
is  attached  to  this  bracket.  On  a  square  on  the  right  end  of  the 
shaft  is  pinned  the  brake  lever  which  engages  the  segment  rack. 
The  brake  guard  is  bolted  to  the  brake  segment  and  limits  the  lateral 
movement  of  the  lever  and  furnishes  a  stop  for  the  released  position 
of  the  lever.  The  action  of  the  brake  is  similar  to  that  on  the  carriage. 

The  shovel  support  is  riveted  to  the  side  rails,  and  strengthens 
the  frame  at  the  point  of  contact  with  the  wheels  in  turning.  Cast- 
iron  wheel  guards  are  provided  to  protect  the  frame  at  this  point. 
The  shovel  is  supported  at  its  rear  end  by  means  of  a  flanged  hole 
in  the  front  channel  through  which  the  handle  projects. 

Three  grip  straps  and  attachments  for  carrying  an  ax  and  a 
spanner  on  the  chest  front  and  a  pick  mattock  on  the  foot  rest  are 
provided,  while  on  the  top  of  the  left  door  are  fasteners  for  a  wrench. 
On  the  right  door  are  attachments  for  the  shot  tongs.  Straps  for  a 
paulin  are  provided  on  the  bucket  holder  lid. 

A  name  plate  is  riveted  on  the  left  side  rail  on  the  rear  and  gives 
the  number,  name  of  carriage,  model,  name  of  manufacturer,  year 
of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector. 

In  aU  reports  and  correspondence  the  caisson  should  be  designated  by 
the  number,  name,  model,  etc.,  given  on  this  name  plate.  In  all  requests 
for  spare  parts  for  repairs,  etc.,  the  parts  should  be  asked  for  by  the 
names  given  on  the  plates  or  in  the  paragraph  giving  nomenclature 
of  parts  in  this  handbook. 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER,    FORGE  LIMBER, 

MODEL,  OF  1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  equipment pounds . .  958 

Weight,  complete,  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  577 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,   both  complete,   equipped  and 

loaded pounds. .  4,  324 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber do 26.  5 

Turning  angle  with  battery  wagon degrees. .  75 


84 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

2 
1 

IV 

9 

Axle 

Middle  rail  (upper  and  lower  half)  
Consisting  of— 
Pole  clamp 

Riveted  to  axle. 

Riveted  to  middle  rail  

Pole-prop  bracket 

Riveted  to  pole  clamp  and  middle  rail 
with  limber  prop  in  place. 
In  pole  clamp 

Pole-clamp  bolt 

Pole-clamp  nut       

Pole  pin 

Secures  pole  in  seat 

Pole-pin  reinforce  

Riveted  to  lower  half  of  middle  rail  

Pole  stop 

Riveted  between  upper  and  lower  half 
of  middle  rail. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail  with  side  rails  
Riveted  to  middle  r?il 

Separating  pieces  
Doubletree  strap 

Doubletree  bolt  

In  bolt  clamp  and  doubletree  strap 

Doubletree  nut 

Side  rail  (right)  

Riveted  to  axle  and  middle  rail.  .  . 

Consisting  of  — 
Reinforce  plate,  front  

Riveted  to  side  rail.. 

Reinforce  plates,  rear 

do 

Sleeves 

do 

Step 

do 

Pole-prop  pocket 

do 

Side  rail  (left)      

Riveted  to  axle  and  middle  rail  .  . 

Consisting  of— 
Reinforce  plate,  front  

Riveted  to  side  rail 

Reinforce  plates  rear 

do 

Sleeves    

.  ..  do      

Step 

do 

Pole-prop  support    

do      

Name  plate 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Limber  prop  

Assembled  to  middle  rail  by  means  of 
pole-clamp  eye. 

Pinned  to  bottom  of  prop 

Consisting  of— 
Limber-prop  foot 

Limber-prop  eye  

Pinned  to  top  of  prop  

Chain 

Secured  to  prop  foot 

Chain  handle  

On  chain  

Prop  tube 

Hinged  to  pole  by  prop  eye.   . 

Prop-chain  fastening 

Riveted  to  chain  " 

Prop-chain  e  re       .  .  *  

Riveted  to  prop  tube     

Tie-rod  rear  (right) 

Brace  middle  rail  from  axle 

Tie-rod,  rear  (left)  

do  

Tie-rods  front 

do 

Tie-rod  clamp  (right)  

On  axle  arms.  .  . 

Tie-rod  clamp  (left) 

.do                       ... 

Tie-rod  pins 

Fasten  ends  of  tie-rods 

Doubletree  rods  .              .... 

From  doubletree  to  axle  

Doubletree  rod  pins 

Secure  rods  to  tie-rod  clamps 

Foot  rest: 
Consisting  of  — 
\ngle  piece  (right) 

Riveted  to  foot  rest 

Angle  piece  (left) 

.  .    do 

Foot-rest  liners 

do 

Pick-handle  rest,  large  end  

do 

Pick-handle  rest  small  end 

do 

Pick  pocket,  needle  end  

do  

Prop-chain  button 

do 

Prop-chain  rivet 

do 

Ax-nandle  bracket  . 

....do               .              

Pintle  with  bearing,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 
Pintle 

Seated  in  pintle  bearing 

1'intlo  latch 

On  pintle  ' 

Pintle-latch  pin 

Forms  pivot  of  latch          

Pintle-latch  strip" 

On  pintle 

Pintle  bearing  (in  two  parts)  
Pintle  spring 

nd  of  middle  rail  

I  n  pintle  bearing 

Pintle-spring  pin 

do 

Pintle-bearing  bolts 

Secures  bearing  to  middle  rail  

Doubletree 

On  doubletree  bolt 

Consisting  of— 
Doubletree  body  with  reinforce  
Separators 

•Riveted  together 

Nipple  separator 

Doubletree  hook  (right) 

Doubletree  hook  (left)... 

85 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


STO. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 
1 
1  1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
] 

Doubletree,  consisting  of  —  Continued. 
Doubletree  nipple  

Renewable. 

IV 

9 

Nipple  nut 

Pole,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Pole  body.  .                         

Pole  plug 

Riveted  in  bodv 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  spring  
Neck-voke  counter  stop  pin 

Bears  on  neck-voke  counter  stop 

Riveted  in  bod'y 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  

Hinges  on  counter  stop  pin.  . 

Neck-voke  stop 

Riveted  to  body 

Neck-yoke  chafing  plate  

Riveted  to  upper  side  of  body. 

Neck-yoke  stop  separator 

Inside  of  body 

Neck-voke  stop  rivet  separator 

*  do 

Pole-pin  bushing 

....  do 

Butt  reinforce  

Riveted  to  inside  of  bodv 

Forge  limber  chest,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 
Back  and  left  end  

Part  of  body... 

Front  and  right  end. 

do  

Bottom 

do 

Lid       

Hinged  to  bodv 

Lid  stifTener 

Onlid 

Chest-rail  filler  pieces  . 

Riveted  to  body  and  chest  rail 

Outer  left-hand  partition 

Part  of  body 

Inner  left-hand  partition 

do  

Inner  right-hand  partition 

do 

Outer  right-hand  partition        

....  do.... 

Longitudinal  partition  (right) 

do 

Longitudinal  partition  (left)  

....  do  

I  eft  rear  corner  angle 

do 

Right  front  corner  angle..  . 

....  do  

Bottom  stiffening  angles 

do 

Corner-tie  pieces  

....  do....  . 

Filler  pieces 

Part  of  bodv  under  hand-rail  brackets  
Riveted  to  body 

Shot-bolt  stops  

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) 

.    do 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left)  

....  do  

Shot-bolt  filler  pieces 

do 

Hasp 

do 

Hasp  hinge 

Riveted  to  lid 

Hasp-hinge  pin.  

In  hinge  

Pad  lock-chain  rivet  .  . 

Riveted  to  body 

Chest  rail  (right) 

do 

Chest  rail  (left)..      . 

....  do.... 

Chest-rail  connections  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  chest  

Pins  

Join  chest  to  side  rails 

Shot  bolt  (rieht) 

In  brackets  on  chest  body 

Shot  bolt  (left)  

do  

Shot-bolt  hasp  (right) 

Riveted  to  lid 

Shot-bolt  hasp  (left)  

do  

Wing-nut  pin 

Riveted  to  chest  body 

Wingnut  

Riveted  on  pin  . 

Wing-nut  pin  washer.  . 

On  pin 

Wing-nut  pin  washer,  large  

Between  pin  and  chest  body 

Padlock,  with  chain  and  bolt  snap. 
Hinges,  male 

Eve  rivet  on  chest  body 

Riveted  to  chest 

Hinges,  female  

....  do.... 

I  id-hinge  pins 

Hand-rail  brackets  

Riveted  to  body  of  chest 

Hand-rail  tubes 

onnect  hand-rail  brackets 

Bucket  holder  

Riveted  to  top  of  chest 

I  id-prop  bracket.. 

Riveted  to  lid 

T  id-prop  guide  (left)  

Riveted  to  chest  partition  

I  id  prop  

Riveted  on  lid-prop  bracket 

I  id-prop  rivet 

Rivets  lid  prop  to  bracket 

T  id-prop  sliding  rivet  

Riveted  on  lid  prop  . 

Ratchet-drill  fastening,  No.  1 

Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition  
Riveted  to  inside  of  chest  back  
Riveted  to  inner  right-hand  partition 

Ratchet-drill  fastening,  No.  2  
Forge-legs  fastening,  No.  1  

Forge-legs  fastening  No  2 

do 

Screw-wrench  fastening,  No.  1  
Screw-wrench  fastening,  No.  2 

Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition  
do 

Chisel  (cold  iron  )  fastening  
Chisel  (hot  iron)  fastening. 

Riveted  to  inside  of  right  end  ... 
do.... 

Flatter  fastening 

do 

Hand-hammer  fastening  

Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition  
Riveted  to  inside  of  lelt  end  

Fore  punch  and  creaser  fastenings. 
Shoeing-rasp  fastening,  No.  1  

Riveted  to  inner  right-hand  partition  

1  The  components  are  for  the  steel  pole,  which  will  be  issued  to  replace  the 
becomes  unserviceable  and  the  present  supply  of  wooden  poles  ?s  exhausted. 


lace  the  wooden  pole  when  the  latter 


86 


NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Forge  limber  chest,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— Continued. 

1  Shoeing-rasp  fastening,  No.  2 Riveted  to  inner  right-hand  partition 

Flat  bastard  file  fastening Riveted  to  inner  left-hand  partition 

Taps  and  dies  fastening,  No.  1 Riveted  to  inside  of  back  of  chest  near  left 

end. 
Taps  and  dies  fastening,  No.  2 Riveted  to  inside  of  front  of  chest  near  left 

end. 
Square  fastening,  No.  1 Riveted  to  underside  of  lid  near  center, 

front. 

Square  fastening,  No.  2 Riveted  to undersideof  lid  nearcenter, rear. 

Square  fastening,  No.  3 Riveted  to  underside  of  lid  near  right  end, 

rear. 

Riveting  hammer  fastening Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition 

Shoeing  hammer  fastening do 

Clinching  iron  fastening ! do 

Hardie  fastening j  Riveted  to  inside  of  right  end 

Oiler  fastening Screwed  to  anvil  block 

Portable  forge  fastenings j  Riveted  to  underside  of  lid 

Forge  gear  wheel  fastening,  No.  1 . .    Riveted  to  inner  left-hand  partition 

Forge  gear  wheel  fastening,  No.  2.  J  Riveted  to  lid  prop  bracket  and  lid 

Anvil  fastenings Riveted  to  lid 

Sledge  handle  bracket Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

Sledge  holder Riveted  to  foot  rest 

Ax-head  bracket Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

2  Front  oil-can  supports | do 

2  Middle  oil-can  supports do 

2  Rear  oil-can  supports do 

2  Oil-can  covers Hinged  to  rear  oil-can  supports 

2  Oil-can  support  latches On  covers. 

2  Latch  pins 

2  Oil-can  support  latch  springs On  latches 

Wooden  packing  for  forge In  chest 

1  Wooden  packing  for  anvil do 

Wooden  packing  for  small  tools . . . : do 

1  Wooden  packing  for  rivet  sets \ do 

Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  com-   do 

partmentj  bottom. 

4  Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  com-    do 

partment,  side.  IV 

4  Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  com-    do 

partment,  end. 

1  Packing  strap,  rivet  set On  packing  for  rivet  sets 

2  Oil-can  support  hinges Riveted  to  rear  oil-can  supports 

2  Cover  hinge  pins Connects  hinge  and  cover 

Hatchet-blade  bracket Riveted  to  chest 

Hatchet-handle  fastener do 

Pick  pocket,  chisel  end do 

Ax-head  bracket do 

Shovel-blade  bracket do 

Lantern  bracket,  consisting  of — 
1  Lantern-bracket  body do 

1  Lantern-bracket  bottom Riveted  to  body 

2  Lantern-strap  fasteners do 

Shovel-handJe  bracket Riveted  to  foot  rest  and  middle  rail 

Strap  fasteners. 

1     Ax .   Riveted  to  chest 

3  Grip do 

1     Hatchet  handle do 

Limber  blanket do 

1  Paulin  strap do 

2  Pick  head j  Riveted  to  foot  rest 

8  Picket  rope Riveted  on  chest 

1     Pole  prop Riveted  to  side  rail 

1  Shovel  handle Riveted  to  foot  rest 

2  Sledge  strap do 

Crown  nuts. 

1  0.625-inch .    Doubletree  bolt 

2  0.75-inc-h Pintle  bearing  bolts 

Split  pins. 

9  0.156  (A)X1  inch 

4  0.25Xl.5inch 


87 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  FORGE  LIMBER,  MODEL 

OF  1902. 

The  forge-limber  chest  is  a  rectangular  flange  steel  box  with  chest 
lid  on  top.  The  lid  is  flanged  all  around,  fitting  over  the  body  of 
the  chest  to  make  it  water-tight.  It  is  secured  in  front  to  the  body  of 
the  chest  by  four  hinges,  and  in  rear  it  is  held  in  its  closed  position 
by  a  shot  bolt  at  each  corner  and  by  a  hasp  and  wing  nut  in  the 
middle.  The  shot  bolts  are  seated  in  brackets  riveted  to  the  chest, 
while  the  shot-bolt  eyes  are  riveted  to  the  lid;  the  hasp  is  hinged 
to  a  hasp-hinge  plate  riveted  to  the  lid,  and  the  wing  nut  is  attached 
to  the  wing-nut  pin,  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest.  A  spring  pad- 
lock, fastened  by  chain  and  staple  to  the  chest,  may  be  passed  through 
the  eye  of  the  wing  nut  to  lock  the  chest  lid  when  closed.  Outside 
on  top  is  a  raised  seat,  fastened  to  the  chest  lid,  with  spaces  under- 
neath for  carrying  three  watering  buckets.  The  seat  has  a  handrail 
at  each  end  riveted  to  the  chest  body.  Various  strap  fasteners  for 
paulin  straps,  grip  straps,  picket-rope  straps,  etc.,  and  brackets  for 
carrying  all  the  implements  carried  on  other  limbers  are  provided. 

Arrangements  are  also  provided  for  carrying  on  each  forge-limber 
chest  one  sledge  and  two  oil  cans.  The  sledge  rests  in  a  sledge  holder 
riveted  on  the  right  end  of  the  foot  rest,  with  the  handle  projecting  to 
the  rear  through  a  sledge-handle  bracket  riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the 
chest.  The  oil  cans  are  carried  one  under  each  end  of  the  chest.  For 
this  purpose,  for  each  can  three  flange  steel  brackets,  called  the  front, 
middle,  and  rear  oil-can  supports,  are  riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the  chest. 
The  can  is  placed  in  the  supports  from  the  rear,  and  is  retained  in 
place. by  a  bronze  cover  on  the  rear  bracket.  This  cover  is  hinged  at 
the  bottom  and  held  in  close  position  -by  a  spring  latch.  If  desired, 
the  latch  may  be  more  firmly  secured  in  locking  position  by  a  split  pin. 

Inside,  the  forge  chest  is  divided  into  five  compartments  by  four 
vertical  partitions  reaching  from  front  to  rear.  The  end  compart- 
ments are  comparatively  narrow  and  are  fitted  with  fastenings  for 
carrying  smith's  and  machinist's  tools,  each  so  that  it  can  be  taken 
out  without  removing  any  other.  The  compartments  next  to  the 
tool  compartments  are  wider  and  are  subdivided  by  lateral  partitions 
forming  two  compartments  for  horseshoes  and  two  for  horseshoe 
nails,  with  a  total  capacity  for  300  pounds  of  horseshoes  and  50 
pounds  of  nails.  The  horseshoes  are  carried  loose  in  the  compart- 
ment, which  is  wood  lined:  the  horseshoe  nails  may  also  be  carried 
loose,  though  the  nail  compartments  are  made  of  the  proper  size  to 
take  the  25-pound  box  of  nails  as  issued.  All  of  the  partitions  in 
the  chest  are  made  of  flange  steel,  flanged  on  three  sides  and  riveted 
through  the  flanges  to  the  chest.  The  middle  compartment  is  fitted 
to  take  the  field  forge  in  front,  the  anvil  in  rear,  and  several  small 
tools  in  brackets  on  the  walls.  The  anvil  is  bedded  in  a  wooden  seat 


88 


on  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  and  with  the  forge  is  held  in  place  by 
cleats  on  the  chest  lid.  The  latter  is  held  in  its  open  position  by  a 
lid  prop,  which  is  hinged  to  a  lid-prop  bracket  riveted  to  the  under- 
side of  the  lid  and  having  at  its  other  end  a  button  running  in  a 
lid-prop  guide  riveted  to  one  of  the  chest  partitions. 

3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL,   OF  1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  empty pounds. .  1, 244 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  747 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds. .  4,  324 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .         56 

Width  of  track .do. ...        60 

Free  height  under  battery  wagon do 26 

Turning  angle degrees. .         75 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 

2 

2 
1 

1 

2 
2 
2 

2 
1 
2 
2 

2 

1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Propertv  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Wheels 

Same  as  on  carriage 

1 
IV 

9 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete        ...  . 

do 

Axle 

Axle  block  center                     

Between  axle  and  body    

Axle-block  end  (right) 

do 

Axle-block  end  (left)        

..    do               

Middle  brace  (right) 

Riveted  to  axle  and  rail 

Middle  brace  (left)          

...  .do  

Side  rail  (right) 

Riveted  to  axle  lugs 

Side  rail  (left)            

do  

Name  plate 

Riveted  on  left  side  rail 

Foot-rest                 

On  foot-rest  brackets  

Foot-rest  brackets,  outer  (right  and 
left). 
Foot-rest  brackets,  inner,  with  4  bolts 
and  nuts. 
Foot-rest  supports  (right  and  left)  

Foot-rest  bracket  fillers  

Bolted  to  front  of  body 

do                             ... 

Tie  outer  corner  of  foot  rest  to  end  stiff- 
eners. 
Between  foot-rest  brackets,  outer  and  body 
Fastened  to  side  rails 

Brake  channel 

Channel  support 

do 

Outer  channel  support  

do 

Box  bottom  (right) 

Riveted  to  ends  of  brake  channel 

Box  bottom  (left)  

do 

Brake-box  fillers 

do 

Brake-beam  guide  (right)  

Riveted  to  brake  channel  .   . 

Brake-beam  guide  (left)      .  . 

do 

Front  brake  brace  (right) 

Braces  channel  to  side  rail 

Front  brake  brace  (left)  

do 

Rear  brake  brace  (right) 

do 

Rear  brake  brace  (left)  

do. 

Cross  brace 

Riveted  to  side  rails 

Cover 

Over  top  of  body  
Front  end  of  side  rail 

Frame  reinforce  plate 

Frame  handle  right 

do 

Lunette  bracket             

do 

Lunette  bracket  filler  plate 

Riveted  to  bracket 

Lunette  

In  lunette  bracket 

Lunette  nut 

On  lunette 

Prop,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Fastening  pin. 

Washer  niit 

On  pin 

Prop  chain  clamps  

Pinned  to  prop  tubes 

Prop  eye,  right. 

At  upper  end  of  prop  tube 

Prop  eye,  left  
Prop  foot  

do  

On  prop  tubes 

Prop  tubes. 

Connect  prop  eves  and  foot 

Prop-chain  guide  

Kiveted  to  cross  brace... 

89 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Prop-chain  button 

Prop-head  pin 

Brake  beams 

Brake  shoes 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts 

Brake-beam  pins 

Brake-rod  ends 

Brake  rods 

Brake-rod  springs 

Brake-spring  covers 

Brake-spring  cover  heads 

Brake-spring  cover  ends 

Brake-rod  pins 

Brake  cranks 

Brake-crank  bolts  and  nuts 

Brake-shaft  bearings 

Brake-shaft  bushings 

Brake-shaft  bearing,  right 

Brake  shaft 

Brake-shaft  crank 

Brake  lever 

Lever  rod 

Handrail  brackets 

Handrails 

Brake-lever  catch 

Brake-lever  pivot 

Brake-lever  pivot  backing 

Brake-pivot  washer 

Brake  bolts 

Brake  segment 

Segment  rack 

Brake-segment  bolt  and  washer . 


Riveted  to  lunette  bracket 

Attaches  prop  to  lunette  bracket . 

Hinged  in  brake  box 

On  ends  of  brake  beams 

Connect  shoe  to  beam  — 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.    Section 


Brake  guard 

Brake-segment  separator,  upper 

Brake-segment  separator,  lower 

Oil-can  front  support 

Oil-can  middle  support. . : 

Oil-can  rear  support 

Oil-can  support  bolts 

Oil-can  bar 

Oil-can  bar  buffer 

Oil-can  bar  bracket 

Oil-can  bar  staple 

Oil-can  locking  plates 

Oil-can  bar  catch 

Padlock,  chain  and  bolt  snap 

Filler  plate 

Oil-can  slats,  wooden 

Oil-can  slats,  wooden 

Oil-can  slat,  wooden 

Oil-can  slat,  wooden  (left) 

Wagon  body,  woodwork 

Washers,  square 

Center  tie  rod 

Top  tie  rod 

Vertical  tie  rod,  with  4  nuts  and  2 
washers. 

Side  strap  (right) 

Side  strap  (left) 

Cqrner  iron,  rear  end  (right) 

Corner  iron,  rear  end  (left) 

Corner  iron,  rear  end  (right) 

Corner  iron,  rear  end  (left) 

Corner  iron  (right) 

Corner  iron  (left) 

Body  fastening  plates,  with  nuts 

Lid  stiffeners 

End  stiffeners,  with  nuts  and  washe.s. 


Vert ical  t  ie-rod  washer , 

Floor  plate  (spare  breech  mechanism 
chest). 

1 1  irises  for  rear  door , 

1 I  in  gos,  12-inch,  steel,  strap 

1 1  asps 

Hasp  rivets 

Hasp 

Hasp  staples 


On  brake  shaft 

Joins  cranks  to  brake  rods 

On  brake  shaft 

In  bearings 

Riveted  to  axle  lug 

In  bearings  on  axle 

On  right  end  of  break  shaft 

On  pivot  on  wagon  body 

Connects  brake-shaft  crank  and  brake  lever 

Riveted  to  forward  lid 

On  handrail  brackets 

On  brake  lever 

Riveted  on  wagon  body 

do 


On  pivot 

Fasten  pivot  to  side  of  chest 

Attached  to  wagon  body 

Riveted  to  brake  segment 

Through  brake  segment,  guard,  upper  sep- 
arator, and  body. 

Attached  to  segment 

Between  segment  and  guard 

.do. 


Riveted  to  side  rails,  rear  of  axle . 

....do 

....do 

Tie  supports  to  wagon  body 

Hinged  to  left  side  rail 

On  oil-can  bar 

Riveted  to  left  side  rail 

In  bracket 

On  oil-can  bar 

Riveted  to  right  side  rail 

For  locking  bar  on  catch 

Riveted  to  right  side  rail 

On  oil-can  supports 

....do : 

....do 

...do.... 


Under  heads  of  oil,can  support  bolts 

Horizontally  through  center  of  body 

Horizontally  across  top  of  body 

Vertically  through  center  of  body 

Vertically  on  sides  of  body 


I  Rear  corners  of  body,  wagons  Nos.  1  to  95, 
I    inclusive. 

LRear  corners  of  body,  wagons  after  No. 
r    95. 

Front  comers  of  body 

.do....  


Fasten  to  side  rails 

Tee  irons  riveted  to  lids : 

Riveted  to  ends  and  extends  through  sides 
on  new  work;  end  tie-rods  on  repair  work. 

V-shaped  washer  near  lower  end  of  rod 

Screwed  to  upper  floor 


Hi 

For  lids. 

For  securing  lids . 


For  securing  rear  door 

For  securing  lids  and  rear  door . 


IV 


90 


NOMENCLATURE  OF   P ARTS -Continued. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


N:i  mo  of  nart . 


Location,  otc. 


("lass. 


?tion. 


Hasp-staple  plates Screwed  to  chest „ 

Lock-chain  staples For  attaching  padlock 

Lock-chain  staple  plates Riveted  to  chest 

Bolt  snaps ',  For  lids 

Pallocks,  with  clevises  and  rivets ;  For  locking  lids  and  rear  door 

3-inch  chains  for  padlocks For  lids 

5-inch  chain  for  padlock i  For  rear  door 

Shot  bolt  (right) At  corners  of  rear  door 

Shot  bolt  (left) ! do 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) ;  Screwed  to  rear  door 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left) ! do 

Shot-bolt  eyes ;  Screwed  to  wagon  body 

Shot-bolt  stops i  Screwed  to  rear  door 

Chains 'For  rear  door 

Chain  fastening       door  (right) |  Riveted  to  rear  door 

Chain  fastening  for  door  (left) I do 

Chain  fastening  for  body  (right) i  Attached  to  body 

Chain  fastening  for  body  (left) !..:..  do 

Spare-pole  fastening |  In  spare-pole  support  (front) 

Fastening  washer i  On  spare-pole  fastening 

0.625  crown  nut j do 

Spare-pole  rest j  Riveted  to  brake  channel 

Spare-pole  support  (front) |  Riveted  to  front  of  frame 

Spare-pole  support  (rear) Riveted  and  bolted  to  axle 

Pin,  type  A  0.866  x  2.75 |  Pins  support,  rear  and  support  cap  to- 
gether. 

Spare-pole  support  bolts Bolts  support  (rear)  to  axle 

Spare-pole  support  cap  (rear) Pinned  to  support  (rear) 

Swing  bolt In  support  (rear) 

0.625  crown  nut !  On  swing  bolt. . .  7 t 

Spare-wheel  supports Bolted  on  top  of  body 

Spare-wbeel  support  caps On  support 

Cap-hinge  pins j  For  support 

Spare-wheel-support   bolts,   washers,     Secure  supports  to  body 1        IV 

and  nuts. 

Lock  pins  for  spare-wheel  supports In  spare-whee  Jsupports 

Spare-wheel  fastenings :  Fastened  to  body 

Consisting  of — 

Spare-wheel  fastening  staples 

Spare- wheel  fastening  hinges  (male) : 

Spare-wheel  fastening  hinges  (fe-   

male). 

Spare- wheel  fastening  hooks 

Spare-wheel  fastening  pins 

Thongs For  spare- wheel  fastenings 

Reinforce  poates Under  wheel-cleat  fastenings 

Reinforce  plate,  right,  lower  rear do 

Wheel-cleat  fastenings Secure  cleats  to  side  of  body 

Wheel-cleat  strap  bolts Bolt  straps  to  body 

Wheel  cleats,  wooden On  sides  of  body 

Lid-prop  plates  (right) Screwed  to  inside  of  body 

Lid-prop  plates  (left) do 

Lid  props Hold  top  lids  open 

Lid-prop  lugs Screwed  to  under  side  of  lid 

Lid-prop  lug  screws Secure  prop  to  lug 

Grindstone  upper  packing On  under  side  of  rear  lid 

Grindstone  lower  packing '  On  upper  floor  of  body 

Grindstone  frame  pedestal ,  On  lower  packing 

Grindstone  leg  bracket,  right  end i  On  rear  end  of  body 

Grindstone  leg  bracket,  left  end do 

<  •  ri  ndstone  packing  nut On  packing  stud 

Packing  stud <  In  lower  packing 

Jackscrew  base  packing On  upper  floor  of  body 

Jackscrew  handle  packings do 

Strap  fasteners do 

Grip-strap  fasteners j  On  body 

Pai ilin-strap  fasteners do 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL  OF  1902. 

Tlio  principal  parts  of  the  battery  wagon  are  the  wheels,  wheel 
fastenings,  axle,  frame,  wagon,  body,  and  brake.  The  wheels  and 
wheel  fastenings  are  interchangeable  with  those  of  the  carriage. 


91 

axle  is  hollow,  square,  and  finished  from  a  single  piece  of  forged 
steel. 

The  frame  consists  of  two  side  rails  riveted  to  the  axle  and  con- 
verging at  the  front  ends  in  a  bracket  for  a  lunette.  In  front  of  the 
wheels  the  side  rails  are  connected  by  a  brake  channel  which  forms 
a  support  for  the  brake  beams  of  the  road  brake.  The  middle  braces 
are  fastened  to  lugs  near' the  center  of  the  axle  and  to  the  side  rails 
at  the  brake  channel  connection.  The  front  ends  of  the  side  rails 
are  riveted  to  each  other,  to  the  frame  reinforce  plate,  and  to  a  lunette 
bracket.  To  the  latter  a  lunette,  interchangeable  with  the  one  on 
the  carriage,  is  assembled  by  a  lunette  nut.  A  strong  cross  brace  is 
riveted  to  and  strengthens  the  side  rails  at  their  point  of  contact 
with  the  limber  wheels  in  making  short  turns.  A  frame  handle  is 
attached  to  the  right  side  of  the  frame  at  the  lunette  bracket  for  use 
in  limbering,  the  handle  on  the  left  side  being  omitted  to  permit  the 
permanent  attachment  of  a  forge  vise,  which  is  securely  fastened 
and  remains  in  place  in  traveling.  The  frame  prop  is  pivoted  on  a 
pin  through  the  lunette  bracket  and  is  A-shaped  to  afford  greater 
steadiness  to  the  unlimbered  frame  when  the  vise  is  used.  For 
traveling,  the  prop  is  drawn  under  the  side  rails  by  means  of  a  chain 
attached  to  the  prop  crossbar  and  leading  through  a  chain  guide  on 
the  cross  brace  to  a  button  on  the  lunette  bracket. 

The  ends  of  the  brake  channel  are  braced  front  and  rear  to  the  side 
rails  and  on  the  lower  side  are  formed  boxes  in  which  the  brake 
beams  are  pivoted.  The  brake  box  bottoms  project  to  the  front  and 
form  steps  for  mounting  the  vehicle.  The  outer  ends  of  the  brake 
beams  carry  brake  shoes  attached  by  the  brake-shoe  tap  bolts,  while 
the  inner  ends  are  supported  by  brake-beam  guides,  riveted  to  the 
brake  channel.  The  brake  shaft  is  assembled  in  brake-shaft  bear- 
ings, and  the  brake-shaft  bearing,  right,  riveted  to  the  front  lugs  of 
the  axle  and  carries  two  brake  cranks,  which  are  connected  to  the 
inner  ends  of  the  brake  beams  by  brake  rods  similar  to  those  on  the 
caisson.  The  brake-shaft  crank  is  mounted  on  the  right  end  of  the 
brake  shaft  and  is  connected  by  the  lever  rod  with  the  brake  lever, 
which  is  mounted  upon  a  brake-lever  pivot  firmly  attached  to  the 
right  side  on  a  diagonal  side  brace,  front,  near  the  front  end  of  the 
wagon  body.  Here  also  is  fastened  the  brake  segment,  having  a 
segment  rack  with  ratchet  teeth.  The  brake  is  set  by  raising  the 
brake  lever  and  engaging  it  in  the  segment  rack.  When  released, 
the  weight  of  the  lever  holds  the  brakes  off.  A  sheet-metal  brake 
guard  upon  the  brake  segment  guides  the  brake  lever  in  its  motion. 
The  spare  pole  is  carried  under  the  frame  by  the  spare  pole  sup- 
ports, front  and  rear,  and  the  spare  pole  rest.  The  large  end  of  the 
pole  is  secured  to  the  spare  pole  support,  front,  by  the  spare  pole 
fastening,  while  the  small  end  is  held  in  position  in  the  spare  pole 


92 

support,  rear,  by  the  spare  pole  support  cap,  rear.  The  spare  pole 
rest  bears  against  the  pole  and  keeps  it  from  wear  due  to  vibration. 

The  wagon  body  is  of  wood  and  is  attached  to  the  side  rails  of  the 
frame  by  four  bolts  and  nuts.  The  interior  of  the  body  is  divided 
into  four  compartments,  of  which  the  largest  is  entered  from  either 
end  on  top,  the  openings  being  covered  by  hinged  lids.  The  other 
three  compartments  are  in  the  lower  rear  'portion  of  the  body,  and 
are  entered  by  a  door  at  the  rear  end  opening  downward.  Of  the 
three  compartments,  the  right  one  is  for  the  saddler's  chest,  the  left 
one  for  the  carpenter's  chest,  and  the  middle  one  is  for  the  cleaning 
materials  and  small-stores  chest.  The  door  to  these  compartments 
is  held  in  closed  position  by  a  shot  bolt  at  each  corner  and  by  a  hasp 
hinged  to  the  door  at  the  center,  secured  over  a  staple  riveted  to  the 
wagon  body.  The  lids  on  top  of  the  body  are  similarly  secured  by 
hasp  and  staple,  and  each  is  provided  with  a  spring  padlock  attached 
by  a  chain  to  the  body.  The  door  in  the  rear  has  two  door  chains  to 
hold  it  in  a  horizontal  position  when  open;  the  lids  on  top  are  pro- 
vided with  lid  props,  one  at  each  end  of  each  lid.  These  lid  props 
are  hinged  to  lid-prop  lugs  fastened  to  the  lid  and  having  at  their 
other  ends  buttons  which  work  in  guides  fastened  to  the  inner  walls 
of  the  body.  The  sides  of  the  body  are  framed  and  braced  to  the 
bottom,  and  are  cross  braced  within  by  means  of  side  straps,  a  ver- 
tical and  a  horizontal  tie  rod,  and  two  transverse  braces,  to  give 
sufficient  strength  for  carrying  two  spare  wheels.  These  are  secured 
in  an  upright  position,  one  at  each  side,  over  the  axle.  The  inner 
end  of  the  wheel  hub  rests  in  a  bronze  spare- wheel  support  on  top  of 
the  wagon  body,  and  the  wheel  is  further  secured  by  two  spare- wheel 
fastenings  attached  to  the  sides. 

Axle  blocks  are  added  between  the  chest  bottom  and  the  axle  for 
additional  support  under  the  spare  wheels.  A  perforated  foot  rest  is 
bolted  to  the  front  end  of  the  chest  and  supported  by  two  foot-rest 
brackets,  inner,  two  foot-rest  brackets,  outer,  and  tie  rods  at  each 
end  called  foot-rest  supports.  Two  handrail  brackets  with  hand- 
rails are  riveted  on  each  end  of  the  front  lid  and  two  grip  straps  are 
provided  on  the  front  of  the  chest.  Two  paulin  -straps  are  secured 
in  fasteners  to  the  front  lid  of  the  body.  Two  grip  straps  are  secured 
in  fasteners  to  the  front  of  the  wagon  body. 

The  grindstone  and  frame,  the  jackscrew,  and  the  packing  chest 
containing  the  spare  breech  mechanism,  are  carried  in  suitable  fas- 
tenings inside  of  the  wagon  body  and  over  the  compartments  for 
saddler's  and  carpenter's  chests. 

In  rear  of  the  axle  under  the  wagon  body  are  carried  three  oil 
cans,  each  of  a  capacity  of  5  gallons.  For  this  purpose  transverse 
metal  straps  are  riveted  to  the  side  rails  and  support  longitudinal 
wooden  slats  upon  which  the  cans  rest.  The  cans  are  made  of  heavy 


93 

sheet  brass.  Each  is  provided  with  a  filling  hole  on  top  and  with  a 
special  stopcock  closed  by  a  nozzle  screw  plug  at  the  rear  end.  The 
stopcock  is  placed  so  that  oil  may  be  conveniently  drawn  from  the 
can  without  removing  the  latter,  from  the  wagon.  A  steel  bar  with 
a  wooden  face  bears  against  the  rear  end  of  the  cans  and  holds  them 
in  place. 

The  carpenter's  chest  is  an  iron-bound  wooden  chest  and  contains  a 
complete  assortment  of  carpenter's  tools,  so  arranged  that  each  tool 
can  be  taken  from  its  place  in  the  box  without  removing  any  other. 
The  saddler's  chest  is  a  combined  tool  chest  and  stitching  horse.  For 
the  latter  purpose  the  box  forming  the  seat  rests  upon  four  hinged 
legs,  cross  braced  to  each  other.  The  stitching  clamp  is  secured  in  a 
socket  on  one  end  of  the  chest,  while  the  door  swinging  open  on  the 
left  side  brings  the  tools  into  convenient  reach  of  the  saddler.  For 
transportation  the  clamp  is  removed  from  its  seat  and  placed  within 
the  chest,  the  legs  are  folded  over  against  each  end  and  held  by  the  leg 
braces,  permitting  the  chest  to  be  carried  in  a  small  compartment. 
Both  the  carpenter's  and  the  saddler's  chests  are  provided  with 
handles  and  locks. 

The  middle  compartment  at  the  rear  of  the  wagon  body  takes  a 
wooden  chest  with  a  hinged  lid  containing  perishable  material  and 
various  small  stores  for  the  artificer's  use.  Included  in  these  items  are 
sal  soda,  thread,  wax,  nails,  buckles,  screws,  tacks,  rivets,  burrs,  etc. 

One  chest  for  spare  sights  is  issued  to  each  battery  and  is  trans- 
ported in  the  battery  or  store  wagon.  This  chest  provides  for  the 
safe  packing  of  one  sight,  complete;  one  panoramic  sight;  one  range 
quadrant;  one  combined  teat  wrench  and  screw  driver;  one  bore 
sight,  breech,  and  one  bore  sight,  muzzle,  complete. 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER,    STORE   LIMBER, 

MODEL,  OF  1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  store  limber,  empty pounds. .  955 

Weight  of  store  limber,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1, 106 

Weight  of  store  limber  and  store  wagon,   both  completely  equipped   and 

loaded pounds. .  4,  008 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber do 26.  5 

Turning  angle  with  store  wagon degrees. .  75 

The  store  limber,  model  of  1902  is  substantially  the  same  as  the 
forge  limber,  model  of  1902,  except  that  the  chest  is  fitted  with  com- 
partments for  carrying  the  following  battery  fire-control  equipment: 
10  battery  commanders'  rulers,  wooden.1 
1  battery  commander's  telescope  and  mount  in  case. 

1  Metal  B.C.  rulers  with  cases  may  be  retained. 


94 

1  battery  commander's  telescope  tripod  in  case. 

5  flash  lights  with  hoods. 

16  flash  lights  without  hoods. 

1  steel  tape,  100  feet. 

2  time-interval  recorders  with  chains. 
Fire-control  equipment  furnished  by  the  Signal  Corps. 

The  compartments  for  telephones,  field  glasses,  battery  comman- 
der's telescope,  and  battery  case  are  padded  to  protect  the  contents 
from  injury. 

THE    3.8-INCH    HOWITZER     STORE    WAGON,     MODEL,    OF 

1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  empty pounds . .  1, 190 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2, 902 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .        56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  store  wagon do 26 

Turning  angle degrees. .        75 

The  store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  is  the  same  as  the  battery  wagon, 
model  of  1902,  with  these  exceptions:  The  vise  is  omitted,  and  a  frame 
handle  is  attached  in  its  place;  the  store-wagon  body  forms  a  single 
compartment,  with  two  doors  on  top,  the  tool-box  compartments  of 
the  battery-wagon  body  and  the  door  opening  into  them  being 
omitted.  A  crowbar  support,  front,  takes  the  two  left  inside  rivets 
for  the  cross  brace,  and  a  crowbar  support,  rear,  is  riveted  to  the  chest 
bottom  in  front  of  the  axle.  A  strap  fastener  with  a  strap  on  the  left 
side  rail  secures  the  crowbar  in  the  supports.  Arrangements  similar 
to  those  of  the  battery  wagon  are  made  for  carrying  two  spare  wheels 
and  three  oil  cans.  The  store  wagon  is  intended  primarily  for  carry- 
ing such  stores,  spare  parts,  and  materials  as  can  not  be  carried  in  the 
battery  wagon,  and  in  addition,  such  stores  as  may  be  designated  by 
proper  authority. 

The  battery  and  store  wagons,  model  of  1902,  which  are  now  in  serv- 
ice are  being  modified  as  they  are  tunied  in  to  an  arsenal  for  repair  or 
alteration.  The  main  modifications  are  the  addition  of  a  foot  rest  at 
the  front  of  the  chest,  transferring  the  brake  system  from  the  rear  to 
the  front  of  the  vehicle,  and  adding  handrails,  grip  and  paulin  straps 
to  the  chest.  Axle  blocks  are  added  to  support  the  chest  under  the 
spare  wheels. 

3.8-INCH    HOWITZER     BATTERY    AND     STORE    WAGONS, 
MODELS   OF  1902MI. 

[Plate  XII  (battery  wagon).] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  l.TC. 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  empty pounds. .  1,  444 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  947 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 
loaded pounds. .  4,  524 


95 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  empty pounds. .  1,  390 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 3, 102 

Weight  of  store  limber  and  store  wagon,   both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds. .  4,  208 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  wagons do 24.  5 

Turning  angle  with  limbers degrees. .  75 

Weight  (approximate)  at  lunette  of  both  wagons,  loaded pounds. .  112 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


classification 


Class. 


tion. 


Arbor-bearing  cover 

Axle 

Bearing  plate  (transverse  brace) . 

Brake-beam  guide,  right 

Brake-beam  guide,  left 

Brake-beam  pin 

Brake  beam 

Brake  bolt 

Brake-bolt  nuts 

Brake-box  filler 

Brake  channel 

Brake  crank 

Brake  guard 

Brake  lever 

Brake-lever  catch 

Brake-lever  pivot , 

Brake-lever  pivot  backing 

Brake-pivot  lower  filler 

Brake-pivot  side  filler 

Brake  rod 

Brake-rod  end 


In grinstone  packing  "A". 


At  upper  ends  of  transverse  braces . 

Riveted  to  brake  channel 

...do... 


Hinged  in  brake  box 

In  brake-lever  pivot  backing 

On  bolts 

Riveted  to  end  of  brake  channel. 

Fastened  to  side  rail 

On  brake  shaft 

Attached  to  segment 

On  brake-lever  pivot 

On  brake  lever 

Riveted  on  wagon  body 

do. 


Brake-rod  pin 

Brake-rod  spring 

Brake  segment 

Brake-segment  brace 

Brake  shaft.. 

Brake-shaft  bearing 

Brake-shaft  bearing,  right . 

Brake-shaft  crank 

Brake-shaft  bushing 

Brake-shaft  bushing,  right. 

Brake  shoe 

Brake  shoe  tap  bolts 

Brake  spring  cover 


Between  pivot  and  box  body 

do I 

Connects  brake  beam  and  brake  crank. 
On  end  of  brake  rods  and  connecting 
rod. 


Inside  of  brake-spring  cover 

Upper  end  bolted  to  box  body 

Supports  lower  end  of  brake  segment. 

In  bearings  on  axle 

On  brake  shaft... 


.do. 


2      2     Brake-spring  cover  end . . 
2      2     Brake-spring  cover  head . 


Box  bottom,  left 

Box  bottom,  right 

Box  front 

Cap  screw,  flat  head 

(  ap  screw,  hex.  head 

Chain  (door) 

Chain  fastenings  (body),  1  right,  1  left. 

C  hain  fastening  (door) 

<  ham-fastening  filler 

Channel  support 

Cleat,  inner 


Cleat,  outer 

Connecting  rod . 


On  right  end  of  brake  shaft 

In  brake-shaft  bearing 

In  brake-shaft  bearing,  right 

On  outer  end  of  brake  beam 

Fasten  brake  shoe  to  beam 

C  onnects  brake-spring  cover  head  and 
end. 

Screwed  into  brake-spring  cover 

On  brake  rod  and  screwed  into  brake- 
spring  cover. 

Riveted  to  end  of  brake  channel 

...do... 


Front  of  battery  wagon  body 

Attach  spare- wheel  fastenings 

do ,.... 

In  chain  fastenings 

Bolted  to  corner  irons,  rear 

Ri\  eted  to  door 

Hetween  door  and  fastening 

Fastened  to  side  rails 

On  cover  board,  locate  chests  for  spare 
breech  mechanism, 
do 


Connecting-rod  end 

Corner  iron,  inner  (rear),  right. . 

Corner  iron,  inner  (rear),  left 

Corner  iron,  inner  (front),  right. 
Corner  iron,  inner  (front),  left... 
Corner  iron,  outer  (rear),  right. . 


Connects  brake  shaft  crank  and  brake 

lever. 

On  front  end  of  connecting  rod 

On  box  body 

...do...  


.do. 
.do. 


Bolted  through  box   body  to  corner 
irons,  inner. 


IV 


14199—17 8 


96 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Number  on 
store  wagon. 

Number  on 
battery  wagon. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

«-•  3Z. 

2 
2 
1 
.... 

1 
2 
1 
1 

4 

1 
6 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

4* 

2 

"2" 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 

"e" 

8 
2 

2 

"io 

6 

6 

4 

1 

3 

1 
1 
1 

Corner  iron,  outer  (rear),  left  

Bolted  through  box  body  to  corner 
irons,  inner, 
do 

IV 

1 

Corner  iron,  outer  (front)  right 

Corner  iron,  outer  (front),  left     

...  do     

Cover     

Over  top  of  box  body 

Cover  board 

Over  partitions 

Cross  brace  

Riveted  to  side  rails                  

Cross  rail  front 

Under  front  of  floor  body 

Cross  rail,  intermediate  

Under  middle  of  floor  body       

Cross  rail,  rear  

Under  rear  of  floor  body 

Crow-bar  support,  rear  

Riveted  to  floor  (underneath)  

Door  boards     

In  door  body          .                   

Door  hinge  plate 

A  ttached  to  floor  of  battery  wagon  
Riveted  to  door  of  battery  wagon  
do  

Door  hinge  strap,  center    

Door  hinge,  strap,  outer,  right  

Door  hinge  strap,  outer,  left     

....do        

End  strap    

On  box  front  of  battery  wagon  and 
front  and  tail  boards  of  store  wagon. 
In  floor  body    .  .  ..        

Floor  board,  right        ... 

Floor  board,  intermediate  

do.  . 

Floor  board,  left,  

....  do        

Floor  cleat,  right 

Screwed  to  floor 

Floor  cleat  left 

do 

Floor  cleat,  front,  right 

.  ..  do 

Floor  cleat,  front,  left  

....  do  

Floor  cleat,  rear,  right 

do        ...            

Floor  cleat,  rear,  left    

....  do  

Floor  plate  

1  in  cover  board  at  chest  for  spare 
breech  mechanism;  2  in  sideboards 
at  packing  chest  for  supplies. 
Between  brake  guard  and  sideboard.  .  . 
Riveted  to  right  side  rail  at  lock  bar  .  .  . 
On  brackets     .                

Filler  block 

filler  plate 

Foot  rest  

Foot-rest  bracket,  inner,  right        

Bolted  to  front  of  body    

Foot-rest  bracket,  inner,  left 

do  

Foot-rest  bracket,  outer,  right        

do  

Foot-rest  bracket,  outer,  left 

....  do  

Foot-rest  support,  right     

Tie  outer  corner  of  foot  rest  to  end 
stiffener. 
.  ..  do        

Foot-rest  support,  left 

Frame  handle,  right  

On  front  end  of  side  rail  .  . 

Frame  handle,  left    

....  do     

Frame  reinforce  plate  

....  do  

Front  board 

Front  of  store  wagon  body 

2 
1 
2 
3 
2 
3 
3 
1 
1 
3 
6 
8 
2 

2 
1 

2 
10 
6 
6 
4 

Front  brake  brace  right 

Front  brake  brace,  left          .         

....  do  

Grindstone-leg  bracket,  right  end.  

Riveted  to  tailboard 

....  do  

Grindstone  lower  packing 

Screwed  to  cover  board      

Grindstone  packing  "  A  "  .         .... 

Bolted  to  forward  lid  

do        

Grindstone  packing  "C"       

do  

On  packing  stud 

Grindstone  packing  stud 

On  lid 

Handrail  tube 

On  brackets     

Hasp  plate  (door) 

Riveted  to  door                               

Hasp  plate  (lid) 

Riveted  to  lid  

Hasp 

Assembled  to  hasp  plates             •  .  . 

Hasp  rail  . 

In  lid  body  

Hasp  staple 

Riveted  to  staple  nlate  -  . 

Hasp-staple  plate                     

Hinge  board  front 

Top  of  box  

do  

Hinge  rivet  (door) 

Hinge  rivet  (lid) 

Joins  plate  and  strap  

Hinge  rivet(spare  wheel  fastening  bar) 
Hinge   rivet   (spare   wheel   support 
swing  bolts). 
Hinge  rivet(spare  wheel  support  stud.) 

In  hinge 

.  .  do       

..  ..d          

On  cover  board       

....  do  

Lid  boards 

In  lid  body      

On  top  rail          •        

Lid  hinge  strap  

On  lid     

Lid  proD  .  .  . 

Hinged  to  lid.. 

97 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Sri 

J 

§§ 

J 

Pro] 

classif 

aerty 
cation. 

•SJ 
01 

!» 

Numbe 
battery 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

4 

4 

Lid  prop  pin 

Screwed  into  lid  hinge  straps  

2 

2 

Screwed  to  sideboard     

9 

9 

Lid  prop  plate  left 

do  

4 

4 

In  lid  prop    

1 

1 

Lock  chain 

For  locking  oil-can  bar  on  catch  

2 

2 

Lock-chain  ring 

On  lock  chain  

2 

3 

Riveted  to  staple  plate                 .  .  . 

2 

3 

Lock-chain  staple  plate  

Screwed  to  front  and  tail  boards  and 

9 

9 

Lock  washer 

door  of  battery  wagon. 
On  tie-rod  vertical  

- 

1 

Lunette 

In  lunette  bracket  

1 

Lunette  bracket 

Front  end  of  side  rail  

2 

Lunette-bracket  filler  plate 

Riveted  to  bracket       

1 

On  lunette 

Middle  brace  right 

Riveted  to  axle  and  rail  

Middle  brace,  left 

do  

Name  plate 

Riveted  on  left  side  rail  

I 

I 

Nut  plate 

Attach  spare  wheel  fastenings 

Oil-can  bar 

Hinged  to  left  side  rail  

Oil-can  bar  catch 

Riveted  to  right  side  rail  

Oil-can  bar  bracket 

On  oil-can  bar 

Oil-can  bar  buffer 

do                        

Oil-can  bar  staple 

In  bracket 

s 

Oil-can  locking  plate 

On  oil-can  bar       

T 

Oil-can  slats  (rectangular) 

On  oil-can  supports 

9 

Oil-can  slats  (T  shaped) 

.do 

1 

Oil-can  slat,  right  (L  shaped) 

...do....                  

1 

Oil-can  slat,  left  (L  shaped) 

...  .do  

1 

Oil-can  staple 

Riveted  to  bracket              

fi 

Oil-can  support  bolt 

Tie  supports  to  wagon  body  

1 

Oil-can  support  front 

Riveted  to  side  rails,  rear  of  axle  

1 

Oil-can  support,  middle 

do  

1 

Oil-can  support^  rear 

do                    

3 

Padlock  with  1  bolt  snap    1  chain 

On  chest  for  lids  and  for  lock  bar 

and  1  chain  ring. 
Padlock  with  2  chain  rings  and  1  chain 

On  chest  for  door          

Partition,  front. 

Transversely  in  box  

Partition,  right 

Longitudinally  in  box  

Partition,  left  

do  

rv 

a 

1 
1 

Prop,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Fastening  pin  

Holds  prop  in  position  

1 

Washer  nut 

On  fastening  pin 

?. 

Prop-chain  clamps  

Pinned  to  prop  tubes  

1 

Prop  eye,  right  .  . 

At  upper  end  of  prop  tube 

1 

Prop  eye,  left 

do 

1 

Prop  foot  

On  prop  tubes.  ... 

?, 

? 

Prop  tubes  .  . 

Connect  prop  eyes  and  foot 

?. 

?, 

Prop  chains  

On  tubes  and  hook  .     . 

7, 

? 

Prop-chain  buttons 

On  body  of  frame 

2 

?, 

Prop-chain  guide  

Guide  chains  

1 

1 

Prop  hook  

On  ends  of  chains 

8 

8 

Rail  bolts  

Fasten  to  side  rails 

6 

6 

Rail-bolt  brackets  

Riveted  to  side  rails 

1 

Rear  board  

Rear  of  box 

i 

1 

Rear-brake  brace,  right  

Braces  channel  to  side  rail 

i 

1 

Rear-brake  brace,  left 

do 

i 

1 

Reinforce  (brake  segment  brace).  .  . 

Inside  front  board  (box  front) 

7 

7 

Reinforce  plate  

Under  wheel-cleat  fastenings 

1 

1 

Reinforce  plate,  right  lower  rear  

do  

1 

1 

Segment  rack  

Riveted  to  brake  segment 

?, 

?, 

Separator  

Between  brake  segment  and  brake 

1 

Shot  bolt,  left  .. 

guard. 
At  corner  of  door 

1 

Shot  bolt,  right  

do  

1 

Shot-bolt  bracket,  left 

Screwed  to  rear  door  .... 

1 

Shot-bolt  bracket  right 

do 

2 

Shot-bolt  bracket  filler..  . 

Under  shot-bolt  brackets  

• 

? 

Shot-bolt  eye. 

On  corner  iron  rear 

9 

Shot-boltstop 

Screwed  to  rear  door 

1 

1 

Side  brace,  front,  left 

On  sideboard  

1 

1 

Side  brace,  front,  right 

do 

1 

1 

Side  brace  rear  left 

do 

1 

1 

Side  brace,  rear,  right 

.do                              

1 

1 

Side-brace  front  clip 

At  lower  end  of  side  brace 

1 

1 

Side-brace  rear  clip,  left  

...do  

1 

1 

Side-brace  rear  clip,  right 

do 

1 

1 

Sideboard,  left... 

Side  of  box... 

98 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Contimicd. 


O   £ 

r  fe 

§t 
.1 

Proj 

classifl 

>erty 
cation. 

If 

S3 
a-tg 
fc" 

I! 

12 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

Sideboard  right 

Side  of  box 

1 

Side  rail,  left 

Riveted  to  axle  lugs.  .  . 

1 

Side  rail  right 

do 

4 

Side  strap  

Inside  of  sideboards  

3 

Slip  tongues  (door) 

In  door  boards  .  . 

7 

Slip  tongues  (floor) 

In  floor  boards 

5 

Slip  tongues  (hinge  boards) 

In  hinge  boards  .  . 

1 

10 

Slip  tongues  (lid).                    ...     . 

In  lid  boards  

Slip  tongues  (sideboard) 

In  sideboards  

Spare-pole  fastening 

In  spare-pole  support,  front  .  . 

Fastening  washer  .  . 

On  spare-pole  fastening  

0.625  crown  nut 

.do  

Spare-pole  rest  

Spare-pole  support,  front  . 

Riveted  to  front  of  frame  . 

Spare-pole  support,  rear  .... 

Riveted  and  bolted  to  axle  

Pin,  type  A,  0  866  x  2  75. 

Pins  support,  rear,  and  support  cap 

Spare-pole  support  bolts 

together. 
Bolts  support,  rear  to  axle  

Spare-pole  support  cap  rear 

Pinned  to  support  rear  ... 

Swing  bolt 

In  support,  rear. 

0  625  crown  nut 

On  swing  l>olt 

Spare-wheel  fastening  bar  .  . 

On  side  braces,  front  and  rear  .  .  . 

4 

Spare-wheel  fastening  base 

do    .  . 

4 

Spare-wheel  fastening  clip  

...do.... 

4 

Spare-wheel  fastening  swing  bolt 

do     . 

4 

Spare-  wheel  fastening  stud  

...do.... 

4 

Spare-  wheel  fastening  nut  . 

.do  

2 

2 

Spare-  wheel  support 

On  top  rail  of  box 

2 

2 

Spare-wheel  support  cap 

.do.... 

9 

2 

Spare-  wheel  support  clip  

do  

2 

2 

Spare-wheel  support  stud 

.do.... 

2 

2 

Spare-wheel  support  swing  bolt 

do 

2 

2 

Spare-wheel  support  nut  " 

.do  

IV 

9 

1 

1 

Strap  fastener  crowbar 

On  leftside  rail  

2 

2 

On  box  body 

2 

Strap  fastener  jackscrew 

4 

4 

Strap  fastener  paulin 

On  box  body 

2 

2 

Stiff  ener 

Riveted  to  front  and  tail  boards. 

2 

Supply-chest  supports 

Screwed  on  sideboards  .... 

.... 

1 

Tailboard 

Rear  of  box  ...         

..  . 

j 

Tie-rod  end  (front) 

At  upper  edge  of  front  board  .  . 

1 

Tie-rod  end  (rear)  

At  upper  edge  of  tailboard  

1 

Tie-rod  center 

Horizontal  rod  through  center  of  box.  . 

2 

Tie-rod  upper 

Under  top  rail           " 

1 

Tie-rod  vertical  . 

Vertical  rod  through  middle  of  box  

1 

Top  rail  

Top  of  box  T.  

1 

Transverse  brace  left 

Inside,  from  middle  of  floor  to  spare- 

I 

Transverse  brace,  right  .  .  . 

wheel  supports. 
do  

I 

Vertical  tie-rod  washer 

At  transverse  braces  

I 

Washer  (brake)... 

Under  head  of  upper  brake  segment 

I 

Washer  (brake  lever)  . 

bolt. 
On  brake-lever  pivot                      .  ... 

g 

Washer  (oil-can  bolt)  . 

Under  heads  of  oil-can  bolts  

2 

2 

Wheels 

On  axle  .                                

9 

g 

Wheel-cleat  fastening. 

1 

1 

Wheel  rest 

On  wheel-rest  supports  

2 

2 

Wheel-rest  support 

On  axle  . 

2 

1 

Wheel-support  strap,  front,  left. 

From  spare-  wheel  supports  to  wheel- 

2 

1 

Wheel-support  strap,  front,  right  

support  tie-plates, 
.do  

1 

1 

do  

1 

1 

Wheel-support  strap  rear  right 

do                          

2 

Under  axle 

In  replacements  of  wooden  parts  of  these  wagons  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  change  locations  of  hasps  slightly  in  certain  cases,  as  well  as 
make  necessary  fittings,  due  to  the  fact  that  wooden  parts  warp  and 
shrink  in  service  and  in  store  and  cannot  be  made  completely 
interchangeable. 


99 

3.8-INCH    HOWITZER    BATTERY    WAGON,    MODEL    OF 

1902  Mi. 

[Plate  XII.] 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PARTS  WHICH  DIFFER  FROM  THE  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL  OF 

1902. 

The  chest,  with  attachments,  is  much  stronger,  braced  better,  and 
is  secured  more  satisfactorily  .to  the  frame. 

The  weight  of  the  spare  wheels  is  carried  directly  by  the  axle 
instead  of  at  the  top  of  the  chest. 

The  parts  of  the  chest  are  bolted  and  screwed  together,  so  that  they 
may  be  readily  disassembled  if  necessary. 

The  floor  is  made  of  matched  poplar  boards  instead  of  paneling, 
and  is  raised  and  supported  above  the  frame  by  means  of  a  channel 
steel  wheel  rest  above  the  axle  and  two  parallel  oak  cross  rails  in 
front  and  two  cross  rails  in  the  rear.  Angles  are  riveted  to  the  frame 
to  take  the  eight  rail  bolts  which  secure  the  chest  to  the  frame. 

The  ends  of  the  wheel  rest  project  beyond  the  sides  of  the  body 
and  lie  on  bronze  wheel-rest  supports  above  the  axle.  Wheel-sup- 
port straps,  front  and  rear,  extend  from  the  spare-wheel  supports, 
and  they  are  bolted  to  the  inside  of  the  body  and  pass  below  the 
axle,  to  which  they  are  clamped  by  the  wheel-support  tie-plates. 

Two  additional  tie-rods  are  across  the  center  of  the  chest  at  the  top. 
The  corners  of  the  chest  are  not  dovetailed  but  reinforced  by  corner 
irons,  inner  and  outer.  Side  straps  are  bolted  through  the  inter- 
mediate cross  rails. 

The  door  and  lids  are  made  of  matched  poplar  boards,  except  the 
hasp  rail  of  the  lids,  which  is  of  oak. 

In  the  forward  part  of  the  wagon  on  the  floor  are  cleats  which 
locate  the  chest  for  spare  sights  and  the  packing  chest  for  spare  parts. 

By  means  of  supply-chest  supports,  which  serve  as  guides  on  the 
inside  of  the  sideboards  of  the  wagon,  the  packing  chest  for  supplies 
may  be  drawn  to  the  front  as  an  open  drawer  when  it  clears  the  lid 
of  the  wagon  and  then  slid  back  under  the  top  of  the  wagon  in  the 
closed  position.  It  is  held  in  the  latter  place  by  means  of  barrel 
bolts  locking  in  two  floor  plates.  A  list  of  contents  is  on  the  inside 
of  the  supply  chest  at  the  rear. 

3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  STORE  WAGON,  MODEL,  OF  1902  Ml. 

The  store  wagon,  model  of  1902  Mi,  is  the  same  as  the  battery 
wagon,  model  of  1902  Mi,  with  the  exceptions  noted  under  the  dif- 
ferences between  the  store  and  battery  wagons,  model  of  1902. 

CYCLOMETER. 

The  store  limber  of  each  3.8-inch  howitzer  battery  is  fitted  with  a 
device  which  registers  the  number  of  miles  traveled.  This  instrument, 
called  a  cyclometer,  is  mounted  on  the  left  tie-rod  clamp  at  the  rear 


100 


of  the  axle  and  is  composed  of  a  star  wheel  and  shaft  actuating  a 
train  of  gears  which  bring  figures  representing  0.1  mile  to  9,999.9 
miles  before  a  glass  window  in  the  usual  manner  of  such  meters. 

A  tally  pin  riveted  to  the  wheel  hub  strikes  the  star  wheel  and 
moves  it  one  tooth  at  each  revolution  of  the  wheel. 

A  special  tie-rod  clamp  is  issued  with  the  cyclometer  for  all  batteries. 

NOMENCLATURE   OF  CYCLOMETER  PARTS. 


1  bracket  (on  special  tie-rod  clamp). 

1  cover. 

1  stop. 

1  spring. 

1  tally  shaft. 

1  washer  (felt). 


1  counter. 

1  case  (for  counter). 

4  case  screws. 

3  bracket  screws. 

4  cover  bolts  with  nuts  and  split  pins. 
1  tally  pin. 


PADLOCKS  AND  BOLT  SNAPS. 

The  padlocks  furnished  for  each  separate  vehicle,  as  carriage,  forge 
limber,  battery  wagon,  store  limber,  or  store  wagon,  excepting  the 
Umbers  and  caissons,  will  have  keys  interchangeable  for  all  locks  of 
that  particular  vehicle,  but  differing  from  all  others. 

Limbers  and  caissons  are  furnished  with  a  lock,  marked  "AMMU- 
MITIOJs,"  which  has  only  one  key,  these  being  universally  inter- 
changeable. 

Bolt  snaps  for  temporarily  securing  doors,  etc.,  are  placed  where  no 
shot  bolts  are  provided. 

THE  ARTILLERY  HARNESS. 

[Plate  XIII.] 

The  component  parts  of  the  artillery  harness  are  given  in  the  table 
below.  Plate  XIII  shows  the  harness  for  the  off  wheel  and  off  lead 
horses.  The  nomenclature  corresponding  to  the  numbers  on  the  plate 
will  be  found  in  the  table. 


No. 
on 
Plate 
XIII. 

Component  parts. 

Wheel. 

Lead. 

Property 
classification. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 

horse. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1-4 

2 
3 

4 

o,9 

8 
9 
2-7 

5 

i, 
2 

3 

7 
4 

Backstrap  and  crupper  complete 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
4 

1 

IV 

s 

Consisting  of— 
Body  and  hip  straps 

Crupper  dock  T  

Loin  strap     .                          .... 

Trace  loops 

Backstrap  hook             

Breast  strap  complete 

1 

1 
2 
1 

1 

1 
2 
1 

Consisting  of— 
Breast  strap 

Breast-strap  hooks 

Breeching  complete.  .  .                

Consisting  of— 
Backstrap  (1)  and  hip  straps  (4) 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
4 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
4 

Body 

<  'nipper  dock 

I'.ncksirup  hook  

>i<lc-st  nip  hooks                              t 

I.oiu  strap 

>'i'lc  straps  

Trace  loops... 

:::::::: 

I 


101 


No. 
on 
Plate 
XIII. 

Component  parts. 

™"*-''|  "'-•••     i'c^E'L. 

Near 
horse. 

oil- 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

10-19 

10 
11 
12 
13 
19 
13 
14 
16 
17 

10 
11 
13 
18 
14 
16 
45 
20 
21 
40 
22,2? 

22 
23 
24,25 

24 
25 
26-33 

27 
15 

28 
29 

42 

43 
44 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 

37 

38 

39 
41 

Bridle,  complete  (old  model)  

1 

1 
2 
2 

1 

1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
2 
2 

1 

1 
2 
2 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

IV 

8 

Consisting  of  — 
Brow  band 

Brow-band  ornaments            

Check  pieces 

Connecting  strap 



i 
1 
1 
1 

1 

2 
1 
...... 

1 

1 
1 

(  rownpiece 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 

Snaffle  bit  l 

Reins  (pairs) 

Throatlatch                                 

Bridle,  complete  (new  model),  consisting  of— 
Brow  band                       .             

Brow-band  ornaments 

Crownpiece  

(  oupling  strap 

Snaffle  bit'  

1 
1 
1 
1 

Roins 

<  rownpiece  strap     

ollar,  steel 

Hame  tug  (part  of  the  collar) 

Collar  strap 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Halter,  complete  

<  onsisting  of— 
Headstall 

Tie  rope  .     .        :     

Martingale,  complete 

onsisting  of— 
Martingale 

incha  strap  

Saddle,  complete 

1 
..... 

1 

1 
..... 

1 
1 

Consisting  of— 
(  inchas,  with  reinforces  and  loops  
(  inchas  without  reinforces  and  loops 

I  ead-rr  in  roller  and  strap  

1 

Quarter  straps,  including  rings,  safes,  and 
cincha  straps                 

1 

C  incha  strap  ,  a  part  of  the  saddle  quarter 
strap 

(  oat  strap,  33-inch  (pommel) 

3 
1 

2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 

2 

3 
1 
..... 

2 
2 

"2 

2 
2 

2 

2 
1 

2 

2 

Coat  strap,  45-inch  (cantle).           

Coat  strap,  60-inch 

Saddletree,  leather-covered        .  .  :  

1 
2 
2 

Stirrups  (nic]  el  steel) 

Stirrup  straps  

Saddlebags,  pairs 

Saddlebags  side  straps 

Traces  lead  model  of  1908 

onsisting  of  — 
1  trace  body 

1  trace  cover 

3  lin7  s 

1  chain  .  . 

1  toggle 

2socl  ets  

2  cones 

2  filler  pieces  

Traces,  wheel,  model  of  1908 

2 

2 

Consisting  of  — 
1  trace  body  

1  trace  cover 

1  ring  

2  sockets 

2  lints  

2  chains 

2  toggles 

2  cones  .  .  . 

2  filler  pieces 

Mogul  spring  

1  loop  hook 

1  ring  

1  Mogul  spring  loop  . 

1  locking  strap  

Trace  chains.. 

m 
/ 

i 

fj 

2 

Whip... 

1 
2 
1 

Sweat  leathers  

Blanket2 

1 

i 

1 

1  Twenty  curb  bits  with  chains  are  issued  for  use  in  place  of  snaffle  bits  on  fractious  draft  horses. 
8  In  submitting  and  in  filling  requisitions,  unless  it  is  specifically  stated  that  saddle  blankets  are  wanted, 
they  will  not  be  included. 


102 


STEEL  COLLARS. 


SIZES   AND   DIRECTION   FOR   FITTING. 


Steel  collars  are  made  in  the  following  sizes:  2  A,  2  B,  4  A,  4  B, 
5,  5  A,  5  B,  6,  6  A,  6  B,  7,  7  A,  7  B,  and  8  A.  The  number  and  shape 
of  the  collar  are  stamped  on  the  front  side  under  the  extension  bolt. 
The  A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter  sides  than  the  numbers  without 
letters.  When  issued  with  harness,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  20  per] 
cent  of  the  collars  are  No.  4  A,  30  per  cent  No.  5,  and  40  per  cent 
No.  5  A,  and  10  per  cent  No.  6.  In  requisitions  the  size  of  collars 
desired  should  be  given. 

The  steel  collar  pads  are  made  in  seven  different  sizes:  No.  0  is 
4  inches  wide,  No.  1  is  4.5  inches,  No.  2  is  5  inches,  etc.,  to  No.  6, 
which  is  7  inches  wide.  The  pad  connections  are  also  furnished  in 
seven  sizes,  from  No.  0  to  No.  6.  For  the  plain  number  of  collar 
(5,  6,  or  7)  the  regular  adjustment  requires  a  pad  connection  of  the 
same  number  as  the  pad.  The  A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter  sides 
and  take  a  pad  connection  two  sizes  larger  than  the  pad — that  is,  it 
would  take  a  No.  3  connection  with  a  No.  1  pad,  etc.,  for  the  regular 
adjustment  in  these  shapes.  When  the  collar  is  very  wide  at  the  top 
and  narrow  at  the  bottom  the  size  of  the  pad  connection  must  be 
increased  one  or  two  numbers  to  allow  the  collar  to  close  easily  at 
the  bottom.  In  the  reverse  case  a  smaller  pad  connection  should  be 
used.  The  collar  pads  are  numbered  on  the  front  inner  side.  The 
pad  connections  are  numbered  on  the  side  having  the  round  holes, 
which  side  must  be  kept  to  the  front  on  the  collar.  In  requisitions 
for  collar  pads  and  pad  connections  the  sizes  desired  must  be  stated. 

The  buckle  is  made  in  two  sizes.  No.  2  is  1  inch  longer  than  No.  1, 
and  is  used  with  the  larger  sizes  of  collar  pad. 

The  correct  adjustment  and  fitting  of  collars  is  of  the  utmost 
importance.  The  variety  of  sizes  and  shapes  of  collars,  pads,  pad 
connections,  and  buckles  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department  is 
sufficient  to  enable  any  horse  to  be  correctly  fitted.  Efficient  super- 
vision by  officers  of  the  fitting  of  collars  and  of  the  adjustment  of  the 
point  of  draft  (trace  plate)  is  required  to  secure  proper  results. 

Table  of  dimensions. 

SIZE  OF  COLLARS  FITTED  WITH  NO.  3  PADS. 


1 
Number      Ifgj^ 

Width  C, 
inohi-s 
down 
from  top. 

Width  8 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width 
at 
draft. 

Number 
of  collar. 

1  I'llUtll 

of  collar 
Inside. 

Width  6 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

down       flJjL 
from  top. 

Inches. 
2  A                            Lg 

Inches. 

P 

61 

Inches. 

7; 

7 
7 

IncKet, 

6 

Inches. 
22A 
22* 

24" 

•Jl 

•_M 

Inches^. 
7| 

7 

7 

Inch(*.     1 

<•         '<:; 

21'.                              1^ 

GA   . 

>;  i'. 

4  15.  .. 
5 



.... 

f>A...                       21 

">  1?                            21 

t 


iL 


103 


Table  of  dimensions — Continued. 

SIZE  OF  COLLAR  FITTED  WITH  NO.  1  PADS. 


Number 
of  collar. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width  i 
inches 
down 
from  top 

\ 

. 

Width 
at 
draft. 

Number 
of  collar. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6 
niches 
down 
from  top. 

Width  * 
inches 
down 
from  top 

< 

. 

Width 
at 
draft. 

2  A.. 

Inches. 
16* 

Inches. 

Inches. 

6i 

Inches. 

7 

6 

Inches. 
21 

Inches. 

At 

Inches. 

1\ 

Inches. 

8$ 

2B 

16i 

M$ 

5; 

(U 

6  A 

21 

6 

Qj 

g 

4  A.. 

18 

5J 

ft 

3 

6  B 

21 

$ 

8 

4  B 

18 

el 

• 

« 

7 

fil 

7: 

g 

5 

19i 

6i 

T 

8| 

7  A 

221 

si 

& 

8 

5  A... 

19J 

« 

6j 

n 

7B  

22i 

gf 

6 

8 

5B.. 

19J 

C3 

51 

7} 

8  A 

24 

rf 

6 

3 

The  table  of  dimensions  gives  the  largest  and  smallest  size  that 
each  collar  can  be  made  with  the  No.  3  and  No.  1  pads.  Adding 
one-half  inch  in  length  and  width  to  the  smallest  dimensions  given 
in  the  table  will  give  the  size  of  the  collars  when  fitted  with  the 
No.  2  pads.  These  examples  are  given  to  show  the  three  regular 
adjustments  in  each  size  of  collar,  but  these  dimensions  can  be  varied 
to  suit  the  different  shapes  of  necks.  The  largest  pad  can  be  put 
in  the  top  of  the  collar  and  the  bottom  taken  in  to  its  smallest  dimen- 
sions, or  the  smallest  pad  can  be  put  in  the  top  and  the  bottom  left 
out.  While  each  collar  can  be  lengthened  or  shortened  and  taken  in 
or  let  out  at  the  bottom  by  means  of  the  adjustments  provided,  the 
width  at  the  top  can  not  be  changed  without  using  a  larger  or 
smaller  pad. 

In  fitting  irregular  shapes  none  of  the  connections  may  give  just 
the  proper  tension  on  the  pad.  In  such  a  case  use  fche  one  that  comes 
nearest  and  straighten  or  bend  the  extension  at  the  top.  When  the 
collar  requires  to  be  widened  at  top  to  relieve  the  pressure  on  the  pad 
and  make  it  lock  easily  at  the  bottom,  open  the  collar  wide  and  place 
a  round  piece  of  hard  wood  or  iron,  1  inch  in  diameter  and  2  inches 
long,  between  the  connection  and  collar  side  close  up  to  the  hinge; 
then  press  the  sides  together  and  bend  both  sides  alike  so  that  they 
will  be  the  same  length  at  the  bottom.  Do  not  let  the  fulcrum  rest  on 
the  pad,  for  it  will  bend  it.  If  the  collar  sides  require  straightening 
to  close  them  tighter  on  the  pad  and  give  more  tension  on  the  latch  at 
the  bottom,  open  the  collar  at  the  bottom,  hook  the  wrench  over  the 
top  of  collar  side,  and  press  down  the  lever,  treating  both  sides  alike. 
Both  of  these  operations  can  be  performed  with  the  collar  put 
together. 

Parts  furnished  for  the  repair  of  the  collars  with  the  correct  names 
of  the  parts  are  shown  on  Plate  XIV. 

Canvas  collar  pads  are  not  part  of  the  artillery  harness,  but  are 
furnished  upon  requisition.  They  are  made  in  sizes  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5, 
and  6,  as  called  for;  if  no  size  is  called  for  they  are  made  in  equal 
proportions  of  Nos.  4,5,  and  6. 


104 

Harness  issued  for  service  in  tropical  countries  has  the  metal  parts 
which  come  in  contact  with  the  leather  made  of  bronze  where  prac- 
ticable, and  steel  parts  covered  with  brass  rollers  or  copper  plated  to 
prevent  disintegration  of  the  leather  due  to  chemical  action. 

COLLAR-LIFTING   DEVICE. 
]  Plate  XV.  ] 

This  is  a  simple  device  for  lifting  the  steel  collar  from  the  horse's 
neck,  when,  for  any  reason,  the  neck  becomes  sore.  The  straps 
securing  it  to  the  hame  tugs  afford  easy  attachments  to  or  removal 
from  the  collar.  By  supporting  the  collar  by  canvas  pads  in  front 
and  in  rear  of  the  collar  the  pressure  is  removed  from  the  surface 
of  the  neck  directly  beneath  the  collar  and  the  weight  is  more  evenly 
distributed  along  the  neck.  In  case  of  necessity  such  a  device, 
made  by  the  organization  mechanic,  will  allow  working  a  horse  when 
suffering  with  a  sore  neck. 

THE  ADJUSTMENT  OF  HARNESS. 

The  bridle. — The  throat  latch  should  be  kept  loose  enough  to 
admit  the  flat  of  the  hand  between  it  and  the  throat  of  the  animal. 
The  snaffle  and  curb  bits  should  be  placed  low  enough  not  to  crease 
the  corners  of  the  mouth  and  not  so  low  as  to  strike  the  tusks.  The 
curb  chain  should  be  adjusted  so  as  to  allow  two  fingers  to  pass  be- 
tween the  chain  and  the  chin  when  the  branches  of  the  bit  are  in 
prolongation  of  the  cheek  pieces. 

The  collar. — The  bearing  surface  of  the  collar  should  be  £tted  to 
suit  the  conformation  of  the  horse  at  the  bearing  area  of  the  shoulder. 
After  measuring  the  length  and  width  of  the  neck  at  the  shoulder, 
reference  to  the  tables  of  dimensions  and  explanations  above  will 
enable  the  selection  of  approximately  the  size  of  the  collar,  collar 
pad,  and  connections  required.  The  attachment  of  the  buckle 
latch,  etc.,  should  then  be  varied  until  a  proper  fit  is  obtained.  The 
collar  should  not  be  too  large  or  too  small  in  length  or  width.  To 
test  for  a  proper  fit,  let  the  collar  rest  of  its  own  weight  against  the 
shoulder,  pull  the  side  of  the  collar  with  one  hand  halfway  down 
against  the  neck  and  mane;  the  fingers  of  the  other  hand  should 
then  have  a  snug,  even  fit  up  to  the  knuckles  between  the  collar  and 
the  neck  free  from  the  mane,  from  the  collar  pad  at  the  top  around  toe 
the  throat  at  the  bottom.  The  proof  of  the  fit  is  in  the  way  the 
collar  works.  It  is  well  to  tag  a  properly  fitted  collar  with  the  name  of 
the  horse  to  which  it  belongs. 

The  trace. — It  is  apparent  that  the  point  and  direction  of  applica- 
tion of  the  draft  should  be  at  the  center  of  the  bearing  area  of  the 
shoulder,  where  the  motion  of  the  shoulder  blade  is  the  least,  and 
in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  shoulder.  When  these  condi- 


PLATE  XV 


Collar  Lifting  Device. 


14199—17 9 


105 

tions  exist,  the  collar  will  have  no  tendency  to  choke  the  horse  or 

bear  down  on  its  neck.     The  highest  adjustment  of  the  trace  plates 

will  be  best  adapted  for  all  horses. 

The  saddle  and  breeching. — The  saddle  should  have  the  greatest 
earing  area  possible  over  the  middle  of  the  horse's  back.  The 
addles  are  generally  placed  too  far  forward,  and  with  most  horses 
will  be  found  that  the  back  strap  should  be  buckled  in  its  shortest 
djustment  with  the  crupper  resting  closely  but  not  tightly  against 
dock,  so  as  to  keep  the  saddle  from  being  placed  dangerously 
ear  the  withers.  For  ordinary  work,  the  cincha  when  fastened 
lould  admit  the  flat  of  the  fingers  easily  under  the  quarter  strap 
nd  ring  safe.  Pressure  should  not  be  brought  on  the  trace  loops 
ith  the  horses  in  draft,  but  the  bottom  of  the  loop  should  be  1  or  2 

inches  below  the  traces.  The  body  of  the  breeching  performs  the 
ame  office  in  holding  the  vehicle  back  that  the  collar  does  in  moving 
forward  and  the  same  principles  of  direction  and  point  of  applica- 
.011  of  force  apply.  The  place  of  least  motion  of  the  thigh  bone  is 
t  its  pivot  or  the  joint  of  the  hip.  The  bod}'  of  the  breeching  should 
lerefore  rest  against  the  thigh  at  the  joint  of  the  hip,  and  the  hip 
}raps  should  be  adjusted  to  hold  it  in  this  position. 
The  side  straps  should  be  of  such  length  that  the  body  of  the 
reeching  will  check  the  carriage  before  the  singletree  touches  the 
ocks.  A  satisfactory  adjustment  can  be  made  by  hitching  the 
orse  to  the  carriage  and  having  him  put  his  weight  into  the  collar, 
lien  insert  the  width  of  the  hand  and  extended  thumb  between  the 
ody  strap  and  the  thigh  and  buckle  the  side  straps  to  this  length. 

THE  CARE  AND  PRESERVATION  OF  LEATHER. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  following : 

"It  is  forbidden  to  use  any  dressing  or  polishing  material  on  the 
rather  accouterments  or  equipments  of  the  soldier,  the  horse  equip- 
lents  for  cavalry,  or  the  artillery  harness  except  the  preparations 
applied  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  that  purpose."  (A.  R. 
93  of  1913.) 

REASON    FOR   OILIXG   LEATHER. 

Leather,  as  it  comes  from  the  tannery  in  manufacture,  is  hard, 
ough,  inflexible,  and  readily  absorbs  water.  To  remove  these 
ndesirable  qualities  and  render  the  leather  soft,  pliable,  flexible, 
nd  impervious  to  water,  to  increase  the  strength  and  toughness  of 
le  fiber,  and  to  give  the  leather  such  a  surface  color  and  finish  as 
make  it  most  sightly  and  suitable  for  the  purpose  for  which 
ntended,  the  manufacture  is  continued  by  hand  stuffing  it  with  a 
ubbing  made  of  pure  cod-liver  oil  and  beef  tallow,  which  the  expe- 
ience  of  carriers  has  shown  to  be  the  best  material  for  this  purpose. 
Oiis  dubbing  is  thoroughly  absorbed  by  the  leather,  penetrating  it 
ompletely,  and  is  not  merely  limited  to  the  surface. 


106 

The  russet  leather  now  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  in  thJ 
manufacture  of  all  leather  equipments  is  pure  oak  tanned,  of  No.  1 
tannage  and  finish,  hand  stuffed  with  a  light  dubbing  made  of  pure] 
cod-liver  oil  and  beef  tallow  to  preserve  the  leather.  This  leather  as 
it  comes  from  the  manufacturer  contains  enough  oil  to  materially] 
improve  its  quality  and  prolong  its  life,  but  not  enough  to  soil  the 
clothing  if  the  equipment  is  properly  cared  for.  No  oil  whatever  is] 
added  to  the  leather  in  the  manufacture  of  the  equipments  at  thei 
Government  arsenals. 


CARE    OF   RUSSET   LEATHER. 


Leather  equipments  which  have  become  wet  should  be  dried  in  the 
shade.  Wet  leather  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  or  to  the] 
heat  of  a  stove  or  radiator  becomes  hard  and  brittle.  Only  cool  or] 
lukewarm  water  should  be  used  on  leather;  the  use  of  hot  water  isj 
prohibited. 

When  russet-leather  equipments  become  soiled  in  service  they] 
should  be  cleaned  by  carefully  washing  the  leather  with  a  sponge! 
moistened  with  a  heavy  lather  made  of  clean  water  and  Castile  or' 
Frank  Miller's  soap,  and  then  rubbing  vigorously  with  a  dry  cloth] 
until  the  leather  is  completely  dr}^. 

If  the  leather  becomes  harsh  and  dry  from  exposure  to  water  on 
other  causes,  clean  as  above  described,  and  while  the  leather  is  >t  ill 
slightly  moist  apply  a  light  coat  of  neat's-foot  oil  by  rubbing  with  a] 
soft  cloth  moistened  (not  saturated)  with  the  oil.  If  it  is  found  that; 
too  much  oil  has  been  used  the  surplus  can  be  readily  removed  byj 
rubbing  with  a  sponge  moistened  with  naphtha  or  gasoline.  But! 
these  oils  are  not  issued  for  this  purpose. 

Where  a  polish  is  desired,  the  leather  should  first  be  thoroughly! 
cleaned  and  then  the  leather  polish  or  dressing  supplied  by  the  Ord-j 
nance  Department  should  be  applied  sparingly  and  thoroughly] 
rubbed  in  with  a  soft,  dry  cloth.  Scars,  cuts,  or  abrasions  of  the! 
leather  may  be  improved  in  appearance  but  not  obliterated  by 
similar  use  of  the  leather  polish. 

Russet  leather  may  be  cleaned,  oiled,  and  polished  as  descril 
above,  but  it  should  be  noted  that  if  more  than  a  light  coat  of  oil 
given  the  leather  will  be  greatly  darkened  and  will  quickly  soil  the 
clothing.  No  method  of  cleaning  will  restore  the  original  light  coloi 
of  the  leather  or  remove  stains  or  discoloration-. 

CARE    OF   BLACK   LEATHER. 

To  clean  and  dress  black  leather  wash  it  in  water  (lukewarm  pn 
f erred)  with  Castile  soap.     An  old  horse  brush  will  be  found  vei 
satisfactory  for  applying  the  soap  and  water.     Dry  in  the  shade: 
when  almost  dry,  apply  the  blacking,  rubbing  it  in  thoroughly. 


1 


in 
22 

CD 
o 


£ 


p. 

06 


Loll 


107 

Dry  in  the  shade  and  then  apply  iieat's-foot  oil  with  a  sponge  or 
•ag,  rubbing  in  well  until  the  leather  is  soft  and  pliable. 

When  dry,  a  certain  amount  of  oil  and  blacking  will  exude  from 
he  leather:  this  should  be  rubbed  off  with  a  dry  cloth. 

SIGHTS. 

FRONT  AND  REAR  SIGHTS. 

The  arrangements  for  sighting  and  laying  the  piece  include  a 
jeep  sight  in  the  rear  with  a  corresponding  front  sight  carrying 
iross  wires,  and  a  panoramic  sight.  (Plate  XVII.) 

The  front  sight  consists  of  two  cross  wires  set  at  an  angle  of  45° 
;b  the  horizontal  in  the  circular  bore  of  the  cross-wire  holder  and 
leld  in  place  by  the  cross-wire  ring  and  the  cross-wire  retainer.  The 
jhank  of  the  holder  is  threaded  with  32  threads  per  inch,  which 
illows  it  vertical  movement  in  the  holder  sleeve.  The  outside  of 
holder  sleeve  is  threaded  with  30  threads  per  inch,  which  allows 
t  a  vertical"  movement  in  the  cross-wire  holder  bracket.  This 
oracket  is  keyed  and  attached  by  studs  to  the  trunnion  cap,  left. 

A  one-eighth  inch  split  pin  passes  through  the  bracket  and  through 
dots  in  the  cross- wire  holder  and  holder  sleeve,  and  fixes  the  cross-wire 
lolder  in  a  plane  normal  to  the  line  of  sight,  the  slots  allowing  vertical 
adjustment  by  the  differential  threads  of  the  sleeve.  A  sight  bar 
s  keyed  to  the  left  trunnion  bushing  of  the  rocker  and  secured  by 
a  nut.  This  bar  extends  to  the  rear  and  supports  the  peep  and 
>anoramic  sights. 

The  rear  end  or  head  of  the  sight  bar  is  provided  with  circular 
guides  cut  with  the  line  of  sight,  howitzer  at  0°  elevation,  as  an 
axis,  and  upon  these  guides  a  socket  for  the  sight  shank  is  mounted. 
A  clip  formed  on  the  front  of  the  lower  end  of  the  shank  socket 
brms  a  bearing  for  a  leveling  screw,  whose  threads  engage  worm-gear 
;eeth  cut  in  the  lower  guide  of  the  sight  bar.  On  the  rear  of  the 
ower  end  of  the  shank  socket  is  a  seat  for  the  cross  level.  Turning 
the  leveling  screw  rotates  the  sight  shank  socket  about  the  line  of 
sight  and  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  it.  This  permits  the  sight 
shank  to  be  brought  vertical,  thereby  correcting  for  any  difference 
n  the  level  of  the  wheels. 

The  sight  shank  is  an  arm  curved  to  the  arc  of  a  circle,  the  center 
of  which  lies  in  the  axis  of  the  trunnions;  it  slides  in  guides  in  the 
shank  socket  and  is  moved  up  and  down  in  elevation  by  a  scroll 
gear  seated  in  a  boss  upon  the  shank  socket  and  engaging  in  a  rack 
cut  upon  the  left  side  of  the  shank.  The  scroll  gear  is  held  in  mesh 
with  the  rack  by  the  scroll-gear  spring. 

The  sight  shank  may  be  dismounted  from  the  sight  shank  socket, 
or  a  considerable  change  in  elevation  may  be  quickly  effected  by 


108 


pulling  the  scroll-gear  handle  to  compress  the  spring  and  disengage* 
the  scroll  gear  from  the  rack,  and  then  sliding  the  sight  shank  through  jj 
the  shank  socket  by  hand. 

A  German  silver  range  strip  fits  in  a  dovetailed  seat  cut  in  the  rear! 
face  of  the  sight  shank,  and  is  divided  into  three  range  scales,  each 
graduated  in  yards  to  correspond  to  the  ranges  of  the  particular  zone! 
used.  Mounted  upon  a  boss  on  the  rear  face  of  the  sight  shank 
socket  and  held  in  place  by  a  shutter  trunnion  is  a  notched  zone 
shutter,  the  notches  being  so  arranged  that  only  the  range  scale  to 
be  used  is  exposed.  The  knurled  knob  is  used  for  turning  the  zone 
shutter  to  the  desired  zone,  in  which  position  it  is  held  by  a  tooth 
of  the  shutter  spring  engaging  a  notch  in  the  shutter.  Kaised  fig- 
ures on  the  shutter  indicate  the  number  of  the  zone  of  the  range 
being  read. 

A  shank-socket  cover  is  provided  to  close  the  inner  side  of  the 
shank  socket.  A  spring  plate  attached  to  the  front  of  the  shank 
recess  in  the  socket  supports  two  plungers  which  are  actuated  by 
springs  to  force  the  shank  against  the  front  wall  of 'the  socket,  thus 
taking  up  the  play  of  the  parts. 

The  upper  part  of  the  sight  shank  is  fashioned  into  a  deflection 
guide  and  mounting  for  the  peep  sight  and  is  prolonged  to  form  a 
support  for  the  panoramic  sight.  The  peep-sight  guide  is  located  in 
an  opening  in  the  sight  shank  and  is  perpendicular  to  the  line  of 
sight.  The  peep  sight  is  secured  by  clips  to  this  guide  and  is  trav- 
ersed along  it  by  the  peep-sight  screw.  The  latter  passes  through 
a  tapped  hole  in  the  peep  sight  and  is  supported  at  each  end  in  bear- 
ings in  the  sight  shank.  The  screw  is  turned  by  a  knurled  head  at 
its  left  end.  The  peephole  is  0.125  inch  in  diameter. 

The  deflection  scale  is  attached  to  the  rear  face  of  the  peep-sight 
guide  and  the  index  for  the  scale  is  on  the  peep  sight.  The  gradua- 
tions are  in  milliemes,  or  points  equivalent  to  one  one- thousandth 
part  of  the  range.  There  are  45  mils  upon  each  side  of  the  zero, 
and  the  scale  is  marked  from  left  to  right  as  follows : 

40         20         0         80         60 
the  actual  mils  being 

40         20         0         6380         6360 

thus  making  deflection  readings  on  this  sight  uniform  with  those  of 
the  panoramic  sight  and  the  battery  commander's  telescope.  The 
scale  has  a  short  longitudinal  adjustment  by  which  the  zero  of  the 
scale  may  be  located  so  as  to  bring  the  line  of  sight  parallel  to  the 
plane  containing  the  axes  of  the  howitzer  and  cradle. 

The  sides  of  the  upper  sight  shank  converge  above  the  peep  sight 
and  form  a  support  for  the  panoramic  sight.  This  support  has  a 
vertical  T  slot  into  which  the  guide  lug  of  the  panoramic  sight  fits. 
A  damp  -crew  with  a  ratchet  head  is  seated  in  the  support  and  holds 


I 

$ 


\ 

SJ 


rt! 


109 

the  panoramic  sight  in  position  by  forcing  it  against  the  ways  of 
the  support.  A  small  spring  plunger  detent  seated  in  the  sight 
shank  bears  against  the  ratchet  head  of  the  clamp  screw  and  fixes 
it  in  position. 

Upon  the  left  side  of  the  upper  sight  shank  is  attached  a  level 
holder  in  which  is  mounted  an  elevation  level. 

In  firing,  the  sight  is  left  in  its  seat.  In  operating  the  quick  return 
mechanism  the  cradle  and  howitzer  are  shifted,  but  the  rocker  and 
sight  settings  are  not  disturbed. 

THE  PANORAMIC  SIGHT,  MODEL  OF  1904. 
[Plate  XVII.] 

The  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  telescope  so  fitted  with  reflecting 
prisms  that  the  gunner  with  his  eye  at  the  eyepiece,  which  is  fixed  in 
a  horizontal  position,  may  bring  into  the  field  of  view  an  object 
situated  at  any  point  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 
telescope. 

The  details  of  the  optical  part  of  the  instrument  are  shown  in 
Plate  XVII,  and  comprise  the  rotating  head  prism  A,  the  rotating 
prism  B;  the  objective  lens  C,  the  lower  reflecting  prism  D,  and  the 
eyepiece  E.  The  rays  coming  from  the  object  are  reflected  down- 
ward from  the  prism  A  into  prism  B,  which  rectifies  them:  after 
their  passage  through  the  objective  lens  C,  the  prism  D  reflects  them 
in  such  a  way  that  there  is  presented  to  the  eyepiece  E  a  rectified 
image,  which  the  eyepiece  magnifies.  The  prism  B  is  of  rectangular 
cross  section.  Its  peculiarity  is  that  on  rotation  about  its  longi- 
tudinal axis  the  image  of  an  object  seen  through  it  turns  with  twice 
the  angular  velocity  of  the  prism.  As,  therefore,  the  prisms  A  and 
B  are  so  mounted  as  to  rotate  about  this  axis,  prism  B  following  A 
with  one-half  the  angular  velocity  of  the  latter,  the  image  always 
remains  as  it  would  appear  to  one  observing  it  directly  with  an 
ordinary  terrestrial  telescope. 

The  image  formed  by  the  objective  lens  would  naturally  be  re- 
versed and  inverted.  The  lower  inclined  faces  of  the  prism  D  by 
cross,  reflection  transfer  the  rays  to  opposite  sides  of  the  axis,  thus 
correcting  the  reversal.  The  correction  of  the  inversion  is  accom- 
plished by  the  combined  action  of  the  three  prisms  A,  B,  and  D,  the 
nature  of  the  action  varying  with  the  different  positions  of  the 
prisms.  In  the  position  shown  on  Plate  XVII  prisms  A  and  D  act  as 
parallel  reflectors,  and  they  without  the  lens  system  would  present 
and  erect  image.  Prism  B,  however,  inverts  the  rays  and  corrects 
the  inversion  produced  by  the  objective  lens.  It  will  be  noted  the 
effect  would  be  the  same  whether  the  prism  B  occupies  the  position 
shown  on  the  plate  or  be  revolved  180°  from  that  position.  This 
latter  position  is  the  one  it  would  assume  if  the  prism  A  were  rotated 
through  360°.  If  the  prism  A  be  now  rotated  through  180°  the 


110 

prisms  A  and  D  would  form  two  reflectors  set  at  right  angles,  and 
would  give,  without  the  lens  system  an  inverted  image,  and  in  con- 
junction with  the  lens  system  an  erect  image.  Prism  B  in  this  case 
will  occupy  a  position  90°  from  that  shown  on  the  plate,  in  which 
position  it  causes  no  inversion,  but  counteracts  the  inversion  pro- 
duced by  prism  D. 

A  glass  reticule  marked  with  cross  lines  is  located  in  the  focal  plane 
of  the  instrument,  with  the  intersection  of  the  cross  lines  coincident 
with  its  optical  axis.  No  provision  is  made  for  changing  the  focus 
of  eyepiece  or  objective  lens.  As  issued,  the  instrument  is  focused 
for  the  usual  range  and  the  average  eye.  The  magnifying  power  of 
the  instrument  is  four;  the  field  of  view  is  10°. 

The  mechanical  construction  of  the  instrument  is  as  follows:  The 
body  consists  of  a  shank,  provided  on  its  front  surface  with  a  T  lug 
which  fits  into  a  corresponding  slot  in  the  head  of  the  shank  of  the 
rear  sights  and  is  held  in  that  position  by  a  clamp  screw,  which  is 
locked  by  a  detent  and  ratchet,  thus  firmly  securing  the  instrument 
in  place.  To  the  lowrer  end  of  the  shank  is  screwed  the  eyepiece 
elbow,  forming  a  housing  for  the  prism  D  and  the  eyepiece  E.  The 
latter  projects  to  the  rear  just  above  the  peep  sight  of  the  rear  sight. 
To  the  upper  end  of  the  shank  is  screwed  the  azimuth-circle  support, 
to  which  is  screwed  the  hood  for  the  azimuth  circle,  forming  a  seat 
for  the  rotating  mechanism  of  the  sight.  The  opening  in  the  rotat- 
ing head  is  closed  by  the  rotating  head  window,  which  forms  a  dust 
guard.  The  rotating  head  prism  A  is  mounted  opposite  this  opening. 
The  lower  end  of  the  rotating  head  is  seated  in  the  azimuth  circle  hub 
and  gear.  A  worm  located  in  bearings  in  the  hood  for  azimuth  circle 
engages  in  a  worm  rack  cut  on  the  azimuth  circle.  The  rotating 
prism  B  is  secured  in  the  upper  end,  and  the  objective  C  in  the  lower 
end,  of  the  supporting  sleeve  for  rotating  prism  resting  in  the  azimuth 
circle  hub  and  gear.  The  upper  end  of  the  supporting  sleeve  for  the 
rotating  prism  and  the  lower  end  of  the  azimuth  circle  hub  and  gear 
have  gears  which  engage  in  a  double  pinion  seated  in  the  azimuth- 
circle  support.  The  gears  and  pinions  are  calculated  so  that  the  angu- 
lar velocity  of  the  rotating  head  is  twice  that  of  the  rotating  prism  B 
and  is  in  the  same  direction.  The  motion  of  rotation  is  transmitted 
from  the  worm  to  the  azimuth  circle,  thence  to  the  azimuth-circle 
hub  and  gear,  thence  to  the  pinion,  and  through  it  to  the  supporting 
sleeve  for  rotating  prism.  The  amount  of  motion  of  the  rotating 
head  prism  is  indicated  by  a  graduated  scale  on  the  perimeter  of  the 
azimuth  circle,  visible  through  the  glass  azimuth-circle  window  in 
the  rear  face  of  the  hood  for  the  azimuth  circle.  The  zero  of  the 
scale  and  the  movable  index  cover  on  the  hood  for  azimuth  circle  are 
located  so  that  the  line  of  sight  of  the  panoramic  sight  is  parallel  to 
that  of  the  rear  sight,  and  consequently  to  the  axis  of  the  gun,  when 
both  sights  are  set  at  0  elevation  and  deflection. 


Ill 

The  scale  is  formed  by  dividing  the  circumference  ink)  64  equal 
parts.  One  complete  turn  of  the  worm  moves  the  rotating  head 
prism  through  one  of  these  divisions,  or  ^  of  a  circle.  The  rear  end 
of  the  worm  carries  the  worm  index  with  circumference  graduated 
into  100  equal  parts  to  form  a  micrometer  scale.  One  of  these  sub- 
divisions, therefore,  equals  -^^  of  a  division  of  the  main  scale,  or 
marks  a  movement  of  the  rotating  head  prism  and  line  of  sight 
through  -g^Vii  of  a  circle.  An  angular  movement  of  the  line  of  sight 
through  ^tW  °f  a  circle  corresponds  very  closely  to  a  lateral  displace- 
ment of  10100  of  the  range.  Practically,  the  subdivisions  of  the  deflec- 
tion scale  on  the  panoramic  sight  are  considered  as  points  equal  to 
roW  °f  khe  range  and  are  called  milliemes  or  mils. 

The  reading  of  the  deflection  scale  or  the  size  of  an  angle  is  given 
in  the  units  of  the  worm  index  as  2763,  1521,  etc.,  meaning  f£jj$, 
•JfiB'j  e^c.,  of  360°.  The  alternate  divisions  of  the  main  scale  are 
numbered  in  a  clockwise  direction  0,  2,  4,  etc.,  to  62,  inclusive.  In 
reading  the  deflection  scale,  therefore,  hundreds  are  read  directly 
from  the  main  scales  and  tens  and  units  from  the  worm  index.  At  0 
the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  vertical  plane  through  the  axis  of 
the  gun;  at  16  (or  1,600  mils)  it  is  perpendicular  to  that  plane  and 
pointing  directly  to  the  right,  etc. 

The  worm  index  forming  the  micrometer  scale  is  secured  on  a  coned 
seat  on  the  end  of  the  worm  by  a  nut  and  is  held  against  rotation  on 
its  seat  by  friction.  This  arrangement  permits  the  0  of  the  worm 
index  to  be  set  opposite  the  index  mark  on  the  casing  without  move- 
ment of  the  worm  in  adjusting  the  sight. 

The  worm  is  held  in  contact  with  the  worm  gear  on  the  azimuth 
circle  by  a  spring,  and  is  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  disengaged  from 
the  worm  gear  by  movement  of  a  worm-box  eccentric  lever.  When 
disengaged,  the  line  of  sight  may  be  rapidly  oriented  to  approxi- 
mately the  desired  direction,  the  worm  then  thrown  into  gear,  and 
finer  adjustments  made  by  turning  the  worm  knob. 

All  panoramic  sights  have  been  made  interchangeable,  so  as  to  fit 
in  seats. 

The  following  device  for  illumination  of  the  cross  lines  of  the  reti- 
cule of  panoramic  sights  is  used : 

A  small  slit  is  cut  in  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  the  reticule  cell  on 
the  side  of  the  sight  next  the  gun.  A  shutter  is  provided  which 
encircles  the  eyepiece  elbow  opposite  the  slit,  affording  means  for 
closing.  On  some  sights  this  shutter  is  provided  with  a  transparent 
celluloid  window  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  dust.  On  the  later  sights 
a  glass  window  is  fitted  in  the  side  of  the  eyepiece. 

For  illumination  at  night  electric  flash  lights  are  used.  They 
should  be  held  close  to  the  illuminating  slot  or  window. 


112 

PANORAMIC  SIGHT,  MODEL  OF  1915. 

Panoramic  sights  of  this  model  have  been  adopted  for  future 
manufacture.  This  sight  is  practically  the  same  as  the  panoramic 
sight,  model  of  1904,  except  for  certain  improvements  in  its  con- 
struction and  in  the  following  details : 

(a)  The  rotating  head  is  provided  with  an  elevating  mechanism 
consisting  of  a  worm  meshing  in  a  worm  segment,  by  means  of  which 
the  line  of  sight  may  be  moved  300  mils  up  or  down  in  a  vertical 
plane.     A  micrometer  head  is  provided  on  the  elevation  worm,  by 
means  of  which  the  variation  from  a  horizontal  position  may  be  read 
off  in  mils. 

In  using  this  sight  for  direct  fire,  care  must  be  taken  that  the  rotating 
head  be  set  at  300  mils. 

(b)  An  open  sight  is  located  on  the  right  side  of  the  rotating  head 
to  assist  in  giving  general  direction  to  the  gun. 

(c)  The  throwout  for  the  azimuth  worm  is  of  different  construc- 
tion from  the  model  of  1904  sight,  the  mechanism  being  nearly  dust 
proof. 

(d)  An  additional  mechanism,  called   the  deflection  mechanism, 
has  been  provided  for  laying  off  deflection  independent  of  the  set- 
ting of  the  large  azimuth  circle.     This  additional  means  for  setting 
deflection  is  provided  so  that  the  main  deflection,  correct  for  the  first 
gun,  may  be  set  off  on  the  large  azimuth  circle,  the  same  for  all  guns. 
The  correction  necessary  for  the  individual  guns,  whether  it  be  the 
ordinary  deflection  difference  or  any  other  correction,  is  set  off  on  the 
shorter   deflection   scale.     Abbreviations   for   " Increase,"    "Dimin- 
ish," "Left,"  or  "Right"  are  added  to  facilitate  using  this  scale,  the 
abbreviations  "Inc."  and  "Dim."  referring  to  the  changes  in  the 
reading  of  the  azimuth  scale,  while  "L"  or  "R"  refers  to  resultant 
changes  in  the  direction  of  the  sheaf  of  fire. 

In  using  this  sight  for  direct  fire,  care  must  be  taken  that  the  deflection 
mechanism  be  set  at  0. 

THE  RANGE  QUADRANT. 
[Plate  XVIII.] 

The  range  quadrant  consists  of  the  quadrant  bracket,  rocker,  body, 
scroll  gear,  range  drum  with  range  scales,  range  and  cross  levels  with 
suitable  leveling  screws. 

A  quadrant  bar,  keyed  to  the  right  trunnion,  has  dovetailed 
guides,  into  which  the  quadrant  bracket  fits  and  is  held  by  a  spring 
catch.  Two  bracket  fulcrums  screwed  into  the  arms  on  the  bracket 
project  into  bearings  in  the  ends  of  the  rocker,  assembling  the  latter 


113 

to  the  bracket  and  at  the  s.-une  time  permitting  rotation  of  the  rocker 
about  an  axis  joining  the  centers  of  the  bracket  fulcrums.  As 
,-i— rinbled.  the  axis  of  motion  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  howitzer. 
A  projection  below  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker  forms  a  seat  for  a  level- 
ing screw,  the  axis  of  which  is  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of 
the  piece.  The  knurled  head  of  this  sterew  projects  to  the  right  and 
it-  threads  mesh  in  the  segment  of  a  worm  wheel  cut  on  the  quadrant 
bracket.  This  leveling  screw  is  thus  arranged  to  rotate  the  rocker 
on  its  trunnions  and,  in  connection  with  the  transverse  level  men- 
tioned below,  enables  the  quadrant  to  be  brought  into  a  vertical 
plane  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  howitzer,  and  consequently  to  correct 
for  difference  of  level  of  wheels  and  to  give  true  quadrant  elevations. 
At  the  front  end  of  the  rocker  is  a  seat  for  a  fulcrum  pin,  which  forms 
the  center  of  motion  of  the  quadrant  body.  At  the  rear  end  of  the 
rocker  a  curved  arm  projects  upward  and  has  circular  racks  cut  on  its 
front  and  rear  edges."  This  curved  arm  passes  through  a  slot  in  the 
body  and  the  centers  of  the  racks  coincide  with  its  center  of  motion. 

The  body,  as  stated  above,  is  pivoted  on  the  rocker.  Its  rear  end 
affords  a  housing  for  the  quadrant-elevating  gear  and  a  seat  for  the 
range  drum. 

The  elevating  gear  consists  of  a  scroll  gear,  meshing  with  the  rear 
circular  rack  of  the  rocker.  The  scroll  gear  is  actuated  by  a  knurled 
scroll  gear  handle  which  projects  upward  and  to  the  rear.  Turning 
the  handle  rotates  the  body  on  its  fulcrum  pin,  moving  its  rear  end 
up  or  down  on  the  curved  arm  of  the  rocker.  The  scroll  gear  is 
pressed  against  its  rack  by  a  spring,  and  an  extensive  change  of  posi- 
tion of  the  quadrant  body  may  be  rapidly  made  by  pulling  on  the 
handle  to  disengage  the  gear  from  the  rack  and  then  moving  the  body 
by  hand  to  the  desired  position. 

The  range  drum  is  assembled  on  the  steel  shaft  seated  in  the  quad- 
rant  body:  this  shaft  carries  a  pinion  which  meshes  with  the  front 
circular  rack  on  the  curved  arm  of  the  quadrant  rocker.  The  range 
drum  is  held  on  the  shaft  between  two  steel  friction  disks.  A  nut 
screwed  on  the  shaft  clamps  the  disks  in  position,  and  a  lock  screw 
in  the  end  of  the  shaft  prevents  the  nut  from  unscrewing.  The  outer 
friction  disk  is  saucer  shaped,  having  a  milled  edge  and  is  split  radially 
to  give  a  spring  action.  The  inner  friction  disk  is  connected  to  the 
shaft  by  lugs  projecting  into  a  slotted  collar.  This  construction  forms 
an  adjustable  lock  for  the  range  drum.  A  spiral  spring,  the  tension  of 
which  serves  to  take  up  any  lost  motion  in  the  arrangement,  is  con- 
nected at  one  end  to  the  inner  friction  disk  by  a  pin.  It  is  wound 
around  the  hub  of  the  body  and  secured  to  the  hub  in  a  slot  cut  to 
receive  it.  Should  the  range  drum  get  out  of  adjustment,  it  is  merely 
necessary  to  remove  the  lock  screw  and  nut  and  readjust  the  range 

14199—17 10 


114 

drum  between  the  friction  disks.  A  range  quadrant  wrench  for  use 
on  the  lock  screw  and  nut  is  issued  with  each  carriage.  Special  care 
should  be  taken  to  obtain  the  proper  adjustment  to  prevent  the 
range  drum  from  slipping  during  firing. 

The  face  of  the  range  drum  for  the  third  zone,  which  is  visible  onj 
the  right  side  of  the  quadrant,  is  graduated  up  to  6,600  yards. 

The  least  division  is  50  yards,  and  the  scale  is  dimensioned  at  each: 
200  yards.  Divisions  smaller  than  50  yards  may  be  readily  made 
with  the  eye.  The  range  drum  is  always  in  gear  through  its  shaft  and 
pinion  with  the  rack  on  the  curved  arm  of  the  rocker,  and  any  change 
in  position  of  the  quadrant  body  with  reference  to  the  rocker  arm  is 
registered  by  the  scales. 

On  the  periphery  of  the  drum  are  two  other  scales  for  the  first  and 
second  zones.  The  zone  shutter  operated  by  the  shutter  screw  has 
an  index  on  a  beveled  surface  for  the  third  zone  range  scale  men- 
tioned above,  and  a  straight-edge  index  for  the  first  and  second' 
zones.  The  shutter  is  so  designed  that  when  the  index  is  in  position 
for  one  zone  scale  the  others  may  not  be  read  accidentally. 

The  elevation  level  holder  is  seated  on  the  forward  part  of  the- 
body,  with  its  front  end  pivoted  on  the  fulcrum  pin  of  the  latter,  i 
Its  rear  end  is  finished  with  a  segment  of  a  worm  wheel,  cut  with  the 
fulcrum  pin  axis  as  a  center,  which  meshes  with  a  vertical  micrometer 
screw  seated  in  the  body.  The  level  holder  is  given  a  rotation  on  its 
fulcrum  pin  relative  to  the  body  by  this  micrometer  screw.  The 
amount  of  this  relative  motion  is  measured  by  a  level  scale,  consisting 
of  an  ordinary  circular  scale  dovetailed  in  the  body  with  an  index  on 
the  level  holder  supplemented  by  a  level  micrometer  disk  on  the 
upper  end  of  the  micrometer  screw.  The  level  scale  is  graduated  in 
sixty-fourths  of  the  circumference,  and  one  complete  turn  of  the; 
screw  moves  the  level  holder  through  one  of  these  divisions.  The 
level  micrometer  disk  on  the  head  of  the  micrometer  screw  has  100; 
divisions,  so  that  one  of  these  divisions  corresponds  to  the  mil  (1/1000 
of  the  range)  usual  on  sight  scales.  The  divisions  of  the  circular 
scale  are  marked  "2,"  "3,"  "4,"  and  "5,"  and  in  connection  with 
the  level  micrometer  disk  are  read  200,  300,  etc..  plus  the  indica- 
tion of  the  latter.  The  "3"  or  300  mark  corresponds  to  the  mean  or 
"zero"  position  of  the  level  holder. 

The  actual  angle  of  site  is  the  angle  made  with  a  horizontal  plane 
by  the  right  line  joining  the  howitzer  and  the  target :  it  is  the  differ- 
ence between  the  reading  on  the  scale  and  300.  The  level  holder  is^ 
fitted  with  two  spirit  levels,  sensitive  to  0.1  of  an  inch  or  5  minutes 
of  an  arc.  The  longitudinal  or  range  quadrant  level  is  located  so  that 
its  axis  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  howitzer  \\  hen  the  level  scale  is 
set  at  3  and  the  range  disk  at  /ero. 


115 

The  axis  of  the  transverse  or  cross  level  is  perpendicular  to  that  of 
the  range  level  and  also  to  the  plane  of  motion  of  the  quadrant  body. 
The  cross  level  in  connection  with  the  leveling  screw  enables  the  quad- 
rant to  be  kept  vertical,  correcting  for  difference  of  level  of  carriage 
wheels.  The  range  level  in  connection  with  the  elevation  holder 
and  its  level  screw  is  used  as  a  clinometer  to  correct  the  range  scale 
readings  for  angle  of  site;  in  connection  with  the  quadrant  body  it  is 
used  as  the  quadrant  level.  For  purposes  of  reference,  these  levels 
are  designated  as  cross  level  and  the  range  level,  and  their  respective 
screws  as  the  leveling  screw  and  the  micrometer  screw;  the  scale  per- 
taining to  the  latter  screw  is  called  the  level  scale;  the  range  level  is 
also  referred  to  at  times  as  a  quadrant  or  angle  of  site  level. 

USE  OF  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANT. 

The  powder  charges  and  sighting  arrangements  are  prepared  so 
that  firings  may  be  carried  on  in  three  different  zones.  The  ranges 
for  each  zone  extend  from  0  to  maximum  range  for  the  particular 
zone.  As  far  as  the  sights  and  quadrants  are  concerned  they  are  used 
the  same  for  each  zone,  the  only  precaution  necessary  being  that  the 
zone  shutters  for  the  rear  sight  and  range  quadrant  must  be  set  so  as 
to  permit  reading  the  proper  scale. 

USE    OF  THE    REAR   SIGHT. 

When  used  in  connection  with  the  front  sight  its  use  is  ordinarily 
limited  to  direct  fire  only.  For  this  purpose  set  the  sight  scale  at  the 
ordered  range  and  the  peep  sight  at  the  ordered  deflection  and  cor- 
rect for  difference  of  level  of  wheels.  Elevate  and  traverse  until  line 
of  sight  through  peep  and  front  sights  is  on  the  target.  When  used 
in  connection  with  the  panoramic  sight  it  may  be  used  for  direct  or 
indirect  firing. 

USE  OF  THE  PANORAMIC  SIGHTS,  MODELS  OF  1914  AND   1915. 

For  direct  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation  and 
correct  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels;  set  off  the  desired  deflection 
on  the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight;  bring  the  crosslines  of 
the  sight  upon  the  target  by  means  of  the  elevating  and  traversing 
devices  of  the  carriage. 

In  using  the  model  of  191 5  sight  for  direct  fire,  care  must  ~be  taken  that 
tlu  rotating  head  he  set  at  300  mils  and  the  deflection  mechanism  at  0. 

For  indirect  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation 
and  make  correction  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels ;  set  the  azimuth 
circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  at  the  deflection  ordered.  Lay  the  how- 
itzer for  deflection  by  directing  the  vertical  line  of  the  panoramic 
sight  at  the  auxiliary  aiming  point,  the  elevation  of  the  howitzer 
being  given  by  using  the  range  quadrant.  The  angle  of  deflection 
to  be  set  off  on  the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  is  the  same 


116 

as  the  angle  made  by  joining,  the  target  and  the  auxiliary  aiming 
point  with  the  sight. 

For  nti'iiNiiring  ranges.  —  Distances  or  ranges  may  be  roughly  calcu- 
lated from  readings  made  by  two  panoramic  sights  mounted  on 
their  howitzers,  as  follows: 

Direct  the  howitzers  on  the  target;  then  sight  the  panoramic  sights 
on  each  other.  The  angle  at  the  target  subtended  by  the  line  con- 
necting the  two  howitzers  is  then  3,200  mils  minus  the  sum  of  the 
actual  angles  in  mils  measured  at  the  howitzers. 

If  B  is  the  distance  between  the  howitzers  in  yards,  then  range 
equals  B  multiplied  by  1,000  divided  by  the  number  of  mils  in  the 
angle  at  the  target. 

The  accuracy  of  this  method  increases  as  B  becomes  smaller  so 
long  as  the  instruments  can  be  read  correctly. 

USE    OF   THE    RANGE    QUADRANT. 


To  measure  the  angle  of  site.—  Lay  the  howitzer  upon  the  target 
by  means  of  the  tangent  sight  or  panoramic  sight  when  these  are  set 
at  zero  elevation  and  deflection;  set  the  range  scale  at  zero;  bring  the 
bubble  of  the  cross  level  to  the  center  by  means  of  the  leveling  screw: 
bring  the  bubble  of  the  range  level  to  the  center  by  means  of  the 
micrometer  screw;  the  reading  of  the  level  scale  less  300  is  the  angle 
of  site  in  units  of  the  scale.  If  the  target  is  below  the  piece,  the 
angle  of  site  is  negative;  if  above,  it  is  positive. 

To  give  quadrant  elevations  with  the  range  quadrant.  —  Measure  the 
angle  of  site  as  above;  the  index  of  the  zone  shutter  should  be  placed 
opposite  the  proper  zone  scale  and  the  range  scale  set  to  the  desired 
range  by  actuating  the  scroll  gear  handle;  bring  the  bubble  of  the 
range  level  (level  scale  indicating  angle  of  site)  to  the  center  by 
turning  the  elevating  handwheel  of  the  carriage.  The  howitzer  will 
then  have  the  elevation  (corrected  for  angle  of  site)  corresponding  to 
the  range.  Where  the  target  can  not  be  seen  from  the  carriage,  the 
angle  of  site  must  be  measured  by  auxiliary  means  as  with  the  B.  C. 

telescope. 

CARE  OF  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANT. 

Whenever  convenient,  and  especially  when  in  garrison  and  not  in 
use,  the  front  and  rear  sights  with  the  range  quadrants  and  pano- 
ramic sights  should  be  removed  from  the  carriages  and  kept  in  some 
dry  place,  as  in  the  barracks  storeroom  or  office. 

CARE    OF  THE    FRONT  AND   REAR   SIGHTS. 

For  traveling  the  sight  shank  is  withdrawn  from  the  shank  socket, 
covered  with  the  cover  for  the  sight  shank,  and  placed  in  its  packing 
in  the  rear  trail  box.  Covers  are  provided  to  protect  the  surfaces  of 
the  shank  socket  and  the  front  sight  and  should  be  slipped  over  these 
when  the  sight  is  removed. 


117 

All  parts  of  the  sight  shanks  and  shank  sockets  should  !><•  kept 
dean,  free  from  rust,  and  lightly  oiled.  When  stored  or  not  used 
for  short  periods  they  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  well  coated 
with  light  slushing  oil.  Should  any  part  become  rusted,  it  should 
be  carefully  cleaned  by  softening  the  rust  with  kerosene  oil  and  rub- 
bing with  a  soft  pi  no  stick. 

In  handling  all  parts  of  sights  care  must  be  exercised  to  avoid 
injuring  them  by  dropping,  striking  them  upon  or  with  other  parts. 

For  instructions  for  the  replacement  of  level  vials  see  instructions 
given  under  the  heading  "Care  of  the  range  quadrant." 

CARE    OF   THE   PANORAMIC    SIGHT,    MODELS   OF   1904  AND    1915. 

These  sights  are  delicate  instruments  and  must  not  be  subjected  to 
any  rough  usage,  jars,  or  strains.  In  firing  they  remain  in  position 
on  the  carriage:  in  the  field,  when  not  in  use,  they  are  kept  in  the 
padded  leather  cases  prepared  for  them  on  the  rear  of  the  main  shield. 

To  obtain  satisfactory  vision,  the  glasses  must  be  perfectly  clean 
and  dry.  The  T  lug  on  the  sight  and  the  slot  forming  its  seat  should 
be  kept  lightly  oiled  as  a  preventive  of  rust.  The  worm  and  worm 
rack  should  be  oiled  with  vaseline.  When  dust  accumulates  on  the 
pointers  it  should  be  removed  by  a  fine  camel's-hair  brush  in  the 
hands  of  an  experienced  person. 

To  disassemble  the  worm  mechanism  of  the  model  of  1904  sight  for 
cleaning,  throw  out  the  worm-box  eccentric  lever,  disengaging  the 
worm  from  the  worm  gear  of  the  azimuth  circle.  Insert  a  pin  in  the 
radial  hole  in  the  spring-box  pin.  Throw  the  worm-box  eccentric 
lever  back  and  engage  the  worm  in  the  azimuth  circle.  Push  the 
spring  box  toward  the  worm  knob  about  three-eighths  inch  and  then 
lift  it  straight  out.  Take  out  the  eccentric-lever  stud  and  remove  the 
worm-box  eccentric  lever.  Pull  out  the  dowel  in  the  worm-box  pin 
with  a  pair  of  pliers  and  drive  out  the  worm-box  pin.  Then  pull  out 
the  worm  box  and  worm  complete.  The  worm  may  be  cleaned 
without  further  disassembling.  Assemble  in  reverse  order. 

The  teeth  of  the  worm  wheel  may  be  cleaned  without  disassembling 
the  hood. 

To  clean  the  rotating-head  window  and  the  front  face  of  the 
rotating-head  prism,  unscrew  the  window  cell  in  the  rotating  head. 
Do  not  remove  the  rotating-head  window  from  the  window  coll. 

To  clean  the  reticule  and  eyepiece  lenses,  remove  the  screw  holding 
the  eyepiece  to  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  unscrew  the  eyepiece.  To 
disassemble  the  lenses,  remove  the  set  screw  on  the  underside  of  the 
eyepiece  and  unscrew  the  eye-lens  cell.  The  field  lens  is  held  in 
place  by  a  retaining  spring,  both  of  which  may  drop  out  as  snon  as 
the  eye-lens  cell  is  disassembled. 

In  assembling  note  that  the  flat  surface  of  the  field  lens  of  the 
eyepiece  is  placed  next  to  the  reticule.  .Do  not  remove  or  change 


118 

the  adjustment  of  the  reticule.  Its  rear  surface  may  be  cleaned 
with  a  earners-hair  brush  after  the  eyepiece  has  been  removed. 

In  panoramic  sights  of  serial  numbers  after  No.  752  the  exposed 
optical  elements  and  all  nonmoving  joints  are  sealed  and  no  attempt 
should  be  made  to  remove  them. 

For  serial  numbers  873  and  up,  the  slight  change  in  the  appearance 
and  construction  of  the  elbow  and  rotating  head  is  made  for  the 
purpose  of  making  these  parts  dust  and  moisture  proof. 

CARE  OF  THE  RANGE  QUADRANT. 

The  directions  for  the  care  of  the  range  quadrant  are  practically 
the  same  as  those  for  the  care  of  the  different  sights.  The  parts 
should  be  kept  clean,  free  from  rust,  and  bearings  lightly  oiled. 
When  stored  they  should  be  coated  with  light  slushing  oil. 

To  clean  the  micrometer  screw,  unscrew  about  two  turns  the  small 
screw  in  the  center  of  the  level  micrometer  disk;  drive  out  the  taper 
pin  holding  the  screw  bushing  from  the  rear;  tap  the  screw  in  the 
thread  of  the  disk.  This  forces  the  micrometer  screw  down  and 
loosens  the  disk.  Remove  the  small  screw,  pull  out  the  micrometer 
screw  and  bushing;  clean,  oil  with  heavy  oil,  and  assemble  in  the 
reverse  order.  Then  adjust  the  level  scale  at  300,  micrometer  scale 
atO. 

Extra  glass  level  vials  assembled  in  brass  tubes,  to  replace  broken 
vials  in  sights  and  range  quadrants,  except  for  the  range  levels  of 
quadrants,  will  be  issued  on  requisition.  In  case  the  range  level  of 
the  rarige  quadrant  requires  replacement  the  range  quadrant  will 
be  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  designated  by  the  armament  officer. 

Only  ordinary  tools,  such  as  a  hammer,  and  a  punch  or  a  piece  of 
wire  are  required  for  the  removal  of  pins  from  level  caps  in  order  to 
replace  vials.  All  pins  on  level  caps  are  driven  in  toward  the  center 
of  the  instrument.  They  should  be  driven  out  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. Four  adjusting  screws  in  the  vial  tubes  are  used  for  adjusting 
the  tubes  in  their  holders. 

ADJUSTMENT  OF  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANT. 

The  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  when,  at  zero  elevation  and  deflec- 
tion, the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bore. 

The  range  quadrant  is  correctly  adjusted  when,  with  the  range 
disk  set  at  zero,  level  scale  set  at  300,  and  axis  of  howitzer  horizontal 
and  corrected  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels,  the  level  bubble  of  the 
range  level  stands  in  the  center  of  its  vial.  In  adjusting  sights,  the 
panoramic  sight  should  first  be  corrected.  If  the  rear  sight  is  ad- 
justed first,  it  will  require  readjustment  if  the  subsequent  adjustment 
of  the  panoramic  sight  causes  a  change  in  position  of  the  rear-sight 
range  strip. 


119 

TO    AUjrsT    THE    PANORAMIC    SIGHT.    MODELS    OF    1904   AND    191.3. 

Direct  the  panoramic  sight  by  means  of  the  worm  knob  and  scroll 
gear  handle  until  its  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bore. 
The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  of  parallelism  exists 
is  described  hereafter.  Without  disturbing  the  direction  of  this  line 
of  sight,  move  the  worm  index  of  panoramic  sight  and  the  range 
strip  of  the  rear  sight  until  the  zero  marks  come  opposite  their 
respective  indices.  The  worm  index  may  be  moved  after  loosening 
the  nut  on  the  end  of  the  worm.  This  nut  may  be  loosened  by  the 
combined  teat  wrench  and  screw  driver  issued  for  the  purpose.  If 
the  worm  index  can  not  be  readily  removed,  grasp  the  sight  by  the 
worm  index,  release  the  worm  from  the  worm  gear  of  the  azimuth 
circle,  and  gently  tap  the  exposed  end  of  the  worm  with  a  small  piece 
of  wood  or  soft  metal. 

To  locate  the  index  of  the  panoramic  sight  opposite  the  zero  of  the 
scale,  loosen  the  four  screws  that  hold  the  movable  index  cover  in 
place  and  move  this  cover  until  the  index  is  properly  located;  then 
tighten  the  screws.  Movement  of  the  range  strip  of  the  rear  sight  is 
made  possible  by  a  dovetail  slot  in  the  shank  in  which  the  range-strip 
screw  can  be  moved  when  the  nut  has  been  loosened. 

The  principle  for  adjustment  of  the  1915  panoramic  sight  is  the 
same  as  for  the  1904  model.  The  actual  method  used  is  slightly 
different,  due  to  the  different  construction  used. 

TO   ADJUST  THE    FRONT  AND   REAR   SIGHTS. 

The  rear-sight  shank  is  set  at  zero  elevation  and  the  direction  of 
the  line  of  sight  is  changed  by  means  of  the  peep-sight  screw  and  by 
altering  the  front  sight  until  the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  bore.  The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  exists 
is  given  below.  The  deflection  scale  on  the  sight  shank  is  then 
shifted  until  its  zero  registers  with  the  index  on  the  peep  sight. 
This  movement  of  the  deflection  scale  is  provided  for  by  elongated 
holes  in  the  scale,  through  which  pass  the  screws  which  clamp  it  in 
position  on  the  sight  shank.  Movement  of  the  front  sight  is  accom- 
plished by  turning  the  crosswire  holder  sleeve  after  first  removing 
the  split  pin. 

TO   ADJUST   THE    RANGE    QUADRANT. 

Elevate  or  depress  howitzer  until  its  axis  is  horizontal,  correct  for 
difference  of  level  of  wheels,  set  the  level  scale  of  the  quadrant  at 
300,  then  turn  the  scroll  gear  handle  until  the  range-level  bubble  is 
centered.  Now  turn  the  range  disk  of  the  quadrant  until  its  zero 
coincides  with  the  range  index.  The  range  disk  is  held  between  two 
friction  disks  secured  by  a  nut  and  lock  screw  and  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  unscrew  these  to  release  the  disk  and  correct  its  position. 


120 

.To  test  the  horizon! ality  of  the  howitzer  use  the  testing  level  i>^ 
for  that  purpose.  This  level  has  two  arms  perpendicular  to  each 
other,  and  a  level  vial  is  inserted  in  each  arm.  As  the  faces  of  the 
breech  and  the  muzzle  are  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  bore,  the 
horizont ality  of  the  axis  of  the  bore  may  be  determined  by  placing 
one  of  the  arms  of  the  testing  level  against  the  face  of  the  breech  or 
muzzle  and  elevating  or  depressing  the  howitzer  until  the  bubble  in 
the  level  of  the  other  arm  is  in  the  center.  Then  apply  the  other 
arm  to  the  same  face  and  the  bubble  in  the  first  arm  should  also  be 
in  the  center  of  its  vial.  If  not,  the  testing  level  requires  adjustment. 

VERIFICATION    OF   PARALLELISM    OF   LINES    OF   SIGHT   AND   AXIS   OF    BORE. 

By  construction  the  vertical  plane  of  the  lines  of  sight  at  zero 
deflection  is  distant  14.125  inches  from  the  vertical  plane  of  the  axis 
of  the  bore;  the  horizontal  plane  of  the  line  of  sight  of  the  rear  sight 
at  zero  elevation  is»  distant  5.875  inches  from  the  horizontal  plane  of 
the  axis  of  the  bore;  the  corresponding  distance  for  the  line  of  sight 
of  the  panoramic  sight  is  13.182  inches.  Therefore,  when  the  car- 
riage is  placed  with  wheels  on  a  level  platform,  the  howitzer  with 
axis  of  bore  horizontal  and  the  sights  at  zero  elevation  and  deflec- 
tion, the  points  in  which  the  lines  of  sight  and  the  axis  of  the  bore 
prolonged  pierce  a  distant  plane  perpendicular  to  the  latter  should 
be  located  with  reference  to  each  other  as  indicated  above,  provided 
the  sights  are  correctly  adjusted. 

The  details  of  a  method  for  the  practical  verification  of  this 
adjustment  are  as  follows: 

A  target  of  dimensions  given  in  figure  1  is  placed  in  a  vertical 
position  perpendicular  to  the  line  of  sight  at  a  distance  of  not  less 
than  100  yards  from  the  howitzer  (and  at  such  a  height  that  the 
point  "bore"  is  at  the  same  height  as  the  axis  of  the  bore  of  the 
howitzer).  The  verticality  of  the  target  is  assured  by  a  plumb  line 
attached  at  A,  coinciding  with  the  vertical  line  A  B. 

The  carriage  is  placed  with  the  wheels  and  trail  resting  upon  solid 
supports  of  wood  or  stone,  the  surfaces  of  which  have  been  carefully 
leveled  so  as  to  bring  the  axle  axis  horizontal.  Now  direct  the  gun 
so  that  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore,  as  determined  by  the 
bore  sights,  pierces  the  target  at  the  proper  point ;  the  lines  of  sight 
of  the  open  and  panoramic  sights  are  then  adjusted  in  direction  by 
the  means  explained  above  until  they  pierce  the  targets  in  the  point- 
marked,  respectively,  "open"  and  "panoramic.'1 

The  axis  of  the  bore  is  determined  and  prolonged  by  means  of  bore 
sights.  In  the  absence  of  such  means  a  breech-bore  sight  may  be 
made  from  an  empty  cartridge  case  from  which  the  primer  has  been 
removed;  a  piece  of  paper  should  be  pasted  over  the  primer  seat  ami 


121 


a  pinliolo  made  in  its  exact  center  to  serve  as  a  peep  sight.  If  the 
cartridge  case  does  not  completely  fill  the  bore,  it  should  be  shimmed 
all  around  with  tissue  paper  until  it  does  so.  For  a  muzzle-bore 
sight  use  should  be  made  of  the  traces  of  the  horizontal  and  vertical 
planes  containing  the  axis  of  the  bore,  which  are  marked  on  the 
muzzle  of  the  howitzer.  Fine  threads  or  hairs  stretched  across  the 
muzzle  to  coincide  with  these  lines  form  a  good  bore  sight,  and  the 
ends  of  such  threads  may  be  conveniently  fastened  to  a  cloth  strap 
buckled  around  the  muzzle  of  the  howitzer. 

In  the  field,  where  from  lack  of  time  or  proper  facilities  the  method 
just  given  can  not  be  followed,  the  adjustment  of  the  sights  may  be 
verified  by  bringing  the  lines  of  sight  at  zero  elevation  and  deflection 


to  bear  upon  some  sharply  defined  point  of  a  distant  object.  At  such 
a  range  (for  instance,  2,000  yards  or  more)  the  parallax  may  be 
neglected,  and  if  the  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  the  lines  of  sight 
and  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore  will  sensibly  pass  through 
the  selected  aiming  point. 

The  adjustment  of  the  sights  is  of  such  importance  and  should  be 
verified  so  frequently  that  battery  commanders  will  find  it  advan- 
tageous to  make  permanent  arrangements  for  such  verification.  The 
leveled  supports  constituting  the  carriage  emplacement  should 
preferably  be  of  stone.  The  site  of  the  target  (fig.  1)  should  be 
prepared,  and  the  exact  locations  of  the  target  and  horizontal  reference 
points  permanently  marked.  If  these  arrangements  are  properly 
made,  subsequent  verifications  of  sights  will  become  a  simple  matter. 


122 


ADDITIONAL  TEST^. 


After  the  sights  are  adjusted  they  should  be  subjected  to  the 
following  tests  to  insure  their  accuracy  at  extremes  of  elevation  and 
azimuth : 

(a)  With  carriage  level  and  howitzer  and  sights  at  zero  elevation 
and  deflection  the  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore  prolonged  pierce  the 
target  (fig.  1)  in  the  proper  points. 

(6)  The  howitzer  is  then  moved  to  its  maximum  elevation;  as  the 
sight  elevation  is  altered  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  vertical 
lines  through  the  same  points  of  the  target  (fig.  1). 

(c)  With  conditions  as  in  (a)  the  howitzer  is  moved  upon  the 
carriage  to  its  extreme  positions  in  azimuth;  as  the  sight  deflections 
are  now  altered  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  horizontal  lines 
through  the  same  points  on  the  target  (fig.  1). 

By  construction  and  assemblage  the  sights,  if  correctly  adjusted, 
should  fulfill  the  above  conditions  with  substantial  accuracy.  If  error 
be  noted,  a  report  of  the  facts  of  the  case,  with  the  cause,  if  known, 
should  be  made  to  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  repair  of 
the  material  for  his  information  and  action. 

SPARE  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANT. 

To  each  battery  is  issued  one  set  of  spare  sights,  consisting  of 
one  front  sight  holder  and  sleeve,  complete;  one  cross  wire  holder 
bracket,  complete;  one  sight  bar,  sight  shank,  complete;  and  one 
panoramic  sight.  These  parts  are  carried  in  a  special  packing  chest 
in  the  battery  wagon. 

.  One  set  of  bore  sights  (consisting  of  one  breech  and  one  muzzle 
bore  sight)  and  one  testing  level  for  use  in  adjusting  sights,  etc..  and 
a  spare  quadrant,  complete,  are  also  issued  to  each  battery. 

ADJUSTING  INSTRUMENTS. 

A  complete  detailed  description  of  the  method  of  disassembling 
and  adjusting  the  different  instruments  is  given  in  Ordnance  Office 
Pamphlet  No.  1795,  Instructions  for  the  Care,  Preservation,  Repair, 
and  Adjustment  of  Instruments  for  the  Fire-Control  Systems  for 
Coast  and  Field  Artillery.  Attention  is  invited  to  General  Orders 
No.  47,  War  Department,  March  24,  1905,  with  reference  to  the  can 
and  repair  of  panoramic  sights.  No  disassembling  of  instruments 
except  as  prescribed  herein  will  be  permitted.  The  disassembling 
of  telescopic  instruments  allowed  herein  must  be  done  only  in  the 
presence  of  a  commissioned  officer.  Disassembling  as  permitted  in 
pamphlet  1795  must  be  done  only  by  officers  or  employees  of  the 
Ordnance  Department. 


123 

GENERAL  INFORMATION. 

PAINTING  ARTILLERY  MATERIEL. 

The  paint  issued  for  this  purpose  is  of  olive-drab  color  put  up  in 
5-pound  cans  ready  for  use  and  is  applied  to  both  wood  and  metal 
parts.  If  the  paint  is  too  thick,  turpentine  should  be  used  as  a 
thinner  but  not  to  greater  extent  than  2  per  cent  by  volume. 

All  steel  and  iron  nonbearing  surfaces  should  be  painted.  Wear- 
ing and  bearing  surfaces,  teeth  of  gear  wheels,  elevating  worms,  piston 
rods,  cylinders,  counter-recoil  springs,  and  interior  of  cradle  should 
not  be  painted. 

All  parts  to  be  painted  should  be  free  from  dirt  or  grease.  They 
may  be  washed  in  a  liquid  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  sal 
soda  in  8  quarts  of  warm  water,  then  rinsed  in  clean  water,  and 
wiped  thoroughly  dry. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  fair  condition  and  only  marred  in  spots, 
the  marred  places  should  be  primed  with  olive-drab  paint,  second 
coat,  and  permitted  to  dry.  Then  the  whole  surface  should  be  sand- 
papered with  No.  1^  sandpaper  and  a  coat  of  paint  applied  and 
allowed  to  dry  thoroughly  before  use. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  bad  condition  all  parts  should  be  thor- 
oughly sandpapered  with  No.  2J  sandpaper,  be  given  a  coat  of  paint, 
and  be  permitted  to  dry  for  at  least  24  hours;  then  sandpapered  with 
No.  00  sandpaper,  apply  a  finishing  coat,  and  permit  the  parts  to  dry 
thoroughly  before  use. 

In  general,  two  coats  of  paint  per  year  will  be  sufficient  to  keep 
the  materiel  in  good  condition.  After  repeated  painting  the  paint 
may  become  so  thick  as  to  scale  off  in  places  or  give  an  unsightly 
appearance.  It  may  then  be  removed  for  repainting,  as  follows: 

Dissolve  1  pound  of  concentrated  lye,  powdered  form,  in  6  pints 
of  hot  water,  and  slake  in  enough  lime  to  give  the  solution  the  con- 
sistency of  paint.  Use  the  solution  freshly  mixed  and  apply  to  the 
parts  where  paint  is  to  be  removed  with  a  brush  or  with  waste  tied 
to  the  end  of  a  stick.  When  the  solution  begins  to  dry  on  the  surface 
use  a  scraper  to  remove  the  old  paint,  and  complete  the  cleaning  of 
the  surface  with  cloth  and  water.  If  one  application  is  not  sufficient 
to  loosen  the  paint,  apply  a  second  coat.  Before  painting  wash  the 
surface  with  sal  soda  water,  rinse  with  clean  water,  and  then  wipe 
thoroughly  as  described  above. 

Articles  which  can  be  easily  cleaned  and  repainted  may  be 
immersed  in  the  solution.  It  is  forbidden  to  immerse  articles  whicli 
can  not  be  entirely  repainted;  for  example,  ammunition  chests,  the 
joints,  and  some  parts  of  the  interior  of  which  it  would  be  impracticable 
to  repaint. 


L24 

OILS    l-nli   AKT1LLKKY   MA  TKli  1  !,  ],. 

For  the  service,  cleaning,  and  preservation  of  this  materiel  the 
Ordnance  Department  is- sues  hydrolino  oil,  lubricat'ng  oil,  clock  oil. 
sperm  oil,  coal  oil,  neat's-foot  oil,  and  light  slushing  oil.  Each  of 
those  oils  is  suited  for  the  particular  purpose  for  which  it  is  issued, 
as  stated  below,  and  care  should  be  taken  that  it  is  not  used  for  other 
purposes. 

The  hydroline  oil  is  for  use  in  the  recoil  cylinders  of  the  carriages 
(Did  for  no  other  purpose. 

The  lubricating  oil  will  be  used  exclusively  in  all  oil  holes  of  the 
materiel,  and  in  lubricating  such  parts  as  wheels  and  axles,  gun  and 
cradle  slides,  pintle  socket,  elevating  and  traversing  mechanisms, 
exterior  of  cylinders,  brake  bearings,  hinges,  different  surfaces  of 
breechblocks,  threads  of  breech  recess,  etc. 

Clock  oil  should  be  used  on  the  spindle  and  all  bearings  of  the 
battery  commander's  telescope,  bearings  of  the  panoramic  sight, 
range  quadrant,  and  fuze  setters,  and  on  the  observation  telescope, 
field  artillery  plotter,  sextant  telemeter,  and  worms  of  the  rear  sight. 
In  all  cases  clock  oil  should  only  be  used  when  the  instruments  men- 
tioned are  disassembled  for  cleaning.  When  used  it  should  be  applied 
by  dropping  from  the  end  of  the  dropper  attached  to  the  end  of  the 
cork. 

The  sperm  oil  is  a  lighter  lubricant  than  the  lubricating  oil  and 
may  be  used  on  the  gears  of  sights,  fuze  setters,  range  quadrants, 
parts  of  pistols,  etc.;  lubricating  oil  may  also  be  used  on  such  parts. 

Coal  oil  is  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  cleaning  purpose>. 
In  the  field  it  may  be  used  for  lanterns.  Coal  oil  for  general  illumi- 
nating purposes  is  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

Neat's-foot  oil  is  used  for  the  care  and  preservation  of  all  leather 
equipment.. 

Light  slushing  oil  is  prescribed  for  use  in  the  protection  and  preser- 
vation of  all  bright  or  unpainted  surfaces  of  steel  or  iron  on  all 
parts  of  the  equipment  when  the  materiel  is  to  remain  unused  for  an 
appreciable  length  of  time.  Its  use  as  a  lubricant  for  mobile  artillery 
is  forbidden. 

Before  applying  the  slushing  oil  to  any  surface,  the  part  should  be 
thoroughly  cleaned,  so  as  to  be  free  from  rust,  water,  coal  oil.  lubri- 
cating oil,  etc.,  as  their  presence  will  cause  rusting  under  the  slushing 
oil.  The  slushing  oil  should  then  be  applied  in  a  thin,  uniform  c<mL 
since  this  is  ALL  that  is  necessary  to  give  good  protection. 

Except  in  very  cold  weather  it  can  be  applied  by  using  a  paint 
brush  as  when  painting;  in  cold  weather  it  should  ~be  applied  by 
stippling — -that  is.  lightly  nipping  the  surface  with  the  end  of  the 
sash  tool  held  with  bristles  perpendicular  to  the  surface  to  be  cov- 


125 

ered.  It  can  be  applied  to  the  bores  of  howit/ers  by  the  slush  brush 
issued  for  the  purpose.  In  cold  weather  it  should  be  warmed  before 
use  for  coating  the  bores  of  howitzers. 

It  may  be  readily  removed  by  the  use  of  burlap  or  waste  dipped  in 
coal  oil. 

KEI'AIRS  FOR  FIELD  ARTILLERY  MATERIEL  ISSTKD  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES  AUMY 
AND  THE  ORGANIZED  MILITIA. 

Instructions  relative  to  making  repairs  to  field  batteries  and  fur- 
nishing ordnance  stores  and  supplies  for  them  will  be  found  in  the 
general  orders  issued  by  the  War  Department  from  time  to  time. 

Instructions  in  reference  to  the  care,  use,  and  repair  of  delicate 
instruments,  such  as  sights,  telescopes,  and  range  finders,  will  be 
found  in  General  Orders,  No.  47,  War  Department,  Washington, 
March  24,  1905,  and  in  O.  O.  pamphlet,  Form  No.  1795. 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  RIVETING. 

Whenever  a  rivet  is  broken,  loose,  or  needs  replacing  for  any  reason 
the  rivets  should  be  heated  to  a  light  yellow  (just  below  white)  color. 
They  may  be  heated  in  the  forges  furnished  with  the  battery  equip- 
ment or  in  a  permanent  blacksmith's  forge.  While  heating  keep  the 
rivets  covered  with  coals  in  order  to  prevent  scaling.  Rivets  one- 
fourth  inch  and  less  in  diameter  may  be  driven  cold  when  it  is  im- 
practicable to  heat  them. 

Do  not  attempt  to  drive  rivets  greater  than  one-fourth  inch  in 
diameter  when  cold.  Do  not  overheat  or  burn  the  rivets.  Remove 
all  scale  from  rivets  after  heating  and  before  driving.  Drive  the 
rivets  home  with  a  hammer  before  attempting  to  form  the  head. 
Hold  rivets  solidly  in  place  with  a  sledge,  crowbar,  and  fulcrum,  rail- 
road iron,  or  similar  heavy  piece  of  steel.  Partially  form  the  head 
with  the  face  and  peen  end  of  a  hammer.  When  the  head  is  prac- 
tically formed  by  this  operation  use  a  rivet  set  for  final  forming  of 
the  head.  The  rivet  set  is  only  for  this  final  operation.  Loose  riv- 
ets will  result,  if  they  are  not  peened  down  with  a  hammer  before  the 
rivet  set  is  used.  The  rivets  must  be  held  solidly  in  place  while  the 
riveting  is  being  done,  otherwise  loose  rivets  result. 

Before  starting  to  heat  the  rivets  the  pieces  to  be  riveted  shoidd  be 
carefully  fitted  and  bolted  together.  If  the  holes  in  the  two  pieces 
are  not  in  perfect  alignment,  the  cause  should  be  determined  and 
rectified  instead  of  attempting  to  drift  the  pieces  into  alignment.  If 
necessary  for  perfect  alignment  a  slight  amount  of  reaming  or  filiaig 
will  be  permitted.  In  no  case  should  a  rivet  hole  be  reamed  larger 
than  about  one  sixty-fourth  inch  in  excess  of  the  diameter  of  the 
rivet.  On  account  of  inaccessibility,  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  in- 


126 

sort  a  rivet.  In  such,  cases  it  may  be  inserted  with  a  twisted  stiff 
wirt*  or  with  a  small  stick  split  at  the  end  to  hold  the  rivet.  Arrange- 
ments must  be  made  beforehand  to  back  up  or  hold  the  rivet  in  place 
the  instant  it  is  located,  in  order  that  it  may  not  have  cooled  too  much 
for  proper  riveting.  Hot  riveting  is  preferable  to  cold  riveting,  as 
the  head  is  more  easily  formed  when  hot  and  the  contraction  of  the 
rivet  in  cooling  gives  a  tighter  fit. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  CARE  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  MATERIEL. 

Various  suggestions  in  reference  to  the  care  of  this  materiel  and 
hints  regarding  things  to  be  done  or  to  be  avoided  are  scattered 
throughout  the  text  of  this  handbook;  some  of  the  more  important 
are  here  condensed  for  more  convenient  reference.  Careful  compli- 
ance with  these  suggestions  will  avoid  delay  and  possibly  injury  to 
personnel  or  materiel. 

The  breechblock  should  not  be  opened  for  at  least  one  minute 
after  a  misfire. 

All  work  upon  recoil  cylinders,  sights,  and  other  optical  equip- 
ment should  be  done  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer. 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  never  be  clamped  in  a  vise,  but  when 
necessary  to  hold  it  from  turning,  a  spanner  applied  to  front  end  of 
cylinder  should  be  used. 

Never  remove  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  when  the  piece  is  at  an 
elevation. 

Never  loosen  the  swing  bolts  on  the  cradle  head  holding  the  spring 
retainer  unless  the  spring  compressor  is  properly  assembled  to  the 
carriage  or  the  cylinder  retaining  ring  in  place. 

Remove  locking  screw  before  trying  to  unscrew  cylinder  retaining 
ring. 

Do  not  fail  to  unscrew  gun-lug  plug  partly  before  attempting  to 
remove  the  cylinder. 

See  that  proper  kind  of  oil  is  used  in  cylinders  and  for  lubrication. 

Strain  the  oil  used  in  filling  the  cylinders  through  a  fine,  clean  cloth, 
and  be  sure  that  the  receptacles  used  in  handling  the  oil  are  dean. 

Take  every  precaution  to  keep  the  interior  of  the  cylinders  clean 
and  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  foreign  particles. 

In  assembling  the  gland,  be  sure  that  at  least  4^  threads  of  the 
gland  are  engaged  with  the  threads  of  the  stuffing  box. 

Lash  parts  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing. 

Before  firing,  inspect  to  insure  that  cylinders  are  properly  rinsed 
and  that  the  cylinder  retaining  ring  and  the  piston-rod  nut  are  in 
place. 

Before  retracting,  see  that  the  retracting  eye  is  securely  >nvw<'<l  in 
the  end  of  the  counter  recoil  buffer. 


127 


After  filling  the  cylinder  with  oil,  make  sure  that  the  filling  plug, 
the  vent  plug,  the  gun-lug  plug,  and  filling  and  drain  plugs  are 
screwed  in  place. 

In  assembling  the  springs,  take  care  that  the  ouier  spring  column 
does  not  catch  on  the  cradle  or  the  inner  spring  column  on  the  stirrup. 

If  time  permits,  oil  slides  before  firing. 

If  the  howitzer  fails  to  return  fully  into  battery,  except  when  caused 
by  expansion  of  oil,  it  is  probably  due  (1)  to  dirt  on  slides  and 
guides  or  burrs  on  these  parts;  (2)  to  cutting  of  sliding  surfaces  on 
account  of  dirt  and  lack  of  oil;  (3)  to  gland  being  screwed  up  too 
tightly;  (4)  to  dirt  or  foreign  particles  in  the  cylinder,  and  especially 
in  the  counter-recoil  buffer  recess;  (5)  to  weak  or  broken  springs; 
(6)  rear  cradle  head  bulged.  Ninety  per  cent  of  such  cases  will  be 
found  due  to  (1),  (2),  or  (3). 

When  a  misfire  occurs  it  may  be  due  to  improper  assembling  of  the 
breechblock  or  the  firing  device.  The  assembling  arrows  on  block 
carrier  and  operating  lever  should  be  opposite  each  other;  in  this 
position  the  operating  lever  is  about  perpendicular  to  the  face  of  the 
block  when  the  lever  is  swung  open  and  the  block  has  rotated  to  the 
position  of  leaving  the  breech.  A  check  on  the  improper  assembling 
of  the  breechblock  may  be  made  by  removing  the  firing  lock  case  and 
ascertaining,  when  the  lever  is  swung  closed,  whether  the  hole  for  the 
firing  pin  in  the  bushing  of  the  block  at  the  front  is  masked,  or  is  not 
concentric  with  the  hole  in  the  block  carrier  so  as  to  prevent  the 
motion  of  the  firing  pin  forward;  also  operate  the  firing  handle  with 
the  block  closed  to  determine  if  the  firing  shaft  trips  before  the  trigger 
fires.  When  breech  mechanisms  of  different  howitzers  are  inter- 
changed, this  last  irregularity  may  occur. 

At  all  times,  except  when  used  for  firing,  the  rocker  should  be 
disengaged  from  the  howitzer. 

By  means  of  the  traveling  lock,  secure  the  howitzer  to  the  trail 
at  drill  and  in  traveling  to  avoid  unnecessary  strain  upon  the  ele- 
vating mechanism. 

The  length  of  the  recoil  of  the  howitzer  during  firing  should  be 
carefully  observed.  The  approximate  recoil  that  should  be  obtained 
for  different  elevations  is  as  follows: 


Inches. 

5  degrees  depression 40- 

0  degrees  30  minutes  depression 40 

degrees  elevation 40 

8  degrees  30  minutes  elevation 30 

13  degrees  elevation 32 

17  degrees  30  minutes  elevation 30 


Inches. 

22  degrees  elevation . 30 

26  degrees  30  minutes  elevation 28 

31  degrees  elevation 26 

35  degrees  30  minutes  elevation 24 

40  degrees  elevation 22 


128 

If  the  variation  from  these  recoils  differs  by  more  than  5  per  cent 
over  or  10  per  cent  short,  it  should  be  investigated  and  the  cause  for 
this  variation  ascertained  and  remedied. 

For  satisfactory  action  of  the  recoil-controlling  parts  it  is  necessary 
that  the  cylinder  be  filled  with  oil  in  the  exact  method  previously 
given  and  that  the  parts  be  kept  scrupulously  clean.  For  that  pur- 
pose the  ports  in  the  liner  and  valve  should  be  carefully  inspected 
before  assembling  to  see  that  no  foreign  particles  have  collected  in 
them. 

In  assembling  the  valve-turning  mechanism,  the  assembling  marks 
on  the  valve-turning  pinion  and  the  valve-turning  gear  should  coin- 
cide. 

The  top  carriage  cover  should  be  assembled  whenever  time  permits 
before  taking  the  carriage  on  the  road.  The  elevating  worm  mech- 
anism must  at  all  times  be  kept  thoroughly  clean,  as  dust  and  dirt 
on  it  will  interfere  with  its  operation  and  may  prevent  its  being  used 
at  aU. 

Keep  hub  bolts  and  hub  bands  properly  tightened. 

To  tighten  hub  bands,  screw  them  as  tightly  as  possible  with  the 
wrench  and  then  force  them  farther  by  striking  the  end  of  the 
wrench  with  a  hammer. 

Tires  on  wheels  should  be  reset  as  soon  as  the  wheels  have  lost  their 
initial  dish  given  by  shrinkage.  In  order  to  determine  when  this  dish 
is  lost  without  waiting  for  the  felloe  and  spokes  to  actually  become 
loose,  the  following  method  should  be  used : 

Place  a  straightedge  across  the  wheel,  resting  on  the  felloe  and 
passing  near  the  hub  flange.  Measure  the  distance  from  the  straight- 
edge to  a  spoke  near  the  felloe  and  one  near  the  hub  box.  If  the 
difference  in  these  two  distances  is  less  than  three-sixteenths  of  an 
inch  the  tire  should  be  reset. 

Cold-set  tires  are  much  inferior  to  hot-set  tires  in  that  the  dish  given 
by  the  setting  of  the  tire  is  lost  much  more  rapidly  when  cold  set. 
Cold  setting  should  therefore  be  resorted  to  only  when  it  is  impracti- 
cable to  have  the  tires  hot  set. 

Do  not  permit  brake  levers  to  be  released  by  a  kick  or  a  blow. 

Prevent  possible  injury  to  cannoneers  by  causing  them  to  stand 
clear  of  the  counter-recoil  spring  column  in  assembling  or  dismounting. 

In  moving  the  howitzer  on  or  off  the  cradle,  provide  ample  sup- 
port for  the  breech  end,  so  that  the  howitzer  clips  are  in  prolongation 
of  the  cradle  guides;  if  this  is  not  done,  the  cradle  guides  may  be 
ruined. 

Do  not  strike  any  metal  part  directly  with  a  hammer;  interpose  a 
buffer  of  wood  or  copper. 


129 

Frequently  verify  the  adjustment  of  sights. 

Require  special  care  in  handling  sights. 

Be  sure  that  the  range  strip  of  the  rear  sight  shank,  range  ring  of 
hand  fuze  setter,  and  range  scales  of  the  range  quadrant  are  grad- 
uated for  the  particular  type  of  ammunition  used  by  the  battery. 

Do  not  unnecessarily  expose  ammunition  to  the  sun  or  load  it  into 
a  warm  howitzer  before  tune  for  firing ;  if  this  is  done,  erratic  shooting 
may  result. 

Battery  commanders  should  frequently  make  a  detailed  inspection 
of  all  the  vehicles  in  the  battery  to  see  if  any  parts  of  them  are 
broken  and  any  nuts,  screws,  split  pins,  etc.,  missing.  If  any  such 
defects  are  found,  they  should  immediately  take  steps  to  replace 
broken  or  missing  parts.  This  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  and 
compliance  with  these  instructions  will  do  much  toward  prolonging 
the  life  of  the  vehicles. 

It  has  been  found  that  the  apron  hinges  occasionally  become 
broken,  and  that  the  apron-hinge  pins  are  frequently  lost.  When- 
ever this  happens  the  hinges  or  hinge  pins  should  be  immediately 
replaced,  for  if  this  is  not  done  the  apron,  which  is  a  very  expensive 
piece,  is  apt  to  become  cracked  or  broken. 

Whenever  the  lunettes  become  loosened  the  lunette  nuts  should  at 
once  be  tightened  up. 

All  wheels  and  pintle  bearings  should  be  frequently  oiled. 

All  nuts  are  secured  by  split  pins,  which  should  be  replaced  and 
properly  opened  when  nuts  are  screwed  home. 

All  working  and  bearing  surfaces  of  the  carriage  require  oiling; 
those  not  directly  accessible  for  this  purpose  are  provided  with  oil 
holes  closed  by  spring  covers  or  handy  oilers. 

See  that  fuzes  are  set  at  safety  for  transport. 

Use  the  large  primer-inserting  press  for  inserting  primers  in  car- 
tridge cases  and  the  decapping  tools  provided  for  removing  old 
primers. 

In  assembling  the  cylinder  in  the  cradle,  place  the  springs  which 
are  bent  most  out  of  shape  on  the  stirrup  and  cylinder. 

In  all  requisitions  and  correspondence  the  correct  name  of  the  part 
referred  to  (if  known)  should  be  given.  If  the  name  of  the  part  is 
not  known,  submit  a  sketch  showing  the  location,  shape,  material, 
etc.,  sufficient  to  establish  definitely  the  identity  of  the  parts  in 
question. 

The  use  of  the  word  " complete"  in  requisitions  to  signify  a  com- 
bination of  parts  sometimes  leads  to  misunderstanding  of  the  exact 
parts  wanted.  The  tables  of  nomenclature  of  parts  have  been 
arranged  to  show  the  parts  included  under  the  terms  "one  trail, 
complete;  one  wheel,  complete,"  etc.,  and  should  be  carefully  studied 
14199—17 11 


130 

before  requisitions  are  made  out,  to  insure  that  all  the  parts  wanted 
are  included  and  duplications  avoided. 

Smokeless  powder  must  not  be  used  for  blank  charges. 

SUPPLIES  IN  GENERAL. 

All  bits,  both  curb  and  snaffle,  are  made  of  nickel  steel,  a  practi- 
cally noncorrosive  metal. 

The  olive-drab  saddle  blanket  is  regulation  for  all  arms  of  the 
service. 

Arm  racks  for  automatic  pistols  are  issued  for  use  of  Field  Artillery 
in  such  number  as  may  be  required  to  hold  the  pistols  on  hand  in  the 
battery.  Each  pistol  arm  rack  holds  80  pistols. 

Lanyards  with  metal  snaps  are  issued  with  pistols  when  called  for. 

Such  articles  as  may  be  needed  for  training  the  horse — the  cavesson, 
longing  rein,  running  rein,  etc. — may  be  readily  made  up  by  the  bat- 
tery saddler  from  supplies  furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

For  the  training  of  enlisted  men  leather  heads  and  wooden  stands 
for  supporting  them  will  be  needed.  The  saddler  and  the  wheel- 
wright or  carpenter  will  be  able  to  supply  these  by  means  of  the  tools 
in  the  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon. 

A  reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  for  3.8-inch  howitzers  for  removing 
fired  primers  from  and  cleaning  cartridge  cases  and  for  reloading 
blank  ammunition  is  furnished  to  each  battery. 

METHOD  OF  LOADING  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER 
BATTERY  FOR  TRANSPORTATION  BY  RAIL. 

The  flat  cars  usually  obtained  from  railroad  companies  vary  in 
length  from  34  to  44  feet.  Cars  longer  than  42  feet  are  unusual. 

In  loading  a  battery  on  cars  during  service  operations  it  is  very 
desirable  to  keep  complete  howitzer  sections  together  as  much  as 
possible.  Pursuing  this  idea,  a  3.8-inch  howitzer  battery  may  be 
loaded  as  follows,  when  cars  at  least  34  feet  long  are  obtained: 

Four  cars,  each  to  contain: 

One  3.8-inch  howitzer  and  carriage. 
Two  3.8-inch  howitzer  caissons. 
Three  3.8-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

The  vehicles  on  these  cars  should  be  arranged  in  the  following  order 
from  one  end  to  the  other:  Two  caissons,  one  howitzer  and  carriage, 
three  howitzer  limbers.  The  lunettes  of  the  caissons  and  carriage  and 
the  pole  of  the  first  limber  should  all  point  in  the  same  direction 
and  away  from  the  end  of  the  car  at  which  the  first  caisson  is  loaded ; 
the  poles  of  the  other  two  limbers  should  point  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. One  vehicle  is  run  over  the  pole  or  trail  of  another  until  the 


131 

tires  of  the  wheels  of  two  vehicles  touch,  provided  no  other  parts  of 
the  vehicles  come  in  contact. 
One  car  to  contain: 

One  battery  wagon. 

One  forge  limber. 

Two  3.8-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  3.8-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

One  car  to  contain: 

One  store  wagon. 

One  store  limber. 

Two  3.8-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  3.8-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

This  car  will  be  only  about  three-quarters  filled  if  a  34-foot  car 
is  procured.  The  additional  space  may  be  utilized  as  the  battery 
commander  sees  fit. 

If  cars  less  than  34  feet  long  are  obtained,  one  limber  or  one 
caisson  will  have  to  be  omitted.  If  cars  44  feet  long  are  obtained, 
one  additional  limber  or  caisson  can  be  loaded  on  each. 

In  loading  the  cars,  if  there  is  any  permanent  loading  platform 
along  the  railroad  tracks  in  the  vicinity,  the  vehicles  should  be  run 
onto  these  platforms  and  loaded  from  them.  If  there  is  no  permanent 
platform  in  the  vicinity,  it  will  be  necessary  to  build  a  temporary 
ramp.  This  should  be  built  at  the  end  of  the  cars.  When  loading 
vehicles  from  a  permanent  platform  on  the  side  of  the  cars  it  may 
be  necessary,  if  short  cars  are  obtained,  to  remove  the  pole  of  the 
last  limber  placed  on  the  car  in  order  to  get  it  onto  the  car.  The  pole 
should,  however,  be  replaced  in  its  socket  as  soon  as  the  vehicle  is 
slaced  in  position. 

When  loading  the  cars,  care  must  be  exercised  to  load  them  so 
;hat  there  can  be  no  movement  of  the  vehicles  on  the  cars  longitudi- 
nally, transversely,  or  vertically.  All  wheels,  and  trails  of  carriages, 
Doles  of  limbers,  lunettes  of  caissons  and  wagons  must  be  secured  to 
ihe  bottom  of  the  car.  The  vehicles  are  secured  as  follows: 

2  by  4  inch  timbers  nailed  to  the  floor  of  the  cars  on  both  sides  of 
all  the  wheels  hold  the  wheels  securely  against  transverse  motion. 

2  by  4  inch  chocks  nailed  to  the  2  by  4  inch  pieces  which  lie  along 
the  sides  of  the  wheels  hold  the  wheels  against  longitudinal  motion 
on  the  cars. 

2  by  4  inch  timbers,  placed  over  the  felloes,  between  the  two  lowest 
spokes  and  bolted  to  the  floor  of  the  car  through  the  pieces  at  the 
sides  of  the  wheels,  with  two  J-inch  bolts,  hold  the  wheels  against 
vertical  motion.  The  bolts  should  preferably  be  bolted  through 
/hese  braces  on  the  outside  of  the  wheels.  If  bolts  for  bolting  these 
2  by  4  inch  cross  pieces  can  not  be  obtained,  the  cross  pieces  should 


132 

be  nailed  down  with  7  or  8  inch  spikes.  The  poles  and  lunettes 
should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by  nailing  one  2  by  4  inch  block  on 
both  sides  of  each  and  one  2  by  4  inch  piece  across  the  top  near  the 
end  of  the  poles  or  lunettes. 

The  trails  should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by  nailing  2  by  4  inch 
blocks  as  follows: 

1  on  each  side  of  the  trail, 

1  at  the  end  of  the  trail  in  prolongation  of  the  axis,  and 

1  across  the  top  near  the  end. 

All  of  the  lumber  used  on  the  cars  is  2  by  4  inch  stock.  To  load 
aj3. 8-inch  howitzer  battery  will  require  1,200  linear  feet  of  2  by  4 
inch  lumber. 

For  carrying  all  harness  and  all  accessories  of  the  vehicles  which 
are  not  carried  in  compartments  of  these  vehicles  or  rigidly  attached 
to  them,  one  box  car  should  be  obtained.  The  material  in  this  box 
car  should  be  packed  in  boxes  if  on  hand.  In  case  no  box  car  can 
be  obtained,  all  of  the  harness,  etc.,  should  be  packed  in  boxes  and 
placed  on  the  flat  cars  near  the  vehicles.  These  boxes  must  be 
securely  fastened  to  the  floor  to  prevent  them  from  falling  off  of  the 
cars  or  from  striking  and  injuring  the  vehicles. 

If  it  is  necessary  to  raise  a  complete  vehicle  from  the  ground,  the  j 
main  part  which  supports  the  weight  should  be  the  axle.  A  manila 
rope  should  be  passed  around  the  outer  end  of  each  wheel  hub  in  the 
annular  space  between  the  hub  ring  and  the  hub  band  and  a  balancing 
sling  secured  at  the  pole  or  lunette.  These  slings  should  be  securely; 
lashed  to  their  respective  parts  with  additional  smaller  rope,  if  neces-j 
sary,  to  prevent  the  sling  slipping  or  being  knocked  off. 


133 

EQUIPMENT. 

The  following  table  shows  the  total  equipment  of  one  3.8-inch 
howitzer  battery  on  war  footing.  A  place  is  designated  for  most  of 
the  articles,  but  the  battery  commander  may  use  his  discretion  as  to 
the  disposition  of  many  articles  for  which  no  particular  fitting  or 
receptacle  is  provided. 

STATEMENT    OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 
itzers, 

12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


•turn. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


4  Howitzers  and  howitzer  carriages 

12  Caissons f      IV 

16  Limbers 

1  Battery  wagon 

1  Forge  limber ' TV 

1  Store  wagon. 

1  Store  limber 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  HOWITZ- 
ERS AND  CARRIAGES. 

8    Axle  seat  cushions j  On  axle  seat . 

4     Breechcovers Onhowitzer. 

Cases  for  hand  fuze  setters On  trail  box 

4     Covers  for  front  sight  and  sight  bars. . .    On  front  sight 

4     Covers  for  quadrant  bars On  quadrant  bar. 

4     Covers  for  sight  shanks On  sight  shank . . 

Dust  guards  for  56-inch  wheels On  wheel 

8     Hand  fuze  setters j  In  case 

4     Horizontal  oilers,  model  of  1913 !  In  oil  can  box 

8     Lanyards In  trail  box 

4     Leather  pouches  for  spare  parts do 

Lock  washer  holders do 

Muzzle  covers Onhowitzer 

Oil  can  boxes In  trail  box 

Screw  driver,  3-inch  blades I ...  ..do 

Sponge  and  staffs On  trail 

Sponge  covers i  Onspnge 

Tool  kits  containing In  trail  box 

1  cold  chisel,  0.75,  8  inches  long i  In  tool  kit 

1  cross  peen  hammer do 

1  bronze  drift,  large !.do ] IV        <       3 

1  bronze  drift,  small do 

1  file,  8-inch  hand,  smooth do 

1  file,  3-square,  dead  smooth do 

1  pliers,  wire  cutting do 

1  punch,  small do 

1  range  quadrant  wrench do 

1  screw  driver,  10  inch t do 

1  screw  slot  wrench  and  blade do 

1  screw  wrench,  8-inch do 

1  wrench,  0.375  and  0.5 do 

1  wrench,  0.625  and  0.75 do 

4     Top  carriage  covers About  top  carriage . 

4     Valve  retainer  tools ;  In  trail  box 

4     Wrenches,  0.5 do 

4     Wrenches,  socket do 

4     Wrenches,  spanner,  wheel  and  cylinder do 

4     \\>enches.spanner.  cylinder  head  and    do 

gland. 

4     Wrenches,  1.25  socket,  and  1  and  0.75 do 

4     3-pound  spool,  No.  20,  annealed,  bare   do 

copper  wire. 


134 


STATEMENT   OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT   OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 

footing 
(4  how- 

Proi 

classif 

>erty 
cation. 

itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

"Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

SPARE     PARTS     FOR     HOWITZERS     AND 
CARRIAGES. 

For  howitzers,  models  of  1908  and  1908 
ML 

Breech  mechanism  complete  

In  chest  in  battery  wagon 

4 

Block  latches 

In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts 

4 

Block  latch  springs 

do  

4 

do 

4 

Firing  pin  springs                          

do..   . 

4 

do 

2 

Handy  oilers                                  

do..   . 

4 

do 

4 

Lever  fatch  pivots                           .  .  . 

do..   . 

4 

do 

4 

Locking  bolt  *  nuts  and  pins 

do..   . 

4 

do 

g 

Lever  pivot  detents 

.     .do.. 

4 

Sears 

do 

4 

Trigger  forks 

.  .do. 

g 

Trigger  shaft  detents 

do 

6 

For  hand  fuze  setters,  model  of  1913. 

do 

12 

Guide  plate  screws 

.do 

4 

Index  plungers                                  .... 

...do... 

4 

Index  springs 

do 

8 

Index  bar  screws  .                             ... 

do  

4 

Oil-hole  screws 

do 

4 

Range  indexes      . 

do  

16 

Range  ring  screws 

do 

3 

Stop-pin  screws 

.  .  .do  

1 
1 

For  carnages. 

Apron  latch  complete,  consisting  of— 
Body 

In  store  wagon 

1 

Handle 

do 

1 

Handle  pin 

do  . 

1 

Plunger 

do 

2 

Springs 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

IV 

3 

1 

Split  pin 

do 

1 

Apron-latch  washer 

.do..   . 

6 

Screws  for  handwheel  shaft  bearing 

do 

2 

Bolts  for  handwheel  shaft  bracket  . 

.do  

g 

Screws  for  elevating  worm  bearing 

do 

1 

Brake  lever,  with  catch 

In  store  wagon  . 

4 

Brake  shoes 

do 

8 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Brake-segment  rack  with  rivets 

do 

2 

Brake-rod  pins 

...  .do  

1 

Brake-rod  spring 

do 

2 

Counter-recoil  springs,  outer... 

In  store  wagon  . 

2 

CouHter-recoil  springs  inner* 

do 

5 

Cradle  clip  pins,  with  split  pins  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Gland  lock  with  split  pin 

do 

2 

Drain  plugs  (cylinder)  .  . 

....do  

16 

Filistef  head  steel  screws  with  nuts 

do 

1 
1 

Firing  mechanism,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 
Adjusting  screw 

do 

2 

Bracket  studs,  with  nuts 

.do.. 

do 

Firing-handle  bracket. 

.do..   . 

Firing-handle  hub 

do 

Firing-handle  pin 

.do  

Firing-handle  plunger 

do 

do 

Firing  links 

do 

Firing-link  pins 

do 

Firing  pallet 

do                                         •     .  - 

Firing-pallet  collar 

do 

Firing-pallet  collar  pin 

do  .  . 

Firing  shaft 

do 

Handle  return  spring. 

do.  .   . 

Shaft  return  spring... 

...do... 

135 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 
itzers. 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
20 

2 

24 
10 
1 
1 

2 

2 
1 
2 
2 
50 
1 
5 
1 

1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
6 
2 
4 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 

1 

4 
2 
2 
2 

2 
1 

SPARE     PARTS     FOR     HOWITZERS     AND 

CARRIAGES  —  continued. 
For  carriages  —  Continued. 

Firing  mechanism,  complete,  consist- 
ing of  —  Continued. 
Shaft  trip  collar  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 

IV 

3 

Trip  latch 

do                         

Trip-latch  pin 

do 

Trip-latch  plunger 

do                       

do 

Filling  plugs 

do                     

Oarlock's  waterproof  packing,  J-inch 
rings. 
Handspikes  complete  each 

5  in  each  pouch  for  spare  parts     

In  store  wagon                   

Consisting  of— 
2  handspike  bodies,  with  riv- 
ets, and  washers. 
1  handspike  bolt,  with  nut  

do                       

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 

1  handspike  web 

1  tip  with  pins 

1  middle  band,  with  pin 

Handy  oilers,  0.312  (-&)  inch     

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
do  -  

Handy  oilers,  0.375-inch 

Lunette,  with  nut 

In  store  wagon        

Quick-return  pawls,  complete,   con- 
sisting of  — 
Bushings  .  . 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
do                   

Fulcrum  pin 

Latch 

do                        

Link 

do                  

Link  pins 

do                       

Pawl  right 

do                

Pawl  left 

do                       

do                          

do                   

Pawl  shaft  with  nut 

do                       

do                

do                    

do                                         

Spade  edge 

do                   

do                                    

Sponge  and  staff,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 
End  staff 

In  store  wagon      

do                       

Rammer  head  screws 

rin 

do                             

do                    

do                             

Staff  coupling  (female) 

do                   

do                         

Sponge-tube  support 

do                  

Spring  covers  No  2,  with  screw 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
do                   

Spring  covers  No  3 

do                             

do               •                               

do                          

do                                       

Trunnion  cap  swing  bolts  with  nuts 

do                   

do                            -.- 

Valve-turning  gear  collar 

do             

Valve-turning  gear  connecting  rod  and 
nut. 
Valve-turning  gears  connecting  rod  pins 

do                        

do                   

do                             

Wheel  fastenings  complete 

In  store  wagon  in  spare  wheel  hub 
caps. 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
...do... 

Hub  liners         

Lock  washer... 

136 


TATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 
itzers, 
12 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


SPARE     PARTS     FOR     HOWITZERS     AND 

CARRIAGES— continued . 

Far  carriages— Continued. 

Crown  nuts  (special). 


4  0.25  x  20  threads In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

16  0.375  x  16  threads do 

0.5  x  13  threads do 

2  0.625  x  11  threads do 

4  0.625  x  11  threads j do 

4  0.75x16  threads do 

0.875  x  9  threads do 

2  0.875  x  12  threads do 

4  1x12  threads do 

2  1.25  x  7  threads do 

Crown  nuts  (standard). 

14  0.25  x  20  threads do 

0.312  (A)  x  18  threads do 

70  0.375  x  16  threads ! do 

16  0.5  x  13  threads do 

32  0.625  x  11  threads do 

30  0.75  x  10  threads do 

Plain  nuts  (special). 

2    0.19  x  30  threads ...  . .  .do 

2    0.242  x  24  threads do 

Rivets  (button  head). 

4     0.187  (A)  xl.375inch do 

0.25  x  1.125  inch I do 

25     0.312  (A)  x  1.625  inch ! do 

7  0.375  x  1.25  inch do 

2  0.5  x  1.75  inch I do 

IV 

Rivets  (countersunk  head,  60°). 

0.312  (A)  x  0.75 do 

Split  pins. 

8  0.046  (A)  x  0.312  (A)  inch In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts 

3  0.062  (A)  x  0.375  inch do 

4  0.062  (A)  x  0.562  (A)  inch do 

25     0.062  (£)  x  0.75  inch ! do 

4  0.078  A)  x  0.437  (A)  inch do 

5  0.093  A)  x  0.5  inch do 

15  0.093  A)  x  0.75  inch do 

130  0.093  AJxlinch do 

4  0.125  x  0.75  inch do 

10  0.125x1  inch .....do 

50  0.125  x  1.25  inch do 

10  0.125  x  1.5  inch do 

10  0.125  x  1.75  inch do 

2  0.156  (A)  x  1  inch do 

50  0.156  (A)  x  1.5  inch do 

20  0.156  (A)  x  1.75  inch i do 

20  0.156  (A)  x  2  inch do 

2  0.203  (H)x  1.5  inch do 

2  0.203  (H)  x  2  inch do 

2  0.203  (H)  x  2.25  inch do 

10  0.203  (H)  x  2.5  inch do 

4  0.25  x  1.25  inch do 

Taper  pins. 

2    0.162x1.75  inch....  ...do 

2  !  0.135  x  1.562  (1A)  inch do 


137 

STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 
itzers, 
12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  LIMBERS. 


16  Axes On  limber  in  fastenings 

16  Hatchets do }     IV 

16  Lanterns Inbracket 

16  Lantern  straps Infasteners -..        IV 

16  Lantern  bracket  pads Inbracket IV 

32  Oilcans In  limber  chests ]       IV 

16  Paulins On  limber  chest 

16  Pickaxes On  limber  in  fastenings 

16  Picketropes Onlimber : IV 

16  Pole  props On  limber  in  fastenings 

16  Short-handled  shovels do 

16  Shot  tongs ! do 

32  Dust  guards  for  56-inch  wheels I  On  wheel n 

16  Neck  yokes,  complete <  On  pole 

32  Singletrees,  complete i  On  doubletree 

Straps.... i 

16  Ax In  fasteners 

48  Grip do 

16  Hatchet  handle do 

48  Paulin ! do 

16  Pick  head do 

64  Picket  rope ! do 

16  Pole  prop I do 

16  Shot  tongs do 

16  Shovel  handle do 

SPARE  PARTS  FOR  LIMBERS. 

2  Doubletrees In  store  wagon 

3  D  oubletree  bolts  and  nuts In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2  Doubletree  hooks I  In  store  wagon 

3  Hub  liners | do 

3  Limber  propchain,  withhandle j do 

2  Lock  bar  bearing  caps  with  studs  and     In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts . .         Iv 

nuts. 

2  Lock  links In  store  wagon 

2  Latch-pin  plates do 

3  Lock  washers In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

1  Lock  bar  pivot do 

2  Neck  yokes In  store  wagon 

4  Oil-can  nozzles j  In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

2  Oil  cans,  tubular In  store  wagon 

1  Picket  rope ; do 

2  Padlocks,  chains,  clevises,  and  bolt    In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

snap. 

1  Pintle,  with  bearing,  complete Instore  wagon 

1  Pintle  spring In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts . 

1  Pintle  latch In  store  wagon 

2  Pintle  latch  spring In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts . 

2  Pintle  bearing  bolts  with  nuts do 

2  Poles,  complete Under  caisson 

2  I  Pole  props In  store  wagon 

1  Shottong do 

4  Singletree do 

3  Wheel  fastenings,  complete In  store  wagon,  in  spare  hub  caps .... 

1  Wing  nut  pin  with  nut  and  washer. . .   In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  CAISSONS. 

12  Long-handled  shovels On  caisson  in  fastenings 

12  I  Paulins ...  On  caisson 

12  Pickmattocks On  caisson  in  fastenings 

12  Spanners do 

36  I  Watering  buckets,  canvas In  bucket  holder 

12  Wrenches,  0.625  x  0.75 On  caisson  in  fastenings 

12  Axes do 

12  Shot  tongs do 

24  Dust  guards  for  56-inch  wheel On  wheels IV 


138 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
^how- 
itzers. 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

12 
36 
36 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 

2 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 
12 
24 
1 
1 
3 
2 

2 
2 
3 
1 

1 
2 

i 
i 
i 

2 
2 
1 
6 

3 

1 

5 
45 
5 
10 
15 
100 
18 
95 
7 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
3 
1 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOE  CAISSONS— 

continued. 
Straps: 
Ax  . 

In  fasteners  .  .  . 

IV 
IV 

)> 

}  IV 

IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 

X 

IV 
X 

3 

3 

9 

3 

9 
3 
9 
3 
9 
9 

5 

9 
5 

Grip 

do 

Paulin.. 

..do.... 

Pick  mattock 

do.  ... 

Shot  tongs 

do 

Shovel  handle 

.do  

do 

Wrench 

.do  

SPARE  PARTS  FOR  CAISSONS. 

In  store  wagon 

Apron  hinge  pins 

TH  hingft  

In  store  wagon 

Apron  latch  springs 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
In  store  wagon 

Brake  levers  with  catches  .  . 

.do  

do 

Brake  shoe  tap  bolts  ... 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
In  store  wagon  .  . 

Caisson  prop,  with  chain  and  hook  — 
Caisson  prop  chain  and  hook  .  . 

.do.... 

do 

Lock  bar  bearing  caps  with  studs  and 
nuts. 
Locklinks 

do 

.do.... 

Latch  pin  plates 

do  .... 

do 

Lunette  with  nut 

do  .                        ..  .  . 

Lock-bar  pivot.  ... 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
.do  

Padlocks,  chains,  clevises,  and  bolt 
snaps. 
Pintle  with  bearing  complete 

In  store  wagon 

Pintle  spring  .            

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
In  store  wagon  

Pintle  latch 

Pintle  latch  springs 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
In  store  wagon 

Pintle  bearing  bolts  with  nuts 

Shot  tongs 

do  

Wheels  complete  ...                 

2  in  spare  wheel  fastening  on  battery 
wagon,  rest  in  store. 
In  spare  hub  caps  .                           

Wheel  fastenings  complete 

Wing  nut  pin  with  nut  and  washer  
Split  pins. 
0  093  (A)  x  0  75  inch 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts.  . 
In  pouches  for  spare  parts.           

0  093  (•&)  x  0  875  inch 

.do.... 

0  125  x  0  75  inch 

do 

0  125  x  1  inch 

.do.... 

0  125  x  1  25  inch 

do  

0  125  x  1  75  inch 

do 

0  156  (^)  x  1  inch.. 

.do.... 

0  156  (&)  x  1  5  inch 

do 

0  203  (f})  x  2  25  inch 

.do  

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  BATTERY 
WAGON. 

Carpenters'  chest  with  tools  set 

In  battery  wagon 

Chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small 
stores. 
Chest  for  spare  breech  mechanism. 

do       .                         

.do  

Chest  for  spare  sights,  containing— 

.do.... 

1  bore  sight  muzzle 

do.    ..               

Double-tackle  block. 

do  

Dust  guards 

On  wheels  

On  battery  wagon  

In  battery  wagon  

Grindstone  with  frame  complete 

.do  

do                               

Marking  outfit  for  stamping  leather.  .  . 

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 
chest. 
do.                            

Oil  cans  5-gallon 

In  oil-can  supports  

Ordnance  Department  insignia  stencil. 

In  cleaning-material  and  small-store 
chest. 

139 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT   OF   ONE  .38-INCH  HOWITZER   BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
^how- 

Prop 
classin 

erty 
cation. 

itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

I 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  BATTERY 

WAGON—  continued. 
Packing  chest  for  supplies  (1902  Mi 

In  batterv  wagon 

I 

only). 
Packing  chest  for  spare  parts  (1902  Mi 

do 

IV 

3 

1 

only). 
Paulin 

On  battery  wagon 

1 

Rope  for  block  and  tackle 

In  battery  wagon  .           

IV 

9 

1 

do 

X 

9 

1 

Seal  stamp  

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

x 

5 

1 

Single-tackle  block 

chest. 
In  battery  wagon  

IV 

9 

2 

On  spare  wheels 

IV 

3 

2 

Spring  compressors  No  2 

do           

X 

9 

1 

Stenc1'!  outfit  .                    

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

X 

5 

2 

Straps: 
Grip 

chest  . 
In  strap  fasteners  

2 

do 

IV 

3 

2 

Paulin 

do  

1 

Testing  level  and  chest 

IV 

9 

1 

Vise 

Attached  to  lunette  frame  

X 

9 

2 

In  battery  wagon 

rv 

9 

1 

Wrench  grindstone  and  recoil-spring 

do  

IV 

3 

20 

assembling. 

TOOLS    AND    ACCESSORIES    FOR    STORE 
WAGON. 

Bolos 

In  store  wagon                           

20 

Bolo  scabbards 

do  

|    VII 

5 

1 

do                                        

1 

Crowbar                            *        " 

On  store  wagon  under  body  

2 

On  wheels                                

f     IV 

3 

1 

3 

Oil  cans,  5-gallon 

On  store  wagon  in  oil-can  supports  

1 

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

do  

\       TV 

6 

do                                        

/ 

1 

Slush  brush 

do  

IV 

3 

1 

Straps: 

In  strap  fasteners 

2 

Grip 

do                        

2 

Paulin 

do  

IV 

2 

In  store  wagon                 

1 

TOOLS    AND    ACCESSORIES    FOR    FORGE 
LIMBER. 

Ax 

On  limber  under  chest  

\       TV 

3 

On  limber  in  bucket  holder  

/       IV 

2 

IV 

3 

1 

Hatchet 

In  bracket  on  left  of  chest         

IV 

9 

} 

IV 

3 

1 

Lantern.. 

On  limber,  in  bracket  on  front  of  chest  . 

IV 

9 

1 

Lantern-bracket  pad 

In  lantern  bracket  

1 

In  strap  fasteners    .                   

1 

Neck  yoke 

TV 

IV 

2 

Oil  cans,  tubular    

On  limber,  in  supports  under  chest  — 

1 

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

On  limber  chest  as  cushion  

I          TV 

1 

Pick  ax 

On  limber  foot  rest  .        

/          J 

1 

Picket  rope 

On  limber,  in  front  of  chest  

IV 

9 

1 

Pole  prop                          

On  limber,  in  fastenings  under  frame.. 

IV 

3 

1 

On  limber  under  chest            

IV 

9 

2 

Attached  to  doublet  ree  , 

1 

Straps: 
\x 

In  strap  fasteners  

3 

Grip 

do                                          

1 

Hatchet 

do...                       

4 

do     .              

4 

Limber-blanket  rear 

..  do  

3 

do    

IV 

3 

I 

Pick-handle 

do                            

1 

Pick-head 

do  

4 

Picket-rope,  upper                 

...do  

4 

Picket-rope  lower 

do  

1 

do                        

1 

Shovel-handle 

.    do  

1 

Sledee... 

In  fastener...                        

140 


STATEMENT    OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF   ONE  3.8-INCH   HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 

footing 
(4  how- 
itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
3 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

1 
3 
1 
4 
4 
3 
1 
1 
4 
4 
1 
1 

4 
2 
3 
4 
4 
3 

4 
4 
4 
4 

1 
1 

1 

11 
11 
il 
11 

210 

1 

1 

1 
1 

2 

TOOLS    AND    ACCESSORIES    FOE    STORE 
LIMBER. 

Ax  .      . 

On  limber,  under  chest                     ... 

i      IV 
IV 

\    'V 

IV 

IV 

IV 
IV 

•      IV 

IV 

IV 
h      IV 

V 

9 

3 
9 

3 

9 

3 

9 

3 

9 

3 
3 

1 

Buckets  watering  canvas 

Cyclometer  for  56-inch  wheel 

On  axle  of  limber                

Dust  guards 

On  wheel"' 

Hatchet                 

On  limber  in  bracket         

Lantern 

On  limber,  in  bracket  on  chest  front... 
In  brackets                  

Lantern-bracket  pad  

Lantern  strap 

In  strap  fasteners 

Neckyoke       

On  pole                    

Oil  cans  tubular            .  . 

On  limber  in  supports                       .  -| 

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

Pickax                           

On  limber  foot  rest                      

Picket  rope 

Pole  prop                     

In  fastening  under  frame            

Shovel  short-handled 

Singletrees                

Attached  to  doubletrees      

Straps: 
Ax           

In  strap  fasteners        

Grip  

do                

Hatchet  

do                          

Limber  blanket,  front  

do                

do                       

Paulin                                   

do                                  

Pick-handle     

do                      

Pick-head  

..  .  do             

do                       

Picket-rope,  lower  

do         

do                   

do                            

SPARE  PARTS  OF  ACCESSORIES. 

Ax  helves                              

In  store  wagon      

do                            

do                

do                            

do            

Padlocks  with  chains,  clevises,  and 
bolt  snaps. 

SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANTS. 

In  battery  wagon           

On  carriage                

do                   k  

Teat  wrenches  (for  panoramic  sight, 
model  of  1904  only). 

SPARE   SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANTS. 

Sight  complete              

do                                

In  spare  sight  chest  in  battery  wagon, 
do                

do                            

RANGE-FINDING  AND  FIRE-CONTROL 
EQUIPMENT. 

(Furnished  by  Ordnance  Department.) 

On  nfirsrm  nr  in  st.nrfi  limber  

Battery  commander's  telescope  and 
mount,  model  of  1905  or  1915. 
Battery  commander's  telescope  case... 
Accessories  carried  in  case— 

In  cases,  on  the  saddle  or  in  store  limber 
In  store  limber                        

dn  ._ 

1 

Battery  commander's  telescope  tripod 
case. 
Chains  for  time-interval  recorders.  .  . 

do    

...do.... 

i  Will  be  issued  when  available. 

*  Metal  B.  C.  rulers  with  cases  are  no  longer  part  of  the  equipment. 


Those  on  hand  may  be  retained. 


141 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 

Prop 
classim 

:ation. 

itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

il 
1 

RANGE-FINDING    AND    FIRE-CONTROL 

EQUIPMENT—  continued. 

Field  Artillery  range  finder,  1-meter 
base. 
Field  Artillery  range-finder  case  . 

On  wheel  horse  or  on  saddle  of  mount., 
.do.... 

1 

Field  Artillery  range-finder  tripod 

do 

1 

Field  Artillery  range-finder  tripod  case 

.do  

1       V 

5 

Flash  lights  with  hoods                    

In  store  limber  .  . 

16 

Flash  liehts  without  hoods 

.do.... 

1 

Tape,  steel,  100  feet 

do 

2 

Time-interval  recorders 

do 

337 

(Furnished  by  Signal  Corps.2) 

HARNESS. 

Harness,  lead,  sets 

On  horses  

319 

Harness,  wheel,  sets 

do 

56 

Harness  sacks.. 

Not  carried  in  field  

I 

j 

1 

Stirrup,  hooded,  with  guidon  socket.  .  . 

On  saddle  

| 

6 

SPARE  PARTS  OF  HARNESS. 

Breast  straps 

In  battery  wagon 

1 

Bridle,  Artillery,  off 

do. 

1 

Bridle,  Artillery,  near 

do 

12 

Cinchas,  lead..!. 

do  . 

IV 

6 

Cinchas,  wheel 

do 

45 

Collar  pads,  canyas.  . 

do 

8 

Collar  straps 

do 

420 

Curb  bits  

.    do  .. 

<2fl 

Curb  chains,  with  hooks 

do 

8 

Feed  bags  

do  . 

T-O- 

8 

Grain  bags 

do 

6 

Halter  headstalls. 

do 

20 

Halter  tie  rope^ 

do 

6 

Martingales  with  cincha  strap 

do               

4 

Mogul  springs,  320  pounds 

do 

6 

Side  straps  for  breeching 

do  

4 

Steel  collars,  with  2  hame  tugs  each 

do 

12 

Stirrup  straps  

do  

g 

Traces,  lead,  with  chain 

do                             . 

4 

Traces,  wheel 

do 

4 

Whips,  Artillery 

do 

6 

SPARE  PARTS  OF  COLLARS. 

Bolts  for  bottom  of  collar 

In  miscellaneous  spare  parts  chest, 

6 

Bolts  for  extension  .  . 

store  wagon. 
.    do  

6 

Bolts  for  top  connection 

do 

6 

Bolts  for  trace  plate 

do 

2 

Buckle  latches.  . 

do 

6 

Buckle  springs  

do  ,  

4 

Draft  springs.  .  . 

Carried  loose  

6 

Pad  bolts 

In  miscellaneous  spare  parts  chest, 

6 

Pad  hooks,  with  collar  back  strap  con- 

store wagon. 
Carried  loose                             

IV 

6 

nection. 
Nuts  for  bottom  bolt 

In  miscellaneous  spare  parts  chest, 

6 

Nuts  for  extension  bolt.. 

store  wagon. 
..  .do..  

6 

Nuts  for  top  connection  bolt 

do                                  

6 

Nuts  for  pad  bolt 

do 

^ 

6 

Nuts  for  trace  plate  bolt 

So":  ::::•:::::::::::::;:;:; 

2 

Trace  plate  and  loops 

do 

6 

Washers  for  trace  plate  bolt 

do 

1 

INSTRUCTION  EQUIPMENT. 

Sectionalized  shell 

Not  carried  in  field  

I         xr 

1 

Sectionalized  shrapnel..  . 

...do... 

1         * 

1  Field  Artillery  range  finders  will  be  issued  as  soon  as  a  supply  is  available.    When  issued,  the  sextant 
telemeter  now  on  hand  in  some  of  the  organizations  will  be  turned  in. 

2  For  list  of  these  parts  see  Unit  Accountability  Equipment  Manual. 

3  One  set  is  spare. 

4  Not  part  of  harness. 


142 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd, 


War 

footing 
(4  how- 
itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

75 
8 
8 
1 

1 
2 

672 
504 
168 

1 
11 
U 
21 

1 

1 
1 
2 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
5 

1 
1 
1 
»1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
»1 

MISCELLANEOUS  EQUIPMENT. 

Cartridge  cases,  saluting 

1  • 

V 

X 
X 

V 

IX 
VII 

IX 

VII 

IX 
VII 

!  - 
}  IX 

IX 

}  K 

IX 

IX 
IX 

IX 

5 

5 

9 

4 

1 
2 

1 
2 

1 
2 

3 

1 

5 

2 
5 

5 

2 

1 

Cartridge  cases  for  drill 

Drill  projectiles 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  consist- 
ing of— 
1  bushing  

In  chest  for  reloading  and  cleaning  out- 
fit in  store  wagon. 
.  .    do  . 

1  cleaning  brush  (16.  75  inches  long). 
1  case  holder 

do  

1  case-holder  stand 

...    do  . 

1  decapping  tool  (17.9  inches  long).  . 
1  hammer 

do 

...    do  .. 

1  primer  inserting  press,  large  
1  saluting  powder  measure 

do 

...    do  . 

1  storage  chest 

do  

Pistol-cleaning  kit 

Where  convenient 

Arm  racks  for  automatic  pistols  
(For  targets,  see  O.  O.  Pamphlet  No. 
1994.) 

AMMUNITION. 

Shrapnel  H  E.  rounds  or 

In  ammunition  chests 

Shrapnel,  common  rounds,  and 

do  

Shell  rounds 

do  

PERSONAL  EQUIPMENT. 

The  equipment  of  the  enlisted  men  of 
Field  Artillery  is  as  follows: 
(a)  For  each  enlisted  man- 
Can  bacon 

Carried  on  man  .  . 

Canteen  model  of  1910 

..    do 

do 

Cartridges,  ball,  pistol,  or  20  car- 
tridges, ball,  revolver. 
Cup  model  of  1910 

.    do 

.    do 

Fork 

do  

Knife 

.    do  . 

Magazines,  pistol,  extra  if  pistol  is 
used. 
Meat  can 

do 

...do... 

Pistol  or  revolver 

.    do  . 

Pistol  belt  or  revolver  cartridge 
belt  without  saber  ring. 
Pistol  holster  or  revolver  holster 

do 

...do... 

....  do.. 

do 

Packet,  first-aid  (Medical  Depart- 
ment.) 
Furnished  by  Quartermaster 
Corps- 
Identification  tag 

do...                        

...do... 

Shelter  tent  half 

.    do 

Shelter-tent  pole  .  . 

do  

Shelter-tent  pegs 

.    do  .                             

(&)  For  each  enlisted  man  individually 
mounted,  in  addition  to  (a)— 

Carried  on  horse 

Horse  brush 

..    do  

Link 

do 

Saddle  McClellan  Field  Artillery 

do  

Saddlebags  pairs 

do                                          

Spurs  pair 

Carried  on  man  

Spur  straps  set 

do                                  

Bridle,  Field  Artillery  
(c)  For  each  driver,  in  addition  to  (a)  — 

Carried  on  horse 

do 

Horse  brush 

...do  

Carried  on  man  .  .              

Spur  straps  set  . 

do  

(d)  For  each  cannoneer,  not  mounted, 
in  addition  to  (a)— 

.    do... 

Haversack,  model  of  1910... 

...do... 

'Until  these  articles  are  supplied,  the  canteen,  cavalry,  and  canteen  strap,  cavalry,  may  be  used. 
«  Saddles  to  be  equipped  with  1  stirrup  guidon  socket  per  battery. 

a  Until  the  model  of  1910  haversack  is  supplied,  the  haversack,  old  model,  and  two  canteen  haversack 
straps  may  be  used. 


143 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE    3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 
footing 
(4  how- 

Prop 
classifi 

ierty 
cation. 

itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

i  i 

HORSE  EQUIPMENT  FOR  EACH  HORSE. 

Halter  tie  rope  

Carried  on  horse 

i  2 

Halter  headstall  

....do..., 

1 

Feed  bag  

...do.... 

1 

Grain  bag.               .             

.do 

TV 

i  i 

Saddle  blanket  

...do.... 

5 

Surcingle  

.do 

1 

Horse  cover 

Not  carried  in  field 

12 

SADDLER'S  TOOLS. 

Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted  .  .  . 

In  saddler's  chest  in  battery  wagon 

Awl,  pegging  

...  .do  

Awl,  seat,  handled 

do 

Carriage,  pricking,  3  wheels  

do.... 

Compass,  (>  inch  .     ... 

do 

Creaser,  double,  lignum-vitae  

do. 

Claw  tool  

do 

Edge  tool  No  1  -.  

..  .do. 

Edge  tool  No  2  . 

do 

Extra  blades,  with  followers,  for  draw 

...    do 

gage 
Gage,  draw,  brass  

do 

Hammer,  No  3,  riveting 

do 

Handle,  peg,  awl,  with  wrench  

.    do 

Hafts,  patent,  awl,  with  wrench 

do 

Knife,  round  

do 

Knife,  splitting,  6-inch  

do  

Needle  case,  leather         

do 

Needle,  glover's  No  3,  paper  

do  

2 

Needles,  harness,  No  4,  papers.. 

do 

2 

Needles,  harness,  No  5,  papers  

do     .           

2 

Needles,  harness,  No  6,  papers. 

do 

12 

Needles,  sacking,  assorted  

do  ... 

1 

Nipper,  cutting,  10-inch 

do 

1 

Oilstone,  unmounted  

..    do 

1 

Pliers,  6-inch  

...do... 

4 

Punches,  hand,  round,  assorted  

do  

1 

Punch  revolving 

do 

1 

Rivet  set  

do  

1 

Rule  boxwood  2-foot,  4  fold 

do                     .  . 

1 

Screw  driver  3-inch  blade 

do 

1 

Sewing  palm,  leather.. 

do 

x 

g 

1 

Shears  10-inch  bent  trimmers 

do 

1 

Shoe  knife  square  point  .  . 

do      

1 

Shoe  knife  broad  point 

do 

1 

Slicker,  steel     . 

do        

2 

Thimbles  aluminum-lined,  steel 

do 

1 

CARPENTER'S  TOOLS. 
Bench  ax 

In  carpenter's  chest  in  battery  wagon 

2 

Bags  canvas  for  small  stores 

do 

1 

Bevel,  8-inch. 

do 

6 

Bits  auger 

do 

1 

Bit,  wood,  countersink    

do 

1 

Bit  expansive  2  cutters 

do 

3 

Bits,  screw  driver  

do 

1 

Brace  ratchet,  10-inch  sweep 

do 

i 

Chisels,  socket,  framing  

do 

i 

Dividers  wing,  10-inch.. 

do 

4 

Drills,  twist  

...do  

1 

File  10-inch,  flat,  bastard  .  .  . 

do 

6 

Files  saw  4  and  6  inch  (3  of  each  ) 

do 

1 

2 

Gage,   marking,   brass,   thumbscrew 
shoe  and  face 
Gouges,  socket  firmer  

do... 

1 

Hammer  claw,  adze  eye 

do 

Handle  tool  containing  10  tools 

do 

2 

Handles,  file,  aluminum  alloy  

do  

1 

Knife  drawing,  9-inch  blade 

do 

1 
1 

Mallet,  2?  by  5  inches,  maple,  hickory 
handled. 
Nail  set 

do 

1 

Oiler... 

...do... 

1  Part  of  harness  for  all  draft  horses. 


144 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


War 

footing 
(4  how- 

Pror 
classic 

>erty 
cation. 

itzers, 
12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

CARPENTER'S  TOOLS—  continued. 
Oilstone  unmounted 

In  carpenter's  chest  in  battery  wagon.. 

1 

Pincers  small  8-inch 

do 

1 

Plane  jack  wood 

...do      

I 

do 

1 

Plate  '  auger  handle 

do 

1 

Rasp  wood  10-inch 

do 

1 

Reamer  half  round  for  wood  or  soft 

.do          

I 

metal. 
Rule  boxwood  2-foot  4  fold 

do 

1 

Saw  crosscut  24-inch 

do                                 .... 

I 

Saw'  rip  24-inch                              ...  . 

.     .do     

1 

Saw  set 

do 

1 

Screw  driver  5-inch  blade  10-inch 

do          

1 

Spokeshave  adjustable 

do                          .... 

1 

Square    steel    12-inch  body,   8-inch 

do         

1 

tongue. 

.do 

1 

Vise  table  2V-inch 

do                                  .... 

1 

do         

BLACKSMITH'S  TOOLS. 

Anvil,  100-pound In  forge  limber  chest . 

Aprons,  blacksmith's do. 

Bags,  canvas,  for  nails ! do. 

Box,  shoeing,  leather do. 


.do. 
.do. 


Chisel,  cold.  4-inch 

Chisel,  handled,  for  cold  iron,  2  pounds . 

Chisel,  handled,  for  hot  iron,  1.5  pounds do 

Clinching  iron do 

Cutting  nipper,  14-inch do 

Drills,  flat . . . .  I do 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


File,  flat,  12-inch,  bastard 

Fire  rake 

Fire  shovel 

Flatter,  handled,  1.5-inch,  square  face do 

Fore  punch  and  crease do 

Forge,  Empire,  portable \ do 

Hammer,  hand.  2  pounds do 

Hammer,  riveting,  1  pound  2  ounces. do 

Hammer,  shoeing,  10  ounces do 

Handle,  file,  aluminum do 

Hardie,  0.75  square  shank,  1.25  bit ' do 

Oiler do 

Pritchel,  0.75  flats,  9-inch do 

Punch,  round,  0.375-inch do 

Punch,  round,  0.312  (-ft)  inch do 

Punch,  nail do 

Punch,  square do 

Ratchet  drill  for  square-shank  drill do 

Rivet  sets,  5  sizes do 

Rule,  boxwood,  2-foot,  4  fold do 

Screw  plates,  taps  and  dies,  with  tap   do 

wrench,  including  chest. 

Shoeing  knives do 

Shoeing  pincers do 

Shoeing  rasp,  16-inch do 

Sledge,  11-pound In  fasteners  on  foot  rest . 

Square In  forge  limber  chest . . . 

Toe  knife do 

Tongs,  horseshoer's do 

Tongs  for  0.25  iron do 

Tongs  for  0.5  iron do 

Whetstone,  farriers',  10-inch do 

Wrench,  forge do 

Wrench,  screw,  12-inch do 


MATERIALS  FOR  CLEANING  AND  PRES- 
ERVATION (6  MONTHS'  SUPPLY,  ALL 

EXPENDABLE). 

Borax,  pounds,  lump In  store  wagon 

Brush,  camel's  hair,  No.  1,  round In  chest  for  cleaning  materialiand 

small  stores. 

Brushes,  sash,  No.  3 do 

Brushes,  sash,  No.  5 do 


X 


10 


145 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT   OF   ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY— Contd. 


No. 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Class. 


tion. 


MATERIALS  FOR  CLEANING  AND  PRES- 
ERVATION  (6    MONTHS'   SUPPLY,   ALL 

EXPENDABLE)— continued. 


1  Brush,  varnish,  No.  4-0 In  store  wagon . 

2  Brushes,  varnish,  No.  5-0 do. 

2  j  Brushes,  varnish,  No.  6-0 do. 

2     Burners,  lantern,  Dietz,  Vesta In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small 

stores. 
2    Cloth,  crocus,  quires I  1  quire  in  cleaning-material  chest ;  the 

rest  in  store. 

1     Cloth,  emery,  No.  A,  quire t  In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small 

|  •    stores. 
1     Cloth,  emery,  No.  0,  quire do 

1  Cloth,  emery,  No.  00,  quire do 

2  Cosmic,  No.  80,  soft,  quarts  (1  quart    In  store  wagon. 

cans). 

2  Chamois  skins In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small 

stores. 

3  Dressing,  russet  leather,  boxes do... 

21     E  veready  tungsten  battery  No.  793 —  \In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 
6    Eveready  2.7V.  Mazda  bulb  No.  1197..  /    chest. 

2     Globes ,  lantern In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small 

stores. 

J7     Lavaline,  16-ounce  cans In  store  wagon . 

25     Lye,  powdered,  cans,  1-pound 5  pounds  in  store  wagon;  rest  in  store . 

15     Naphthaline ,  pounds Not  carried  in  field 

1     Oil,  clock,  ounce,  1-ounce  bottles I  In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

chest. 

5  Oil ,  hydroline ,  gallons,  5-gallon  cans ...  In  cans  on  store  limber . 

6  Oil,  linseed,  boiled,  gallons In  store  wagon 

1  Oil,  linseed,  raw,  pints In  cleaning-material-  and  small-stores 

chest.  -v 

15     Oil ,  lubricating,  gallons In  store  limbers . 

20     Oil,  neat's-foot,  gallons do 

5     Oil,  slushing,  light,  gallons do 

5     Oil,  coal,  gallons do 

2  Oil,  sperm,  gallons do 

75    Paint ,  olive-drab ,  second  coat ,  pounds .  |  In  store  wagon . . 
75    Paint,  olive-drab,  third  coat,  pounds.  .1 do 

5  Paint ,  rubberine ,  gallons,  1-gallon  cans .  i do 

5J  Petrolatum  (vaseline),  ounces  (in  tin    In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

box).  chest. 

1  7     Polish,  Gibson's  soap,  16-ounce  cans..-!  In  store  wagon. 

6  Primer,  brown  enamel ,  quarts In  store  at  post . 

75     Sal  soda,  pounds,  bulk 20  pounds  in  cleaning-material  and 

small-stores  chest. 

1     Sandpaper,  No.  2J,  quires In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

chest. 

1     Sandpaper,  No.  1$,  quires do 

1     Sandpaper,  No.  i,  quires do 

1     Sandpaper,  No.  00,  quires do 

52     Soap,  castile,  pounds In  store  wagon 

4  |  Soap,  Hand  H,  cakes  or  Paco do 

80     Soap,  saddle.  Frank  Miller's,  pounds,   do 

1-pound  tins. 

65     Sponges,  5-inch '. In  store  wagon,  in  hub  liners.. 

10    Sponges,  large  size,  5 J  or  6  inch do 

8     Turpentine,  gallons In  store  wagon 

40    Waste,  cotton,  pounds,  white do 

5  Wicks,  lantern,  size  0 In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 

chest. 

SADDLER'S  MATERIAL  (6  MONTHS'  SUP- 
PLY, ALL  EXPENDABLE). 

6  Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted i  In  saddler's  chest i       ^ 

1  Awl  haft,  patent,  No.  146,  with  wrench. do * 

2  Buckles,  bar,  1-inch  Saalbach,  bronze. .  In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  battery 

wagon. 

8  Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  f-inch,  bronze do. . . 

13     Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  1-inch,  bronze do. . . 

5  Buckles,  bar, tongueless,  iHnch, bronze  do x 

30  Buckles,  center-bar,  f-inch,  bronze do 

6  Buckles,  center-bar,  f-inch,  bronze do 

9  Buckles,  center-bar,  I-inch,  bronze do 

2  Buckles,  center-bar,  1-inch,  bronze do 

10     Buckles,  center-bar,  H-inch,  M.  I i do 

1  Only  one  of  these  items  will  be  issued  to  an  organization. 

14199—17 12 


146 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT   OF   ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY-Contd. 


No. 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

10 

7 
2 
15 
4 
46 
3 
6 
3 
1 
24 
3 
3 
11 
20 
12 
22 
12 
21 
9 
18 
9 
4 

2 
4 
10 
10 
2 

2 
4 
5 
150 
1 
8 
1 
1 
1 
1 
8 
8 
3 
1 

6 
4 

18 
3 

5 
3 

10 
6 
8 
6 

3 
3 

1 

1 

3 
600 

10 

SADDLERS'  MATERIAL  (6  MONTHS'  SUP- 
PLY, ALL  EXPENDABLE)  —  COntd. 

Buckles,  center-bar,  1  f-inch,  M.  I  

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  battery 
wagon. 
do  

X 

IX 

IV 

IX 
IX 
IV 

IV 
X 

X 

IX 

X 

X 

IX 

X 

IV 

}  « 

10 

5 

8 

1 
5 

8 

5 
10 

9 

5 

10 

5 
5 

10 

8 

M 

Buckles,  roller,  f-inch,  M.  I  

Buckles,  roller,  3-inch,  M.  I 

do 

Buckles,  roller,  f-inch,  M.  I  

...do.... 

Buckles,  roller,  1-inch,  M.  I 

do 

Buckles,  roller,  IJ-mch,  M.  I  

...do.... 

Buckles,  roller,  1^-inch,  M.  I 

do.. 

Buckles,  satchel,  £-mch,  M.  I.. 

...do.... 

Buckles,  wire,  §-inch,  bronze 

...    do... 

Buckles^  wire^  f-inch.      

...do.... 

Buckles,  wire,  ^-inch 

.    do... 

Buckles  roller  Royal  11-inch  M  I 

do 

Cheek  "D"...'  '.  .'  

do  

Conway  loop  |-inch 

do 

Duck,  cotton,  olive  drab,  22-inch.  No.  1  . 
End  buckle  1-inch  bronze  with  clip 

.  .  .do.. 

do 

End  clip,  f-inch,  bronze                          do.  .    . 

End  clip  1-inch  bronze                                 do 

End  clip,  1^-inch,  bronze                          do... 

Foot  staple,  high,  bronze.  .  . 

In  saddler's  chest... 

Foot  staple,  low,  bronze 

do.... 

Foot  staple,  semicircular  .  . 

do  

Hook,  back  strap,  steel 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  battery 
wagon. 
do  

Hook,  breast  strap,  steel 

Hook  collar  strap  steel 

do 

Hook,  double,  brass  wire 

In  saddler's  chest 

Hook  end  brass  wire 

do 

Hook,  side  strap 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  battery 
wagon. 
do  .            

Hook,  wire  (for  link),  bronze 

Leath'er  bridle  back's 

In  battery  wagon 

Leather,  collar,  backs 

do  

Leather,  harness,  backs,  pounds... 

do.... 

Leather,  latigo,  sides 

do  .               

Nails  saddle 

In  saddler's  chest 

Needles,  Glover's,  No.  3,  papers 

do  

Needles  harness  No  4  papers 

do 

Needles,  harness,  No.  5,  papers 

do  

Needles  harness  No  6  papers 

.do 

Ornaments,  brow  band,  copper 

...do.... 

Ovals  saddle 

.  .do 

Ovals,  saddlebag 

...do.... 

Pins,  screw,  brass,  j-inch,  No.  2,  1- 
gross  packages. 
Ring  J-inch  diameter  (saddlebag) 

do.... 

...do.... 

Ring  (rifle  scabbard)   1  inch  diameter 

do 

Ring  1}  inches  diameter  (saddle) 

do... 

Ring,  If  inches  diameter  (back  strap), 

M  .   I. 

Ring,  1  J  inches  diameter  (throat  strap), 
M.  I. 
Ring,  if  inches  diameter  (breeching), 

Ring,  2  inches  diameter  (halter),  M.  I.  . 
Ring,  4  inches  diameter  (quarter  strap) 
Ring  D,l  inch  diameter  (feed  bag),  M.I. 
Ring  D,  1  &  inches  diameter,  with  clasp, 
steel. 
Ring  D  1-j  inches  diameter  steel 

do 

do 

.do 

Small-stores  bag  battery  wagon 

do.....  .  .              

In  saddler's  chest 

do 

do 

Ring  D,  2  inches  diameter  (special), 
steel. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  |-inch,  No.  12, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  J-mch,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  |-inch,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  1-inch,  No.  8, 
oval  heads,  pounds. 
Rollers  lead  rein  steel 

do...                              

do  

do 

do 

do                                            

do                                   

Rope,   i-inch  (halter),  feet,   maniia 
hemp. 
Screws,  brass,  1-inch,  No.  6,  wood,  gross  . 
SheeD  skins,  with  wool  on..  . 

In  battery  wagon 

In  saddler's  chest                         

In  battery  wagon.... 

147 


STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH   HOWITZER   BATTERY— Contd. 


Proj 

classic 

arty 
cation. 

No. 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

SADDLERS'  MATERIAL  (e  MONTHS'  SUP- 
PLY, ALL  EXPENDABLE)—  COntd. 

Shield,  saddle,  11-inch  

In  saddler's  chest  ...           

1 

Shield,  saddle,  11^-inch 

-do 

3 

Shields,  saddle,  12-inch  

do  

3 

Snap  hook,  canteen,  Cavalry 

.do 

5 

2 

Snap  hooks,  coverts,  |-inch,  M.  I  

do  

2 

Snap,  covert,  1-inch,  M  I 

do 

2 

Snap,  German,  |-inch,  M.  I  

.     .do 

X 

10 

Snap  hook  haversack  1-inch 

do 

IX 

1 

«j 

Snap  swivel,  1-inch,  No.  16  

do 

I            Y 

g 

Snap   German  1-inch  M  I 

do 

/ 

10 

28 

Square,  halter,  M.I                          .... 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  battery 

2 

Strap  loop  coupling  f-inch  (for  bridle) 

wagon. 

IX 

5 

g 

Strap  loop'  feed  bags 

do 

3 

Stud  hook 

do 

g 

Studs  saddlebag 

In  saddler's  chest 

IX 

5 

j 

Tacks  copper  No  12,  £  lb.,  paper  

do 

1 
1 

Tacks,  copper,  No.  20,  |  lb.,  paper  
Thimble,  aluminum  lined,  steel,  size 

do  
..  ..do  

1 

5  inch. 
Thread,  carpet,  No.   18,  olive-drab, 

..      do  

j 

pound. 
Thread  shoe  No  3  brown  pounds 

do 

1 

Thread  shoe  No.  10,  brown,  pounds.  . 

do 

2 

Wax,  stitching,  brown,  winter,  pounds. 

16 

Webbing,  olive-drab,  cotton,  heavy, 

do  

oc 

|-inch,  yards. 
Webbing   olive-drab    cotton   heavy 

do 

1-inch,  yards. 
Webbing  olive-drab   halter   IJ-inch 

do 

14 

yards. 
Webbing,  jute,  3£-inch,  yards  

do       

X 

10 

2 

FOR  POLO   EQUIPMENT. 

Buckles  wire,  £-inch 

In  saddler's  chest 

2 

Buckles,  wire,  f-inch  

do 

12 

Buckles  wire  $-inch 

do 

4 

Buckles,  wire,  |-inch  

do 

2 

Buckle    nickel  plated,  stirrup  strap, 

do 

g 

IjJ-inch.' 
Buckle  nickel  plated,  girth,  1-inch 

do 

4 

Ring  |-inch  diameter  

do                   

c 

Web  'linen  straining  3^-inch,  yards 

In  battery  wagon 

7 

Webb,  linen,  straining,  5-inch,  yards  .  . 

do                             

3 

RESERVE  SUPPLIES  FOR  WAR  SERVICE.1 

Ammunition.2 
Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  f-inch  . 

In  store                                     

5 

Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  1-inch  

do     ..             

10 

Buckles,  center  bar,  f-inch.  . 

do                                          

3 

Buckles,  center  bar,  f-inch  

do     

3 

Buckles  center  bar,  |-inch.  . 

do                             

3 

Buckles  center  bar  IJ-inch 

do 

3 

Buckles  center  bar,  1  f-inch 

do                                

2 

Buckles  roller  f-inch 

do 

5 

Buckle^  roller  ,  f-inch                     

do                             

12 

Buckles  roller  1^-inch 

do 

X 

10 

Buckles  wire  ^-inch                       

do                       

2 

Burners  lantern 

do                       

Cheek  "D"                      

do  

j 

do                     

4 

Conwav  loops  J-inch  .                

do  

3 

Dressing  russet  leather 

do                  

4 

End  buckles                            

do  

2 

Globes  lantern                              

do    

do                        

\         TV 

2 

Hooks  collar  strap                        

do  

/      IV 

8 

3 

do                  

IX 

1 

3 

Hooks  end  brass  wire                  

do  

IX 

5 

2 

Leather  bridle  backs 

do     

1            V 

9 

leather,  collar,  backs  .  .  . 

...do... 

1       X 

1  No  material  will  be  drawn  from  this  supply  for  making  repairs  and  replacements  except  in  sudden  calls 
for  field  service,  if  necessary  to  replace  missing  items  of  the  regular  supplies.    To  avoid  deterioration,  all 
perishable  articles  should  be  replaced  by  similar  ones  received  with  the  regular  6  months'  allowance. 

2  See  general  orders  pertaining  to  annual  allowance  of. 


148 

STATEMENT  OF  TOTAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  ONE  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY-Contd. 


Nn 

Proc 
classin 

erty 
nation. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

30 

RESERVE  SUPPLIES  FOR  WAR  SERV- 
ICE— cont  inued  . 

Leather,  harness,  pounds  

In  store           .                             . 

1           -v 

1 

Leather,  latigo,  side 

do 

r     x 

10 

3 

Nails,  saddle  

do.... 

IX 

5 

1 

Oil,  clock,  ounce 

do 

4 

Oil,  coal,  gallons  

do  

4 

Oil,  hydroline  gallon 

do 

12 

Oil,  lubricating,  gallons        

do  

x 

10 

16 

Oil',  neat's-foot  'gallons 

do 

2 

Oil,  slushing,  light,  gallons 

do  

1 

Oil'  sperm  gallon  '  " 

do 

3 

Ornaments,  brow  band  

do  

IX 

5 

2 

Rings  f-inch  diameter  saddlebag 

do 

8 

Rings,  1  J-inch  diameter,  saddle  

do  

4 

Rings'  2-inch  diameter  nalter 

do 

3 

Rings,  4-inch  diameter  cincha  strap... 

do.... 

IV 

8 

3 

Rings'  4-inch  diameter'  quarter  strap 

do 

3 

Rings  "D,"  1-inch  diameter  feed  bag 

do  

1 

Rivets  and  burs  brass  J-inch  No  10 

do 

1 

pound. 
Rivets  and  burs  brass  f-inch  No  10 

do 

x 

10 

18 

pound. 
Sal  soda  pounds 

do 

2 

snap  hooks  haversack  1-inch 

do  

IX 

j 

3 

Snap  hook  feed  bag 

do 

IV 

g 

12 

Squares  halter       " 

do  ... 

IX 

5 

40 

do 

3 

Soap  H  and  H    cakes  or  "Paco" 

do...                      .           

60 

X 

10 

25 

Sponges  5-in'ch                          . 

do    .                                       

2 

...do  

IV 

8 

2 

Studs   saddlebag 

do                    

IX 

5 

1 

do  

1 

Tacks'  copper'  20-ounce'  paper 

do  .                               

1 

Thread    carpet    No    18    olive-drab 

do 

1 

pound. 

do 

x 

10 

1 

Thread'  shoe'  No  10  brown*  pound 

do  ..                  .            

25 

.  do  

1 

Wax  stitching  brown  pound 

do                                          

2 

Wicks  lantern 

..  do  

INDEX. 


A. 

Page. 

Accessories  for  battery  wagon,  list  of 138-139 

Accessories  for  caisson,  list  of 137 

Accessories  for  forge  limber,  list  of 139 

Accessories  for  howitzer  and  carriage,  list  of 133 

Accessories  for  limber,  list  of 136-137 

Accessories  for  store  limber,  list  of 140 

Accessories  for  store  wagon,  list  of 139 

Action  of  mechanism  during  recoil 49-50 

Adjusting  instruments 122 

Adjustments  of  sights  and  range  quadrant — 

Additional  tests 122 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 119 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 119 

Range  quadrant 119-120 

Front  and  rear  sights 119 

Verification  of  parallelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore 120-121 

Allowance  of  supplies  (6  months). 145-147 

Ammunition,  allowance  of 34 

Ammunition 20-21 

Cartridge  case 20 

Description '. 9,0 

Primer 20-21 

Powder  charge 22 

Ammunition,  blank 34-36 

Cartridge  case 34 

Care  of  cartridge  case 36 

Charge..... 35 

Precautions 35-36 

Preparation 35 

Primer 34 

Ammunition  chest,  caisson 81 

Ammunition  chest,  limber 74-75 

Ammunition,  list  of 142 

Apron,  caisson 82 

Apron,  carriage 58 

ApYon  latch  body,  caisson 79 

Apron  latch  body,  carriage 43 

Axle,  caisson 80 

Axle,  carriage 53-54 

Axle,  limber 74 

Axle  blocks,  battery  wagon 92 

Axle  reinforce  plates,  carriage 53 

Axle  seats 55 

Azimuth  scale,  location 55 

(149) 


150 

B. 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902,  description 90-93 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902,  nomenclature 88-90 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 88 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  description 99 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  nomenclature 95-98 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 94-95 

Blacksmith's  tools,  set 144 

Blanket  holder,  limber 74 

Block  carrier 15-16 

Block  latch 16 

Brake,  caisson,  description 82-83 

Brake,  carriage,  description 56-57 

Brake,  carriage,  operation 57 

Brake,  carriage,  to  adjust 57 

Brake  guard 83 

Brake  segment,  for  battery  wagon 91 

Brake  segment,  for  carriage 57 

Brake  segment,  for  caisson 83 

Brake  shoes,  location 56 

Breech  mechanism,  action  of 16-17 

Breech  mechanism,  description 12-13 

Breech  mechaniam,  to  dismantle 19 

C. 

Caisson,  description 80-83 

Caisson,  nomenclature 77-80 

Caisson,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 77 

Caisson  prop 82 

Care  and  cleaning  of  recoil  cylinder  and  other  parts  of  carriage 68-70 

Care  and  maintenance  of  materiel 126-130 

Carpenter's  chest 93 

Carpenter's  tools,  list  of , 143-144 

Carriage,  action  of 50-51 

Carriage,  description 45-59 

Carriage,  nomenclature 38-45 

Carriage,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 37-38 

Chest,  forge  limber 87 

Chest  doors,  caisson 81 

Chest  doors,  limber 75 

Collar  lifting  device 104 

Collars,  steel,  description 102-103 

Collars,  steel,  table  of  dimensions — 102-103 

Contents 5-7 

Cradle,  complete,  description 45-49 

Cradle,  to  dismount 66 

Cradle  bottom  plate 45 

Cradle  head,  front 48 

Cradle  head,  front,  to  dismount 59-60 

Cradle  head,  rear 46 

Cradle  plate 46 

Cyclometer — 

Description ...  99-100 

Nomenclature 100 


151 


Cylinder  liner 47 

Cylinder  liner  lock 47 

D. 

Diaphragms,  caisson 81 

Diaphragms,  limber 75 

Diaphragm  brace,  caisson 81 

Diaphragm  brace,  limber 74 

Dismounting  and  assembling  howitzer  and  carriage 59-68 

Doubletree 76 

Drill  cartridge 33-34 

E. 

Elevating  mechanism,  to  assemble 66-67 

Elevating  mechanism,  to  dismount 66 

Elevating  mechanism,  description 52 

Equipment,  list  of 10 

Equipment,  horse,  list  of 143 

Equipment,  instruction,  list  of 141 

Equipment,  miscellaneous 142 

Equipment,  personal,  list  of 142 

Equipment,  polo,  list  of 147 

Equipment,  statement  of  total 133-148 

Extractor 16 

F. 

Filling  plug 47 

Firing  device,  description 17-18 

Firing  device,  action  of 51 

Firing  mechanism,  description 13 

Firing  mechanism,  to  dismantle 18-19 

Firing  mechanism,  to  dismount 67 

Firing  lock  case 15 

Firing  pin 13 

Firing  spring 13 

Flasks ." 53 

Foot  rest,  caisson 82 

Foot  rest,  carriage 55 

Foot  rest,  limber 76 

Forge  limber,  description 87-^88 

Forge  limber,  nomenclature 84-86 

Forge  limber,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 83 

Frame,  battery  wagon 91 

Frame,  caisson 81-^82 

Frame,  limber 75-76 

Fuzes,  combination 23-27 

Fuze  setters,  hand 27-30 

Description 27-28 

Adjustment 30 

Disassembling  and  assembling 29-30 

Nomenclature 30 

Operation 28-29 

G. 
General  information. .   123-130 


152 

H. 

Page. 

Handrail,  caisson 81 

Handrail,  limber 74 

Handrail  brackets,  caisson 81 

Handrail  brackets,  limber 74 

Handspike 54 

Harness,  artillery,  nomenclature 100-101 

Harness,  list  of 141 

Harness,  spare,  list  of 141 

Harness,  adjustment  of 104-105 

Hinge  pin 16 

Howitzer,  care  of 19 

Howitzer,  description 11-19 

Howitzer,  to  dismount 5.9 

Howitzer,  to  mount 59 

Howitzer,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 11 

Hub  liner,  to  remove 67-68 

L. 

Lantern  bracket,  location. 71 

Leather,  black,  care  of 106-107 

Leather,  care  and  preservation 105-107 

Leather,  reasons  for  oiling 105-106 

Leather,  russet,  care  of 106 

Limber,  description 73-77 

Limber,  nomenclature 71-73 

Limber,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 70-71 

List  of  plates 9 

Lock  bar,  limber 75 

Lunette,  for  battery  wagon,  caisson,  and  carriage 88,  79,  38 

Lunette  bracket,  for  battery  wagon,  and  caisson 88,  80 

Lunette,  for  carriage,  description 54 

M. 

Marking  on  ammunition  boxes 33 

Marking  outfit 138 

Material,  cleaning  and  preserving,  6  months'  allowance 145' 

Material,  saddler's,  6  months'  allowance 145-147 

Method  of  loading  a  battery  for  transportation  by  rail 130-132 

Middle  rail,  limber 76 

Misfires  and  hangfires 34 

N. 

Name  plate,  caisson 83 

Name  plate,  carriage 55 

Name  plate,  limber 77 

0. 

Oil  cans,  location 92-93 

Oils  for  artillery  materiel 124-125 

Operating  lever 15 

Operating  lever  latch 16 


158 

P-  Page. 

Padlocks  and  bolt  snaps 100 

Packing,  Garlock's 41-47 

Painting  artillery  materiel 123 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 — 

Care . 117-118 

Description 109-111 

Use 115-116 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915: 

Care 117-118 

Description 112 

Use , 115-116 

Panoramic  sight  case,  location 43 

Panoramic  sight  case  bracket,  location 43 

Pawls,  location 53 

Pintle,  for  caisson  and  limber 80,  76 

Pintle,  for  carriage 53 

Pintle  bearing,  for  limber  and  caisson 73, 80 

Piston  and  piston  rod.  to  dismount 63-64 

Piston  liner 48 

Plates,  list  of 9 

Pole 77 

Pole  prop,  folding 77 

Projectiles 22-23 

Prop,  battery  wagon 91 

Prop,  caisson 82 

Prop,  limber 76 

Q. 
Quick  return  mechanism 53 

R. 
Range  quadrant: 

Care 118 

Description 112-115 

Use 116 

Range  finding  and  fire  control  equipment 140-141 

Range  quadrant  case,  location 43 

Range  quadrant  case  bracket,  location 43 

Range  quadrant,  spare 122, 140 

Range  tables 31-32 

Recoil  cylinder,  to  assemble 60 

Recoil  cylinder,  to  dismount 60 

Recoil  cylinder,  to  drain 60-61 

Recoil  cylinder,  to  fill 61-62 

Recoil  cylinder,  location 47 

Recoil  valve 48 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit,  parts  in. 37 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit,  use  of 37 

Repairs  for  artillery,  field  materiel 125 

Riveting,  instructions  for 125-126 

Road  brake,  to  remove 67 

Road  brake,  to  adjust 67 


154 

S-  Page. 

Saddler's  chest,  description 93 

Saddler's  tools,  list  of 143 

Safety  depression  stops 53 

Sear,  description 14 

Seats 54 

Seat  arm 55-56 

Seat  brackets 55-56 

Seat  brackets,  to  dismount 65-66 

Seat  supports 56 

Shell,  common  steel 22-23 

Shield,  to  dismount 65-66 

Shield  braces 56 

Shield,  main 57-58 

Shield,  top 58 

Shrapnel,  common 23 

Shot  bolts 74 

Shoulder  guard 46 

Sights  and  quadrants,  list  of 140 

Sight,  front: 

Description 107-109 

Care 116-117 

Use 115 

Sight,  rear: 

Description 107-109 

Care 116-117 

Use 115 

Sight  shank 44 

Singletree 76 

Spade 54 

Spare  parts  for  caisson,  list  of 138 

Spare  parts  for  carriage,  list  of 134-136 

Spare  parts  for  hand  fuze-setters 134 

Spare  parts  for  howitzer,  list  of 134 

Spare  parts  for  limber,  list  of 137 

Spare  parts  of  accessories,  list  of -. 140 

Spare  parts  of  collars,  list  of 141 

Spare  sights  chest 93 

Spare  sights,  list  of 122, 140 

Springs,  to  assemble 62-63 

Springs,  to  dismount 62 

Spring  follower 42 

Spring  stirrup 46 

Spring  retainer,  location 47 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902,  description 93-94 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 93 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  description 94 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 94 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  description 99 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  nomenclature 95-98 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 94-95 

Stuffing  box,  to  pack 64-65 

Supplies  in  general '. 130 

Supplies  kept  in  reserve,  list  of 147-148 


155 

T-  Page. 

Targets 37 

Tie-rods,  limber '. 76 

Tool  box,  ^ocation 54 

Tools,  for  battery  wagon,  list  of 138-139 

Tools,  for  caisson,  list  of 137 

Tools,  for  forge  limber,  list  of 139 

Tools,  for  howitzer  and  carriage,  list  of 133 

Tools,  for  limber,  list  of 136-137 

Tools,  for  store  limber,  list  of 140 

Tools,  for  store  wagon,  list  of 139 

Top  carriage,  description 51 

Top  carriage,  to  dismount 66 

Trail,  description 53-55 

Trail  handles 54 

Traveling  lock 58 

Traveling  lock  support,  location 54 

Traversing  mechanism 55 

Traversing  mechanism,  to  dismount 65 

Traversing  nut - 40 

Traversing  pivot 40 

Trigger  fork 14 

Trigger  shaft , 15 

Trunnion  band 46 

V. 

Valve,  to  remove 64 

Valve  turning  mechanism,  to  assemble 65 

Valve  turning  mechanism,  to  disassemble 65 

Valve  turning  mechanism,  description 48-49 

Valve  turning  pinion 48 

Vent  plug 47 

W. 

Wheels,  description 58-59 

Wheels,  to  remove 67 

Wheel  fastening,  description 59 

Wheel  fastening,  to  remove 67 

Wheel  guard 58,  83 

Wheel  oil  valve 58 

WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 
Washington,  January  27,  1916. 

FORM  No.  1781. 
Ed.  Jan.  27-16—400. 

O 


HOME  USE 

CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
MAIN  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 
1-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405. 
6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  Circulation  Desk. 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior 

to  due  date. 

ALL  BOOKS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  RECALL  7  DAYS 
AFTER  DATE  CHECKED  OUT. 


-T 


EEC.  CIS,     MAY  2  5  78 


LD21—  A-40m -8, '75  General  Library 

(87737L)  University  of  California 

Berkeley 


YC  64313 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


